The URL can be used to link to this page

R2001-0096 07-23-01 RESOLUTION NO. R2001-96 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS, AWARDING A BID FOR INFLOW AND INFILTRATION WORK ASSOCIATED WITH THE SLEEPY HOLLOWAND LONGWOOD SERVICE AREA. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS: Section 1. That the City opened bids for inflow and infiltration work associated with the Sleepy Hollow and Longwood service area, and such bids have been reviewed and tabulated. Section 2. That the City Council hereby awards the bid to Garver Construction, Inc. in the amount of $883.350.00 Section 3. The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute a contract for inflow and infiltration work associated with the Sleepy Hollow and Longwood service area. PASSED, APPROVEDandADOPTEDthisthe 23 dayof July , A.D., 2001. TOM REID MAYOR ATTEST: Y,~JNG,~F~-'i~(~ ~/~ /"/ ~ry SECRETARY f/ ~- APPROVED AS TO FORM: DARRIN M. COKER CITY ATTORNEY SECTION 00500 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is dated as 0fthe ~) dayof ~,1~,~¥ in the year 2001 byand between the City of Peadand (hereinafter called OWNER)and ~IA[~[~/ (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: Article 1. WORK. CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as follows: Inflow/Infiltration Reduction for Sleepy Hollow and Longwood Service Areas - Phase I City of Pearland, Texas BID NO: 2001-045 Article 2, ENGINEER. The Work has been designed by Carter & Burgess, Inc. who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to act as OWNER's representative, assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Article 3, CONTRACT TIME. 3.1 The Work will be substantially completed within one hundred fifty (150) calendar days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions, and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run. No work will be allowed on Sundays. 3.2 Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER five hundred dollars ($500.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3.1 for 030147,010 Section 00500 Page I of 8 Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. After Substantial Com. pletion if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse or fail to complete the remaining Work within the Contract Time or any proper extension hereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER one hundred dollars ($100.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3.1 for completion and readiness for final payment. 3.3 Early Completion Bonus. Owner agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR an early completion bonus of five hundred ($500.00) for each calendar day that the project is declared substantially complete by the ENGINEER, prior to the time allowed for substantial completion in the contract documents up to a maximum of forty-five (45) calendar days or twenty-two thousand five hundred dollars ($22,500). 3.4 inspection Time. Working hours for the City of Pearland Inspection personnel are from 7:30 AM to 4:30 PM, Monday through Friday, excluding city approved holidays. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the owner of any required overtime work at least 48 hours in advance. Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE. 4.1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds as follows: For all Unit Price Work, an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of that item as indicated in this paragraph. UNIT PRICE WORK Est. Unit Total Item Section No. Reference Item L~escnpuon Units ........ , Price Estimated 01502 Vlobilization (3% max of total base bid) LS 1 $24,000.00 $24,000.00 2 )1526 Trench Safety System LF 2,500 $1.00 $2,500.00 Traffic Control and Regulation Including 3 01555 Flagman for Repairs Identified on the LS 1 $2,500.00 $2,500.00 Drawings ~ 1563 Well Pointing for Sewer Rahab, 0' to 8' LF-Day 100 $1.00 $100.00 Deep Well Pointing for Sewer Rahab, 8' to 15' LF-Day 100 $1.00 $100.00 5 d563 Deep ~ 31573 =liter Fabric Fence LF 400 $2.00 $800.00 =,emove & Replace 1 1/2" Hot Mix 7 01740 ~,sphalt Concrete (Type D), including SY 200 $44.00 $8,800.00 Yack Coat Remove & Replace 4" Concrete 8 01740 Sidewalk, Including Reinforcement & SY 100 $40.00 $4,000.00 Special Finishes Remove & Replace 6" Concrete SY 200 $50.00 $10,000.00 1740 Driveway, Including Reinforcement 10 :)1740 Remove & Replace Concrete Curb LF 20 $20.00 $400.00 ~emove & Replace Up to 8" Concrete SY 100 $50.00 $5,000.00 11 31740 Pavement, Including Reinforcement 030147.010 Section 00500 Paae 2 of 8 \dditional Sawed Joint, LF 200 $3.00 $600.00 12 )1740 Concrete/Asphalt Pavement, All Depths 4' Diameter Sanitary Sewer Manhole EA 8 $2,800.00 $22,400.00 13 02082 (standard 8' Depth) (Precast) ~,' Diameter Sanitary Sewer Manhole VF 10 ~75.00 $750.00 14 ~2082 Extra Depth) (Precast) 15 12320 Extra Bank Sand TON 100 $10.00 $1,000.00 .16 02320 Extra Crushed Aggregate TON 100 $13.00 $1,300.00 17 02321 ;xtra Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill TON 100 $16.00 $1,600.00 · ' 6" Remove & Replace. Ex~st~ng to 8" 18 02531 Gravity Sanitary Sewers by Open Cut LF 400 $44.00 $17,600.00 Construction Remove & Replace Existing Service / 19 ~2551 _ateral Connection with out Stacks by EA 120 · $425.00 $51,000.00 Excavation 0' to 10' ~,emove & Replace Existing Service / ~0 )2551 Lateral Connection with Stacks by EA 25 $480.00 $12,000.00 Excavation 0' to 10' Remove & Replace Existing Service / 21 02551 Lateral Connection with Stacks by EA 4 $850.00 $3,400.00 Excavation 10' to 15' --xtra Length of Service Lateral (open LF 350 $15.00 $5,250.00 22 ~2551 ~ut) Extra Length of Service Lateral LF 650 $30.00 $19,500.00 23 12551 Itrenchless) )_4 )2551 Abandonment of Service Connections EA 2 $250.00 $500.00 Point Repair of 6" to 10" Sanitary EA 13 $700.00 $9,100.00 ~5 02553 Sewers, 0' to 8' Deep Point Repair of 6" to 10" Sanitary EA 4 $3,000.00 $12,000.00 26 02553 Sewers, 8' to 15' Deep Extra Length for Point Repair of 6" to 10" LF 200 $35.00 $7,000.00 27 ~2553 ~anitary Sewers, 0' to 8' Deep Extra Length for Point Repair of 6" to 10" LF 100 $55.00 $5,500.00 ~_8 02553 Sanitary Sewers, 8' to 15' Deep Point Repair of 6" to 10" Sanitary Sewers EA 22 $350.00 $7,700.00 ~9 02553 to Allow Pipebursting, All Depths Manhole Rehabilitation with Cementitous VF 400 $92.00 $36,800.00 30 02555 Lining Replacement of Manhole Frame and EA 5 $200.00 $1,000.00 31 32555 Cover =,aise or Lower Manhole Frame & Cover EA 8 $210.00 $1,680.00 32 02555 Less than or Equal to 1 Foot Raise or Lower Manhole Frame & Cover VF 2 $220.00 $440.00 33 02555 Greater than 1 Foot Replacement of Manhole Cover Only EA 110 $330.00 $36,300.00 34 02555 within Street ROW -- ~ -- Stainless Steel Manhole Insert 35 ~2555 (Locations to be identified in the field by EA 20 $180.00 $3,600.00 :he inspector) =VC Manhole Insert (Locations to be EA 20 $40.00 $800.00 36 12555 ;dentified in the field by the inspector) 37 02555 Reconstruct Manhole InvertJBench EA 4 $250.00 $1,000.00 Section 00500 Page 3 of 8 030147.010 38 32555 Manhole Cleaning EA 8 $200.00 $1,600.00 ~ 39 )2555 Wastewater Access Chamber (WAC) EA 15 $1,250.00 $18,750.00 Clean'ng of 6' to 12" Diameter Sanitary ~.0 02558 Sewers Using Normal Cleaning LF 9,000 $1,50 $13,500.00 Equipment Extra Payment for Mechanical Cleaning LF 3,600 $2.00 $7,200.00 41 02558 of 6" to 12" diameter Sanitary Sewers 'elevision inspection of 6" to 12" LF 9,000 $2.00 $18,000.00 42 ;)2558 )iameter Sanitary Sewers Cleaning and Television Inspection of 4" ~-3 )2558 [[o 6" Service Lines (Locations to be LF 1,500 $2.50 $3,750.00 Indentified by the Inspector in the Field) Pipebursting Enlargement, 6" to 8", Less 44 02571 than or equal to 10 feet (Including Pre & LF 11,380 $29.00 $330,020.00 Post Television Inspection) Pipebursting Enlargement, 6" to 45 :32571 ~",Greater 10 feet deep. (Including Pre & LF 340 $32.00 $10,880.00 Post Television Inspection) Pipe Bursting, 8" to 8" (Including Pre & LF 1,335 $29.00 $38,715.00 ¢6 ~2571 Post Television inspection) 47 13442 Software & Training LS 1 $5,200.00 $5,200.00 48 13442 Portable Calibration Flow Meter EA 1 $4,000.00 $4,000.00 49 13442 Flow Monitor Data Collection Device EA 2 $1,500.00 $3,000.00 =urchase and Installation of Open 50 13442 Channel Flow Monitors, Complete with EA 4 $20,000.00 $80,000.00 vlounting Bands ~urchase and Installation of portable lift EA 1 $7,500.00 $7,500.00 51 13442 tation flow meter Total of All Base Bid Items I $860,135.00 Article 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES. CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Application for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5.1 Progress Payments. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER, on or about the last day of each month during construction as provided below. All progress payments will be based on the progress of the Work measured by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2.05 of the General Conditions (and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed). 5.1.1 Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments wiil be made in an amount equal to the percentage of work complete, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with the General Conditions. Section 00500 Page 4 of 8 030147.010 5.1.2 Each partial payment shall be less 5 per cent of the amount thereof, which 5 per cent shall be retained until final payment, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. It is understood, however, that in case the whole work be near to completion and some unexpected and unusual delay occurs due to no fault or neglect on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may-upon written recommendation of the ENGINEER-pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR at the OWNER'S option, may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the work and, thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive payment of the balance due him under the contract subject only to the conditions stated under "Final Payment." Owner must retain a minimum of five percent (5%) of each periodic construction payment. If the contract provides for ratainage of greater than five percent of the periodic payments, the entire retainage must be deposited into an interest bearing account and paid to the prime contractor upon completion (and acceptance) of the project. The Board may authorize a partial release of the five percent only after substantial completion of construction. Full payment of retainage may be made only after Board issuance of the Certificate of Approval. Under Section 17.183, Water Code, a portion of the retainage must always be withheld. Payments of the retainage balance remaining may be made upon completion and acceptance of construction. Retainage must be deposited to an interest bearing account and paid to the prime contractor if the contract award is $400,000 or greater and retainage exceeds five percent (5%) of each periodic payment. 5.2. Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14.07. Article 6. INTEREST. Not applicable. Article 7. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS. In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 7.1 CONTRACTOR has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 7.2 CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions, and accepts the determination set forth in paragraph SC-4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions of the extent of the technical data contained in such Section 00500 Page 5 of 030147.010 reports and drawings upon which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely. 7.3 CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefutly studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraph 7.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 7.4 CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.03 of the General Conditions. 7.5 CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.6 CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that they have discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR. Article 8. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents, which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work, consist of the following: 8.1 This Agreement (Section 00500). 8.2 performance and other Bonds identified as Sections 00610, 00612 and 00620. 8.3 Notice of Award. 8,.4 General Conditions.. 8.5 Supplementary Conditions (Section 00800). 8.6 Attachments to the Supplementary Conditions. Section 00500 Page 6 of 8 030t47.010 8.7 Specifications consisting of divisions and as numbered pages, as listed in table of ~lt contents thereof. 8.8 Drawings, consisting of cover sheet and sheets numbered 1 through 9 inclusive with each sheet bearing the following general title: Inflow/Infiltration Reduction for Sleepy Hollow and Longwood Service Areas 8.9 Addenda number 1_ to 2, inclusive. 8.10 CONTRACTOR's Bid (Section 00300, Bid Proposal). 8.12 Documentation submitted by CONTRACTOR prior to Notice of Award. 8.13 The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto: All Written Amendments and other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraphs 3.04 of the General Conditions. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 8. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.04 of the General Conditions. Article 9. MISCELLANEOUS. 9.1 Terms used in this Agreement, which are defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions, will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 9.2 No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 9.3 OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representative to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 030147.010 Section 00500 Page 7 of 8 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed this Agreement in triplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed or identified by OWNER and CONTRACTOR or by ENGINEER on their behalf. This Agreement will be effective on k~'~06'~' ~0 ,2001. OWNER CONTRACTOR City of Pearland Attest %, ~9 . Attest Addres~or giving notice Address for giving notices 3519 Libe~y Drive Pearland TX 77581 ~O~T~, T¢~s 7~oZ3 Telephone 281-652-1600 Telephone Fax 281-652-1706 Fax Agent for service of process END OF SECTION 030147.010 Section 00500 Page 8 of 8 SECTION 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BRAZORIA executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREAS,.the Principal has entered into a cedain written contract with the Owner, dated the ~} day of ~Jlh',)~3~ 2001 to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements ~i~scribed as follows: Inflow/Infiltration Reduction for Sleepy Hollow and Longwood Service Areas - Phase I City of Pearland, Texas BID NO: 2001-045 which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION iS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform said Contract and shall in all respects duly and faithfully observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions and agreements in and by said contract agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, and according to the true intent and meaning of said Contract and Plans and Specifications hereto annexed, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due; "PROVIDED, HOWEVER, tl~at this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein." Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. Sect[on 00610 Page 1 of 2 030147.010 IN WITNESS WI--~EREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument ~ th~s'a0 dayof m~,~,~' 2oot Title: V .0, Title: /¢7~£,,1¢~,-//-¢. /"~4~/ Address: Address: The name and ad.d~ress of the Resident Agent of, Surety is: Z-,~ ~rv'~ e e~ _It/.. /,o~ / END OF SECTION Section 00610 Page 2 of 2 030i47.010 SECTION 00612 ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BRAZORIA ALL EN BY THESE PRESENTS' That~/~;~4r~/~/.¥¢/o.fthe City~f~~ KNOW · . . - / County of ~, and State of Texas, as pr, nc, pal, and /'~:¢¢%°r.-~. ~. ,. authorized'~de~ the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on oo~os for. pr, i~cip, als'; I bo nd u to Cit of Pea la.~d. (Owner)dh.the penal sum of an~.~.~..,~.~,~°~ ~r~::e~r/:z~/z7, 0©,,//o¢-' dollarS($.C'.F..-.1..~.~°~. )forthe nav/~;~t'~ere0f, the said Principal an~l Surety bind therr,~elves, and the? .he,rs, administrators, ~cutors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presems. WHEREAS, tl~,e Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, dated the ~('~ day of ~tlirti_~ _ 2001 to commence and complete the construction of certain i~'~rovements dc~tcribed as follows: Inflow/Infiltration Reduction for Sleepy Hollow and Longwood Service Areas - Phase I City of Pearland, Texas BID NO: 2001-045 which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully correct all such work not in accordance with the Contract Documents discovered within the one-year period from the date of substantial completion, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due; "PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein." Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. Section 00612 Page 1 of 2 030147.010 iN WITNESS W~EREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument ~m~ th~s~) dayof P,~I~',;~ 2004. Surety: Principal: /)Z/_~/O/?~/ /____//~/~_~/2 ,~¢-- ~~ Address: Address: Telephone: Telephone: ~t3-qt,~- Fax: '~ -')t~¢ ~¢~"7 Fax: The name and address of the Resident Agent of Surety is: Z&¢/ ~/~ ~¢ b~//~, ~ END OF SECTION 030t47.0t0 Section 00612 Page 2 of 2 SECTION OO62O PAYMENT BOND STATE OF TE~S COUN~ OF B~ORIA , ,/ -- ' t ~h3~b~z ~oftheCityof KNOWALL~ENBYTHESE~ESENTS. Tha , ~ ~o~/ ~.~~'~ Coun~ of ~, and State o,/exas, as principah anu~ ~'~n~'s~r ~r the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety o authorized un ~ ./¢ ~ ~/~ ~'~ /~ · ner inthe nalsumof and ~ly bound~nt~,~ of~arla~d ~Ow~ )~ ~ o~~ d~llars (~ ~ ~o)for the - '/g~g? ~ - ~-:~.:--i,~ ~nd Suretv6ind themselves, and their heirs, adm~mstrators, paymen~ wBereo~ ~ne ~a~u r,,u~,~ ........ executors, successom and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREAS, t e Principal has entered into a ceAain wr tten contract with the Owner, dated the ~ day of ~)(A}'~ 2001, to commence and complete the construction of ce~ain improvements d~ribed as f~llows: Inflow/Infiltration Reduction for Sleepy Hollow and Longwood Sewice Areas - Phase I City of Pearland, Texas BID NO: 2001-045 which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications or drawings accompanying the same, shall in anywise affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. Section 00620 Page I of 2 030t47.0t0 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this ~r'~. day of~;-~O~ll_~'~' 200!. Principal: Surety: Title: V ,P- Title: Address: Address: Telephone: 713- ~Z{ -9.q?,O Fax: 7~'6Lt - Z¢7 The name ar~ address of the Resident Ag, ent of Surety is: END OF SECTION Section 00620 Page 2 of 2 030147.010 2000 Eerin~ D~ive HOLDEI% T~H$ CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AME~3>. EXTEND OR Suite 900 ~TER ~E COVE~GE AFFO~ED ~Y T~ POLICES ~ELOW. ~'~ AFFO~G COV~GE [~~z'~. 7-~z~w~,.'' N0~MST~0 &~ ~U~, ~kM O~ CONDITION OF ANW CON~ OK Or~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~CM ~S C~MCA~ ~Y ~ ~D 0 R ~Y P~T~. ~ ~S~N~ ~ED BY Th~ ~C~ D~ ED ~RE~ IS SUBJECT TO CONDU[ONS OF SUCH POL~E~ A~T~ ~T53HO~ ~AY I,~V~ ~SN ~DU~D BY P~ ~ American llolne Assurance Company POWER OF ATTOP, NEY Nalioltal Union Fire Instn'ance Cotnpany of Pittsburgh, Pa. I)rincipa[ Bond Office: 70 Pine Street, New York, N.Y. 10270 No. 48-B-23671 "NOW ALL MEN BY TIIESE PRESENTS: That Amcricaa Home Assurance Company, a New York corporation, and National Union Fire Insorance Company of ?ittsburgh, Pa., a Pcunsylvania corporation, does each hereby appoint ---Russell Canterbury~ Joann Dombrowsl.:i, John B. O'Keefe, Patricia Pikor~ Virgiuia R. Martiu: of llartford, Conuecticut--- its true and lawfol Attoruey(s)-in-Fact, with full authority to execute on its behalf bonds, undertakings, recognizances and other coutracts of iadcumity and writings obligatory in tile nature thereof, issued in the course of its business, aad to bind tile respective compaay thereby. IN WITNESS WHEREOF. Americaa Holne Assurance Company and National Uniou Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, Pa. have each cxecnted these presents ~ this 17th da)' of May 200.0~I. ' ~ ~a~ .-/~ ~'ou ee, Vice President STATE OF NEW YORK } ' COUNTY OF NEW YORK }ss. Oo this 17tb day of lvlay, 200_[1 before me came thc above [ knox, n to be tbc iodividual and officer described herein, aad ~'~--~'1~8aq~jll~o~C~3~ qcknowfcdgcd tbat he executed the foregoing instrument and affixed nc seals of said corporations thereto by authority of his office. ~N~ CERTIFICATE nature thereof; "RESOLVED, that any such Attorney-in-Fact delivering a secretarial cegffication that ~e foregoing resolutions still be in eftkct may insert in such this day o( ~ ~ab~ M. Tuck, Secretary 65166 (4/96) STATE BOARD OF INSURANCE ..;:~."~,-... N°_ 9.573 !i~!~ Com~), r~o. o8-595oo Certificate CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY NATIONAL UNION FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF PITTSBURGH, PENNSYLVANIA PITTSBURGH, PENNSYLVANIA h~s complied with the laws of the State of Texas appliexble thereto and is hereby authorized to trans- act the business of Fire; Allied Coverages; Hail-growing crops only; Rain; Inland Marine; Ocean Marine; Aircraft--Liability & Physical Damage; Accident; Health; Automobile--Liability & Physical Damage; Liability other than Automobile; Fidelity & Surety; Glass; Burglary & Theft; ForgerY; Boiler & Machinery and Credit insurance within the State of Texas. This Certificate of Authority shall be in full force and effect until it is revoked, canceled or suspended according to law. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness mY hand and seal of office at Austin, Texas, this ..9..~ .day of . ..A.p.r.i. 1 ..... A. D....1..9...9..[. ............. .............. co~ffLs§iS~A' 6'/~ i'ff~uaANC 55 Waugh Drive Suite 800 Carter"Burgess Houston,Texas 77007 5833 PO Box 131487 Houston, Texas 77219 1487 Phone. 713 869 7900 Fax: 713 869 5502 July 12, 2001 www c-b corn Mr Jerry Burns Director of Public Works City of Pearland 3501 East Orange Street Pearland, Texas 77581 RE Inflow/Infiltration Reduction for Sleepy Hollow and Longwood Service Areas SRF# 3393-02-03 COP PN B2001-045 C&B PN 030147 010 Dear Mr Burns On June 27, 2001, bids were received for the above referenced project with Garver Construction, Inc. being the apparent low bidder (see attached bid tabulation) The following discrepancies were found in the submitted bids 1) Garver Construction, Inc. —The total price for line item 8 was corrected from $400 00 to $4,000 00 The total price for line item 20 was corrected from $1200 00 to $12,000 00 The total base bid price was corrected from $864,035 00 to $860,135 00 In accordance with the bid documents, the bid from Garver Construction was reduced to match the proper sum of unit price items This reduced the bid amount from $864,035 00 to $860,135 00 with Garver Construction remaining the apparent low bidder No other errors or discrepancies were found in the bid submittals and no bids were rejected The qualifications submitted by Garver Construction indicate that they have preformed satisfactory on similar projects utilizing similar construction methods Based on this and the City of Pearland's past success with Garver Construction, we recommend award of the contract to Garver Construction Carter& Burgess, Inc. Carter& Burgess Consultants, Inc. Nixon & Laird Architects/Engineers, PC. Nixon & Laird Architects/Engineers, Inc. C&B Nevada I Please call 713-869-7900 if you have any questions or require additional information regarding this project. Sincerely, CARTER & BURGESS, INC Vernon H Webb II, P E. enclosure. cc: Gene Simeon, City of Pearland VHW/vhw Carter &Burgess,Inc. 55 Waugh Drive, Suite 800 Houston,Texas 77007 5833 Phone: 713 869.7900 Fax: 713 869.5502 www c-b corn ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE GARVER RELIANCE KINSEL HORSESHOE AVERAGE OF 3 LOWEST BIDDERS ITEM No. SECTION REF. ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS EST OTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE UNIT TOTAL PRICE PRICE Abandonment of Service Connections EA 2 $600.00 $1,200.00 $250.00 $500.00 $1.00 $2.00 $500.00 $1,000.00 $300.00 $600.00 $250.33 $500.67 24 02551 25 02553 Point Repair of 6' to 10' Sanitary Sewers, 0' to 8' Deep EA 13 $1,200.00 $15,600.00 $700.00 $9,100.00 $1,306.00 $16,978.00 $1,100.00 $14,300.00 $1,650.00 $21,450.00 $1,035.33 $13,459.33 26 02553 Point Repair of 6' to 10' Sanitary Sewers, 8' to 15' Deep EA 4 $1,500.00 $6,000.00 $3,000.00 $12,000.00 $1,306.00 $5,224.00 $2,500.00 $10,000.00 $2,850.00 $11,400.00 $2,268.67 $9,074.67 02553 Extra Length for Point Repair of 6' to 10' Sanitary Sewers, 0' to 8' Deep LF 200 $40.00 $8,000.00 $35.00 $7,000.00 $77.00 $15,400.00 $50.00 $10,000.00 $45.00 $9,000.00 $54.00 $10,800.00 27 02553 Extra Length for Point Repair of 6' to 10' Sanitary Sewers, 8' to 15' Deep ® 100 $45.00 $4,500.00 $55.00 $5,500.00 $77.00 $7,700.00 $99.00 $9,900.00 $55.00 $5,500.00 $77.00 $7,700.00 28 29 02553 Point Repair of 6" to 10' Sanitary Sewers to Allow Pipebursting, All Depths EA 22 $1,000.00 $22,000.00 $350.00 $7,700.00 $250.00 $5,500.00 $200.00 $4,400.00 $1,650.00 $36,300.00 $266.67 $5,866.67 30 02555 Manhole Rehabilitation with Cementitous Lining VF 400 $150.00 $60,000.00 $92.00 $36,800.00 $85.00 $34,000.00 $70.00 $28,000.00 • $95.00 $38,000.00 $82.33 $32,933.33 31 02555 Replacement of Manhole Frame and Cover EA 5 $540.00 $2,700.00 $200.00 $1,000.00 $350.00 $1,750.00 $400.00 $2,000.00 $300.00 $1,500.00 $316.67 $1,583.33 02555 Raise or Lower Manhole Frame & Cover Less than or Equal to 1 Foot EA 8 $120.00 $960.00 $210.00 $1,680.00 $200.00 $1,600.00 $250.00 $2,000.00 $340.00 $2,720.00 $220.00 $1,760.00 33 02555 Raise or Lower Manhole Frame & Cover Greater than 1 Foot VF 2 $120.00 $240.00 $220.00 $440.00 $1.00 $2.00 $50.00 $100.00 $400.00 $800.00 $90.33 $180.67 - 34 02555 Replacement of Manhole Cover Only within Street ROW EA 110 $200.00 $22,000.00 $330.00 $36,300.00 $125.00 $13,750.00 $100.00 $11,000.00 $150.00 $16,500.00 $185.00 $20,350.00 35 02555 Stainless Steel Manhole Insert (Locations to be identified in the field by the inspector) EA 20 $100.00 $2,000.00 $180.00 $3,600.00 $180.00 $3,600.00 $200.00 $4,000.00 $230.00 $4,600.00 $186.67 $3,733.33 36 02555 PVC Manhole Insert (Locations to be identified in the field by the inspector) EA 20 $75.00 $1,500.00 $40.00 $800.00 $75.00 $1,500.00 $100.00 $2,000.00 $98.00 $1,960.00 $71.67 $1,433.33 37 02555 Reconstruct Manhole Invert/Bench 4 .� - $300.00 ' $1,200.00 $250.00 $1,000.00 $200.00 $800.00 $150.00 $600.00 $165.00 $660.00 $200.00 $800.00 38 02555 Manhole Cleaning 8 $100.00 $800.00 $200.00 $1,600.00 $200.00 $1,600.00 $100.00 $800.00 $195.00 $1,560.00 $166.67 $1,333.33 39 02555 Wastewater Access Chamber (WAC) EA 15 $750.00 $11,250.00 $1,250.00 $18,750.00 $11500.00 $22,500.00 $500.00 $7,500.00 $850.00 $12,750.00 $1,083.33 $16,250.00 40 02558 Cleaning of 6' to 12* Diameter Sanitary Sewers Using Normal Cleaning Equipment LF 9,000 $2.20 $19,800.00 $1.50 $13,500.00 $2.75 $24,750.00 $2.00 $18,000.00 $1.30 $11,700.00 $2.08 $18,750.00 41 02558 Extra Payment for Mechanical Cleaning of 6" to 12" diameter Sanitary Sewers 3,600 $3.45 $12,420.00 $2.00 $7,200.00 $2.00 $7,200.00 $2.00 $7,200.00 $2.60 $9,360.00 $2.00 $7,200 00 42 02558 Television Inspection of 6' to 12' Diameter Sanitary Sewers ® 9,000 $1.20 $10,800.00 $2.00 $18,000.00 $1.00 $9,000.00 $1.00 $9,000.00 $1.30 $11,700.00 $1.33 $12,000.00 43 02558 Cleaning Service Inspector and Television Inspection of 4' to 6' Lines (Locations to be lndentified by the in the Field) LF 1,500 $2.20 $3,300.00 $2.50 $3,750.00 $3.75 $5,625.00 $2.00 $3,000.00 $13.00 $19,500.00 $2.75 $4,125.00 44 02571 Pipebursting equal Inspection) to 10 Enlargement, 6" to 814, Less than or feet (Including Pre & Post Television LF 11,380 $35.00 $398,300.00 $29.00 $330,020.00 $29.00 $330,020.00 $44.00 $500,720.00 $41.00 $466,580.00 $34.00 $386,920.00 45 02571 Pipebursting Enlargement, 6' to 8',Greater 10 feet Pre & Post Television Inspection) 340 $40.00 $13,600.00 $32.00 $10,880.00 $29.00 $9,860.00 $49.00 $16,660.00 $44.00 $14,960.00 $36.67 $12,466.67 deep. (Including 46 02571 Pipe Bursting, 8' to 8' (Including Pre & Post LF Television Inspection) 1,335 $35.00 $46,725.00 $29.00 $38,715.00 $29.00 $38,715.00 $45.00 $60,075.00 $40.00 $53,400.00 $34.33 $45,835.00 ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE GARVER RELIANCE KINSEL HORSESHOE AVERAGE OF 3 LOWEST BIDDERS ITEM SECTION No. REF. ITEM DESCRIPTION 01502 Mobilization (3% max of total base bid) 2 01526 3 EST UNITS QTY LS 1 UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE $25,000.00 $25,000.00 UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE $24,000.00 $24,000.00 $25,000.00 Trench Safety System 01555 4 5 Traffic Control and Regulation Including Flagmen for Repairs Identified on the Drawings LF 2,500 LS 01563 01563 Well Pointing for Sewer Rehab, 0' to 8' Deep 6 01573 7 Well Pointing for Sewer Rehab, 8' to 15' Deep $1.00 1 LF-Day 100 LF-Day Filter Fabric Fence 01740 8 01740 9 Remove & Replace 1 1/2" Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete (Type D), Including Tack Coat $15,000.00 $2,500.00 $15,000.00 $10.00 100 LF Remove & Replace 4° Concrete Sidewalk, Including Reinforcement & Special Finishes 400 SY 01740 10 Remove & Replace 6" Concrete Driveway, Including Reinforcement $12.00 $1.00 $2,500.00 $1,000.00 $1,200.00 $4.00 200 SY 01740 11 01740 12 Remove & Replace Concrete Curb 100 SY $20.00 $2,500.00 $2,500.00 $1.00 $1.00 $100.00 $25,000.00 $25.00 $1,000.00 $30,000.00 $30,000.00 $100.00 $1,600.00 $25.00 $4,000.00 $2,500.00 200 LF Remove & Replace Up to 8" Concrete Pavement, Including Reinforcement 01740 13 Additional Sawed Joint, Concrete/Asphalt Pavement, All Depths $2.00 $0.10 $0.10 $10.00 $1.00 $5,000.00 $800.00 $44.00 $8,800.00 -20 SY 02082 14 02082 15 4' Diameter Sanitary Sewer Manhole (standard 8' Depth) (Precast) $30.00 $10.00 100 LF $6,000.00 $200.00 200 EA 4' Diameter Sanitary Sewer Manhole (Extra Depth) (Precast) 02320 16 Extra Bank Sand $35.00 $40.00 $50.00 $4,000.00 $3,500.00 $30.00 8 VFW 02320 17 02321 18 Extra Crushed Aggregate 10 TON $2,000.00 $6,000.00 $16,000.00 $20.00 $10,000.00 $10.00 $200.00 $24,000.00 $10.00 $21500.00 $5,000.00 $50.00 $400.00 $50.00 $3.00 $5,000.00 $3,600.00 $36.00 $5.00 $120.00 $71200.00 $2.00 $1,000.00 $10,000.00 $2.00 $10,000.00 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 $30.00 $800.00 • $6,000.00 $42.00 $100.00 $12,000.00 $42.00 $4,200.00 $5,000.00 $15.00 $8,400.00 $36.00 $600.00 $2,800.00 100 TON Extra Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill 02531 19 02551 20 02551 21 Remove & Replace Existing 6° to 8" Gravity Sanitary Sewers by Open Cut Construction $50.00 $10.00 100 TON Remove & Replace Existing Service / Lateral Connection with out Stacks by Excavation 0' to 10' $500.00 $1,000.00 $20.00 100 LF $15.00 $22,400.00 $400.00 $16,000.00 $75.00 $10.00 $2,000.00 400 EA Remove & Replace Existing Service / Lateral Connection with Stacks by Excavation 0' to 10' 02551 22 02551 Remove & Replace Existing Service / Lateral Connection with Stacks by Excavation 10' to 15' $1,500.00 $50.00 120 EA $1,200.00 $20,000.00 $750.00 $1,000.00 $13.00 $16.00 $1,300.00 $150.00 25 EA Extra Length of Service Lateral (open cut) $144,000.00 $1,500.00 4 LF $1,700.00 $37,500.00 $1,600.00 $44.00 350 $6,800.00 $20.00 23 02551 Extra Length of Service Lateral (trenchless) LF 650 $40.00 $17,600.00 $1,500.00 $12.00 $25.00 $1,200.00 $20.00 $78.00 $2,500.00 $5.00 $60.00 $18.00 $26,333.33 $26,333.33 $5,000.00 $0.67 $1,500.00 $3.25 $2,833.33 $1,800.00 $3.70 $1,300.00 $36.00 $60.00 $17.03 $7,200.00 $3,600.00 $2,000.00 $2,000.00 $425.00 $480.00 $850.00 $7,000.00 $26,000.00 $15.00 $51,000.00 $12,000.00 $3,400.00 $5,250.00 $565.00 $31,200.00 $100.00 $11000.00 $68.00 $6,000.00 $1.50 $1,675.00 $2,833.33 $370.00 $1,703.33 $600.00 $64.67 $13,600.00 $26.00 $10.00 $67,800.00 $565.00 $30.00 $19,500.00 $565.00 $16,000.00 $1,000.00 $12.00 $8.00 $1,000.00 $85.00 $520.00 $39.33 $42.67 $9.33 $2.60 $2,600.00 $8,500.00 $520.00 $68.67 $20,800.00 $120.00 $3.33 $12,933.33 $3,933.33 $8,533.33 $186.67 $6,866.67 $666.67 $2,266.67 $18,133.33 $1,200.00 $108.33 $1,083.33 $1,200.00 $800.00 $22.00 $11.70 $24.70 $20.00 $1,170.00 $2,470.00 $2,000.00 $14,125.00 $2,260.00 $51.00 $51.00 $17,850.00 $600.00 $8,800.00 $72,000.00 $600.00 $60.00 $550.00 $10.67 $1,066.67 $16.67 $1,666.67 $24,000.00 $14.67 $1,466.67 $66,000.00 $15,000.00 $800.00 $30 00 $31200.00 $10,500.00 $710.00 $1,010.00 $48.00 $19,200.00 $17,750.00 $530.00 $63,600.00 $4,040.00 $548.33 $13,708.33 $738.33 $2,953.33 $54.00 $18,900.00 $32.00 $11,200.00 $33,150.00 $25.00 $16,250.00 $40.00 $26,000.00 $35.33 $22,966.67 ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE GARVER RELIANCE KINSEL HORSESHOE AVERAGE OF 3 LOWEST BIDDERS ITEM SECTION EST No. REF. ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS QTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE 47 13442 Software & Training LS 1 $3,000.00 $3,000.00 $5,200.00 $5,200.00 $5,625,00 $5,625.00 $4,500.00 $4,500.00 $5,500.00 $5,500.00 $5,108.33 $5,108.33 48 13442 Portable Calibration Flow Meter EA 1 $4,000.00 $4,000.00 $4,000.00 $4,000.00 $4,250.00 $4,250.00 $3,400.00 $3,400.00 $4,000.00 $4,000.00 $3,883.33 $3,883.33 49 13442 Flow Monitor Data Collection Device EA 2 $1,000.00 $2,000.00 $1,500.00 $3,000.00 $800.00 $1,600.00 $700.00 $1,400.00 $1,200.00 $2,400.00 $1,000.00 $2,000.00 50 13442 Purchase and Installation of Open Channel Flow Monitors, Complete with Mounting Bands EA 4 $6,000.00 $24,000.00 $20,000.00 $80,000.00 $5,938.00 $23,752.00 $4,500.00 $181000.00 $22,800.00 $91,200.00 $10,146.00 $40,584.00 51 13442 Purchase and Installation of portable lift station flow meter EA 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 $7,500.00 $7,500.00 $8,750.00 $8,750.00 $7,000.00 $7,000.00 $8,000.00 $8,000.00 $7,750.00 $7,750.00 $864,183.00 $969,865.00 $1,108,870.00 $898,061.00 Items $1,033,695.00 $860,135.00 Total of All Base Bid ALTERNATE BID ITEMS ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE GARVER RELIANCE KINSEL HORSESHOE AVERAGE OF 3 LOWEST BIDDERS 1 ITEM SECTION EST PRICE UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE No. REF. ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS QTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE UNIT PRICE TOTAL A-1 02551 Remove & Replace Existing Service / Lateral Connection by Excavation 0' to 10' EA 6 $1,365.00 $8,190.00 $425.00 $2,550.00 $460.00 $2,760.00 $600.00 $3,600.00 $550.00 $3,300.00 $495.00 $2,970.00 A-2 02553 Point Repair of 6" to 10" Sewers, 0'to 8' Deep EA 7 $1,500.00 $10,500.00 $1,000.00 $7,000.00 $1,306.00 $9,142.00 $1,100.00 $7,700.00 $1,650.00 $11,550.00 $1,135.33 $7,947.33 A-3 02553 Point Repair of 6" to 10* Sewers, 8' to 15' Deep EA 1 $2,400.00 $2,400.00 $2,500.00 $2,500.00 $1,306.00 $1,306.00 $2,500.00 $2,500.00 $2,850.00 $2,850.00 $2,102.00 $2,102.00 A-4 02571 Pipe Bursting, 6' to 6' (including Pre & Post LF 385 $14,245.00 $29.00 $11,165.00 $29.00 $11,165.00 $44.00 $16,940.00 $44.00 $16,940.00 $34.00 $13,090.00 Television Inspection) $37.00 $26,109.33 Total of Alternate Bid Items $35,335.00 $23,215.00 $24,373.00 $30,740.00 $34,640.00 • unit once work reauired as Dart of alternate bid items and not specifically listed in the alternate bid will be paid at the prices included with the base bid. i.e If side walk replacement is required it will be paid at the price bid in the base bid section of the proposal form. Attachment to R2001-96 111:„( CONTRACT DOCUMENTS and TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS for INFLOW/INFILTRATION REDUCTION FOR SLEEPY HOLLOW AND LONGWOOD SERVICE AREAS — PHASE 1 CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS BID NO: 2001-045 SRF No. 3393-02-03 PREPARED BY: Carter Buraess CARTER & BURGESS, INC. Consultants in Planning, Engineering, Architecture, and Related Services 55 Waugh Drive, Suite 300 ~Nl.f.4- Houston, Texas 77007 �� * F,TF,rgs ic ttjl r*�• • �\ *000000ljjl VER �ON H .... •••••r... PREPARED FOR: f....`........87932 ?j 0;�./,CENs..•'.... City of Pearland tti SSION A� ��''~- Pearland, Texas MAY 2001 FILE COPY CITY SECRETARY'S OFFICE DO NOT REMOVE Project No. 030147.010 ADDENDUM NO. 1 -JUNE 22, 2001 Project Name. City of Pearland Inflow/Infiltration Reduction for Sleepy Hollow & Longwood Service Areas - Phase I Bid No 2001-045 SRF No 3393-02-03 Date of Addendum. June 21, 2001 Bid Date. June 27, 2001 (There is no change to the bid date) From. Vernon H Webb, P E., Project Manager 4*e3. 0... re s1 1 Carter& Burgess, Inc. ••q 55 Waugh Drive#300 r*=�•••...... •'s*jr ¢ NH „VERNO ... .......:....r Houston, TX 77007-5833 r ..,....,,,,, .WEBB,II rl 9 8 7932 • r To. Prospective Bidders o' �'�eNs�°•�' `°�r fats. N. The Addendum forms a part of the Bidding Documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the plans and specifications are inconsistent, this Addendum governs. .ei. Please sign and return by Fax to Vernon Webb, Carter& Burgess, Inc., at 713-869-5502. Also, indicate receipt of this Addendum with your bid on the Bid Proposal Form, Document 00300. Failure to do so may subject Bidder to disqualification. Acknowledgment of Receipt of Addendum No 1 Signature Date Company Name Attached are the changes in the bidding documents 030147.010 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page 1 of 1 CHANGES TO BID DOCUMENTS for City of Pearland Inflow/Infiltration Reduction for Sleepy Hollow & Longwood Service Areas BID NO 2001-045 SRF NO 3393-02-30 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS Section 00300— Bid Proposal Replace pages 00300-2 through 00300-5 with attached pages 00300-2 through 00300-5. SPECIFICATIONS Section 002571 —Pipe Bursting Sanitary Sewers. Replace page 02571-1 with attached with page 02571-1 CLARIFICATION Question: Drawing sheet#7 shows detail of"single sewer service" Note#2 requires S locator wire loops from each service connection to manhole. How is this installed during pipe bursting Answer: It was determined at the pre-bid meeting by both the Engineer and Owner that the locator wire loops would not be required on sections to be pipe burst. Question. Brand names of HDPE pipe allowable? Answer Pipe manufactures that meet the requirements of the specifications will be acceptable. See section 02571, 2.03 POLYETHYLENE LINER PIPE AND FITTINGS Question: Depths of each line segment chart available? Answer No. Depths can be obtained from looking at the television inspection logs which were furnished with the plans and specifications Question. Are existing Pre-TV tapes available for viewing? Answer Yes. The tapes are available at the Engineer's office and can viewed by the bidders if an appointment is made with the Engineer Once the contract is awarded, the tapes will be made available for the Contractor's use. Question: List of acceptable flow meter manufacturers/suppliers? Answer: Section 13422 contains the specifications for the flow meters and associated items. Question. PLP designation for pipe. Is this designation for previously slip lined pipe or cured-in-place line? What material used for point repairs on these segments. Answer: The TV inspection logs indicate locations of point repairs and pipe types used. There are several locations were un-reinforced concrete pipe has been repaired with PVC pipe sections. J 0 Question. What is a Fernco stainless steel shear ring? Answer• These are also known as shielded couplings Question: Can separate bid items be made for pipe bursting less than 10 feet and for pipe bursting greater than 10 feet. Answer: A new bid form was issued with a line item for pipe bursting lines at a depth greater than 10 feet. 9 S BASE BID ITEMS dIP ITEM SECTION EST No. REF ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS OTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE 1 01502 Mobilization (3%max of total base bid) LS 1 2 01526 Trench Safety System LF 2,500 3 01555 Traffic Control and Regulation Including Flagmen LS 1 for Repairs Identified on the Drawings 4 01563 Well Pointing for Sewer Rehab,0'to 8'Deep LF-Day 100 5 01563 Well Pointing for Sewer Rehab,8'to 15'Deep LF-Day 100 6 01573 Filter Fabric Fence LF 400 7 01740 Remove&Replace 1 1/2"Hot Mix Asphalt SY 200 Concrete(Type D), Including Tack Coat 8 01740 Remove&Replace 4"Concrete Sidewalk, SY 100 Including Reinforcement&Special Finishes 0 9 01740 Remove&Replace 6"Concrete Driveway, SY 200 Including Reinforcement 10 01740 Remove&Replace Concrete Curb LF 20 11 01740 Remove&Replace Up to 8"Concrete Pavement, SY 100 Including Reinforcement 12 01740 Additional Sawed Joint,Concrete/Asphalt LF 200 Pavement,All Depths 13 02082 4'Diameter Sanitary Sewer Manhole(standard 8' EA 8 Depth)(Precast) 14 02082 4'Diameter Sanitary Sewer Manhole(Extra VF 10 Depth)(Precast) 15 02320 Extra Bank Sand TON 100 16 02320 Extra Crushed Aggregate TON 100 17 02321 Extra Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill TON 100 18 02531 Remove Replace-Existing-6to-8"- ravit - LF 400 __— Sanitary Sewers by Open Cut Construction Section 00300 030147.010 ADDENDUM NO.1 Page 2 of 6 ® ITEM SECTION EST No. REF ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS QTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE Remove&Replace Existing Service/Lateral 19 02551 Connection with out Stacks by Excavation 0'to EA 120 10' 20 02551 Remove&Replace Existing Service/Lateral EA 25 Connection with Stacks by Excavation 0'to 10' 21 02551 Remove&Replace Existing Service/Lateral EA 4 Connection with Stacks by Excavation 10'to 15' 22 02551 Extra.Length of Service Lateral(open cut) LF 350 23 02551 Extra Length of Service Lateral(trenchless) LF 650 24 02551 Abandonment of Service Connections EA 2 25 02553 Point ep Repair of 6"to 10"Sanitary Sewers,0'to 8' EA 13 26 02553 Point Repair of 6"to 10"Sanitary Sewers,8'to EA 4 15'Deep Extra Length for Point Repair of 6"to 10"Sanitary 27 02553 LF 200 Sewers,0'to 8'Deep 28 02553 Extra Length for Point Repair of 6"to 10"Sanitary LF 100 Sewers,8'to 15�Deep 29 02553 Point Repair of 6"to 10"Sanitary Sewers to Allow EA 22 Pipebursting,All Depths 30 02555 Manhole Rehabilitation with Cementitous Lining VF 400 31 02555 Replacement of Manhole Frame and Cover EA 5 Raise or Lower Manhole Frame&Cover Less 32 02555 EA 8 than or Equal to 1 Foot 33 02555 Raise or Lower Manhole Frame&Cover Greater VF 2 than 1 Foot 34 02555 Replacement of Manhole Cover Only within EA 110 Street ROW 35 02555 Stainless Steel Manhole Insert(Locations to be EA 20 identified in the field by the inspector) 36 02555 PVC Manhole Insert(Locations to be identified in EA 20 the field by the inspector) Section 00300 030147.010 ADDENDUM NO.1 Page 3 of 6 0 ITEM SECTION EST No. REF ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS OTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE 37 02555 Reconstruct Manhole Invert/Bench EA 4 38 02555 Manhole Cleaning EA 8 39 02555 Wastewater Access Chamber(WAC) EA 15 40 02558 Cleaning of 6"to 12"Diameter Sanitary Sewers LF 9,000 Using Normal Cleaning Equipment 41 02558 Extra Payment for Mechanical Cleaning of 6"to LF 3,600 12"diameter Sanitary Sewers 42 02558 Television Inspection of 6"to 12"Diameter LF 9,000 Sanitary Sewers Cleaning and Television Inspection of 4"to 6" 43 02558 Service Lines(Locations to be Indentified by the LF 1,500 Inspector in the Field) Pipebursting Enlargement,6"to 8",Less than or 44 02571 equal to 10 feet(Including Pre&Post Television LF 11,380 Inspection) Pipebursting Enlargement,6"to 8",Greater 10 45 02571 feet deep. (Including Pre&Post Television LF 340 Inspection) 46 02571 Pipe Bursting,8"to 8"(Including Pre&Post LF 1,335 Television Inspection) 47 13442 Software&Training LS 1 48 13442 Portable Calibration Flow Meter EA 1 49 13442 Flow Monitor Data Collection Device EA 2 50 13442 Purchase and Installation of Open Channel Flow EA 4 Monitors,Complete with Mounting Bands 51 13442 Purchase and Installation of portable lift station EA 1 flow meter TOTAL OF ALL BASE BID ITEMS 0 Section 00300 030147.010 ADDENDUM NO.1 Page 4 of 6 ALTERNATE BID ITEMS ITEM SECTION EST No. REF ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS QTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE A-1 02551 Remove&Replace Existing Service/Lateral EA 6 Connection by Excavation 0'to 10' A-2 02553 Point Repair of 6"to 10"Sewers,0'to 8'Deep EA 7 A-3 02553 Point Repair of 6"to 10"Sewers,8'to 15'Deep EA 1 A-4 02571 Pipe Bursting,6"to 6"(including Pre&Post LF 385 Television Inspection) TOTAL OF ALTERNATE BID ITEMS •Unit price work required as part of alternate bid items and not specifically listed in the alternate bid will be paid at the prices included with the E i.e.If side walk replacement is required it will be paid at the price bid in the base bid section of the proposal form. Section 00300 030147.010 ADDENDUM NO.1 Page 5 of 6 Section 02571 PIPE BURSTING SANITARY SEWERS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pipe bursting existing sanitary sewers. 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for installing replacement pipe using pipe bursting is on a linear foot basis for installed pipe, measured from centerline of upstream manhole to centerline of downstream manhole. Payment will be made based on the following depths: less than or equal to 10 feet and greater than 10 feet. Depth of the line segment will be based on the average depth between manholes based on the depth from the manhole rim to the pipe flow line. B. Insertion or access pits, clamp installation, embedment(bedding, haunching and initial backfill), field quality control (testing), sealing liner at manholes, grouting annular space, building up, shaping and reworking manhole inverts and benches, and pre- installation and post-installation cleaning and television inspection of completed work are included in pipe bursting/crushing unit price and not paid for separately J. C Excavations initially begun as obstruction removals or point repairs, which the Contractor later decides to use as insertion pits are considered as insertion pits and not paid for separately D Trench safety systems, and well pointing, associated with insertion pits will be paid for at their respective contract unit prices. E. Back filling insertion pits with cement stabilized sand or bank sand above the pipe embedment zone will be paid for at the respective contract unit prices. F No Separate payment will be made for excavation of insertion pits and back fill with in situ material. G No separate payment will be made for disposal of excess excavation material. H No separate payment will be made for television inspection of line to be rehabilitated by pipe bursting. 103 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 1248 - Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials. B. ASTM D 2122 - Determining Dimensions of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings. 1 C ASTM D 2412 - Determination of External Loading Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel-Plate Loading. 030147.010 Section 02571 Page 1 of 9 ADDENDUM NO.1 1 i i i i I l i f __ __. ___ • i I 1 i '- Ill j ! , l i 4 f i • 1 I I j i I ._ _ '- -_ - . -i - - 1 i f I-r i i I I I 1 1 i 1 1 ! ' 0i I o/L/-- 9-110 sOb -zsc2-1$z li o� iaa � ya f� _7oL/-e5.9 -18. e _ �5 91-e51 -r 6.. vvik.►S._ LV ._ _rvi{.w.d..0.AtyPa I I ; � La/ r- let-€/L be6e-1Lb-FiL -v®},,;agv+a� _ n9'^J9 _iAlistI OhQ2 -�h�-2I1 1115 1 -E1L y c1 t': 1 , I' - ,l a 1 i � as --- t tbs-to-Pe -lir'(41'1, , /4, v •, , -I 1 00�9/6h-VI. 58 1a6-Sit 6191.15.141.1 �y o '", su� a�ub,-�� 132 1 -sus 2S552/1'�1 L Otzi s .rVa1 's1I ,�1-- ---- :1- Z - 1 x yd N 1 1 ; 7 .R8 Jo - }aayg /0 /Or/ 9 .aTO et}Joy s/s Pko7„1O2d awaN qor sse6.MT:1. 9.PD, illil •osid a/0'/h/Oe 0 ON qof ADDENDUM NO. 2 -JUNE 25, 2001 Project Name City of Pearland Inflow/Infiltration Reduction for Sleepy Hollow & Longwood Service Areas - Phase I Bid No 2001-045 SRF No 3393-02-03 Date of Addendum. June 25, 2001 Bid Date June 27, 2001 (There is no change to the bid date) From Vernon H Webb, P E., Project Manager Carter& Burgess, Inc. 55 Waugh Drive#300 Houston, TX 77007-5833 To Prospective Bidders The Addendum forms a part of the Bidding Documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the plans and specifications are inconsistent, this Addendum governs. Please sign and return by Fax to Vernon Webb, Carter& Burgess, Inc., at 713-869-5502. Also, indicate receipt of this Addendum with your bid on the Bid Proposal Form, Document 00300. Failure to do so may subject Bidder to disqualification. Acknowledgment of Receipt of Addendum No. 2. Signature Date Company Name ,�,,,:o��ttttt ~��•D...TE�gS ig4 Attached are the changes in the bidding documents. A"''`�'•'' ••1,-•. **tt1 Fig CO: %N o'jl. e..\ ANON .....••• ft ........og ?ter Ilri'• "/ Po...**,•4................. /f ttt Zttti� i 030147.010 ADDENDUM NO.2 Page 1 of 1 CHANGES TO BID DOCUMENTS for City of Pearland Inflow/Infiltration Reduction for Sleepy Hollow & Longwood Service Areas BID NO 2001-045 SRF NO 3393-02-30 SPECIFICATIONS Section 02571 — Delete paragraph 1 02 E. CLARIFICATION Question. Will separate payment be made for cement-stabilized sand required for insertion pits located under concrete pavement? Answer: No. The backfilling of insertion pits in accordance with the appropriate details shall be included in the unit cost bid for pipe bursting On site material can be used when the pit is located in unpaved areas and cement stabilized sand is required in paved areas. If the City requires a type of backfill different from the details shown, only then will an additional payment will be made at the unit price bid for the appropriate item. Question Will there be a separate payment for cement stabilized sand for service connections? Answer No. The bid item for service connections shall include all required cement stabilized sand as shown in the details. 1 `' TABLE OF CONTENTS Inflow/Infiltration Reduction for Sleepy Hollow and Longwood Service Areas SECTION TITLE DIVISION 0 BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 00010 Invitation to Bidders 00100 Instructions to Bidders 00110 Contractor's Statement of Qualifications 00300 Bid Proposal 00500 Standard Form of Agreement 00610 Performance Bond 00612 One-Year Maintenance Bond 00620 Payment Bond 00700 General Conditions 00800 Supplementary Conditions Attachments to the Supplementary Conditions Preamble to Rule 110 110 Rule 110 110 TWDB Contract Conditions, ED-4 Contractor's Act of Assurance, ED-103 Contractor's Act of Assurance Resolution, ED-104 Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, and Other Responsibility Matters, EPA 5700-49 MWBE Certification and Participation Summary, SRP-373 MWBE Requirements, SRF-52 Site Certificate 00850 Wage Scale for Engineering Construction DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01011 Summary of Work 01114 Protection of the Environment 01145 Use of Premises 01321 Construction Photographs 01326 Construction Schedule 01340 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 01370 Schedule of Values 01410 Testing Laboratory Services 01452 Inspection Services 01502 Mobilization 01526 Trench Safety System 01537 Filter Fabric Fence 01540 Diversion Pumping .0 01555 Traffic Control, Flagmen and Regulations 01562 Trees and Plant Protection 01563 Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 030147.010 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 of 2 01610 Basic Product Requirements 01720 Project Record Documents 01740 Restoration of Site Improvements 01770 Contract Closeout DIVISION 2 SITE WORK 02082 Precast Concrete Manholes 02084 Frames, Grates, Rings, and Covers 02317 Excavation & Backfill for Utilities 02320 Utility Backfill Materials 02321 Cement Stabilized Sand 02506 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 02531 Gravity Sanitary Sewers 02533 Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers 02551 Sanitary Sewer Service Reconnections 02553 Point Repairs 02555 Manhole Rehabilitation 02558 Cleaning and Television Inspection 02571 Pipe Bursting Sanitary Sewers 02621 Geotextile 02911 Topsoil 02921 Hydromulch Seeding 02922 Sodding V DIVISION 3 -CONCRETE 03315 Concrete for Utility Construction DIVISION 13—SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13442 Field Instrumentation 030147 010 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 2 of 2 SECTION 00010 INVITATION TO BIDDERS CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS BID NO 2001-045 Sealed bids will be received, in duplicate, marked "Inflow/Infiltration Reduction for Sleepy Hollow and Longwood Service Areas"in the office of the Purchasing Officer, the City of Pearland, City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas, 77581, until 3.00 P M Wednesday, June 27, 2001, at which time they will be publicly opened and read aloud for the construction of' Inflow/Infiltration Reduction for Sleepy Hollow and Longwood Service Areas— Phase I City of Pearland, Texas Bid No.• 2001-045 A mandatory Prebid Conference will be held at the City of Pearland Service Center, 3501 East Orange Street, Pearland, Texas 77581 at 2:00 P M Wednesday, June 20,2001 This project will entail. Rehabilitation of sanitary sewer by pipebursting approximately 12,000 linear feet of ' existing 6" and 8" gravity sanitary sewers; the reconnection of sanitary sewer service connections; the construction of all required point repairs, the rehabilitation of sanitary sewer manholes, the purchase and placement of sanitary sewer flow monitors, and the cleaning and television inspection of sanitary sewers within the Sleepy Hollow and Longwood Service Areas in Pearland, Brazoria County, Texas Information and Bid Documents. Copies of Contract Documents and Technical Specifications and Plans are on file at the following locations for review City of Pearland 281-652-1600 City Hall 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 The Associated General Contractors 713-843-3700 of America Inc. 3825 Dacoma Houston, Texas 77092 AGC of Texas 713-334-7100 2400 Augusta, Suite 180 Houston, Texas 77057 Dodge Reports 713-529-4895 3131 Eastside, Suite 300 Houston, Texas 77098 03-0147-010 Section 00010 Page 1 of 2 410 These documents may be examined without charge at the above locations Bidders may obtain a complete set of the Contract Documents, Technical Specifications and Plans from the office of the Engineer, Carter & Burgess, Inc., 55 Waugh Drive, Houston, Texas 77007, upon request and deposit of seventy-five dollars ($ 75 00) per set. No partial sets will be issued The amount of the deposit will not be refunded No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of sixty (60) days subsequent to the opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland Bidder's Bond, Cashier's Check, or Certified Check payable to the City of Pearland in the amount of 5% of the total bid price must accompany each proposal The City of Pearland reserves the right to reject any or all bids, or to accept any bid deemed advantageous to the City of Pearland The successful bidders must furnish Performance and Payment Bonds as required by law (Article 5160, Vernon's Texas Civil Statutes, as amended) upon an acceptable form in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price, such bonds to be executed by a corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and named on the current list of"Treasury Department Circular No. 570", payable to the City of Pearland, Texas. This contract is contingent upon release of funds from the Texas Water Development Board Any contractor or contracts awarded under this Invitation for Bids are expected to be funded in part by a loan from the Texas Water Development Board Neither the State of Texas or any of its departments, agencies, or employees are or will be a part to this Invitation for Bids or any resulting contract. Equal Opportunity in Employment-All qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin Bidders on this work will be required to comply with the President's Executive Order No 11246, as amended by Executive Order 11375, and as supplemented in Department of Labor Regulations 41 CFR Part 60 This contract includes a goal for MWBE participation. TWDB document SRF-52, Minority and Women's Business Enterprise Guidance, describes the requirements of this program The Contractor must provide the City with the information required for MWBE Certification and participation summary, TWDB document SRF-373, prior to award of the contract, or provide documentation of a good-faith effort to meet the MWBE goal END OF SECTION S 03-0147-010 Section 00010 Page 2 of 2 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 Defined Terms Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders, which are defined in the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (No 1910-8, 1996 ed.) have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions The term "Bidder"means one who submits a Bid directly to Owner, as distinct from a sub-bidder, who submits a bid to a Bidder The term "Successful Bidder"means the lowest, qualified, responsible and responsive Bidder to whom Owner(on the basis of Owner's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award The term "Bidding Documents" includes the Advertisement of Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids) 2 Copies of Bidding Documents 2 1 Complete sets of Bidding Documents in the number and for the deposit sum stated in the Invitation to Bidders may be obtained from the Engineer 2.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bids, neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2 3 Owner and Engineer in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 3 Qualifications of Bidders 3 1 To demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work, each Bidder must be prepared to submit within two (2) days of Owner's request written evidence, such as financial data, previous experience, present commitments, list of proposed sub-bidders, references and other such data, as may be called for by the Owner The Apparent low Bidder must submit this information to the Engineer within 24 hours of Bid Opening 3.2 Section 00110, Contractor's Statement of Qualification, contains the minimum information to be submitted by the Bidder Failure to comply with the requirements of Section 00110 may disqualify the Bidder from consideration of award of the contract. 4 Examination of Contract Documents and Site 4 1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (c) consider federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate 030147 010 Section 00100 Page 1 of 7 Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 4 2 Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of 4.2 1 Those reports of explorations and tests of conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents. Bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non-technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. 4.2.2 Copies of such reports and drawings will be made available by Owner to any Bidder on request. Those reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents, but the technical data contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4 2 1 is incorporated therein by reference. Such technical data has been identified and established in the Supplementary Conditions. 4 3 Information and data reflected in the Contract documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and Owner does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof 4 4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities and other physical conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in paragraphs 4 02 and 4 03 of the General Conditions. 4 5 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder will, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work and which Bidder deems necessary to determine its Bid for performing and furnishing the Work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 4 6 On request in advance, Owner will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes, clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations 4 7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by Contractor Easement for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by Owner unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 030147.010 Section 00100 Page 2 of 7 4 8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 5 Interpretations and Addenda 5 1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to Engineer Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by Engineer as having,received the Bidding Documents Questions received less than five (5) days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 5.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by Owner or Engineer 6 Bid Security 6 1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid security made payable to Owner in an amount of five percent of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or bank check or a Bid Bond (on form attached, if a form is prescribed) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraph 5 01 of the General Conditions 6.2 The Bid security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required contract security, whereupon the Bid security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish the required contract security within fifteen days after the Notice of Award, Owner may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid security of that Bidder will be forfeited The Bid security of other Bidders whom Owner believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by Owner until the earlier of the seventh day after the Effective Date of the Agreement or the sixty-first day after the Bid opening, whereupon Bid security furnished by such Bidders will be returned 7 Contract Time The number of days in which the Work is to be substantially completed and also completed and ready for final payment (Contract Time) are set forth in the Bid Form and the Agreement. The project will be divided into three separate work areas. All work in one area (including restoration) must be completed prior to starting work in another area. The flow meters shall be installed a minimum of 2 weeks prior to the start of rehabilitation work. 030147 010 Section 00100 Page 3 of 7 • 8 Liquidated Damages and Early Completion Bonus Provisions for liquidated damages and early completion bonus are set forth in the agreement. 9 Substitute or"Or-Equal" Items The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of the selected materials and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or"or-equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or"or-equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by the Contractor if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the Effective Date of the Agreement. All "or equal" references shall be interpreted to mean "or approved equal" The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor and consideration by Engineer is set forth in Paragraph 6 05 of the General Conditions and Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 10 Bid Form 10 1 The Bid Form (Section 00300- Bid Proposal) is included with the Bidding Documents, additional copies may be obtained from Engineer(or the issuing office) 9 10.2 All blanks on the Bid Form must be completed in ink or by typewriter 10 3 Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. 10 4 Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner, whose title must appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. 10 5 All names must be typed or printed below the signature. 10 6 The Bid shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda (the number of which must be filled in on the Bid Form) 10 7 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid must be shown. 11 Submission of Bids Bids shall be submitted in duplicate at the time and place indicated in the Invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope marked with the Project title and 0 name and address of the Bidder and accompanied by Bid security If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system the sealed envelope-shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation "BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it. 030147 010 Section 00100 Page 4 of 7 1111 12 Modification and Withdrawal of Bids 12 1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of Bids. 12 2 If, within twenty-four(24) hours after Bids are opened, any Bidder files a duly signed, written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its Bid, that Bidder may request to withdraw its Bid and the Bid security may be returned at the discretion of the owner Thereafter, that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Project to be provided under the Contract Documents 13 Opening of Bids Bids will be opened and (unless obviously non-responsive) read aloud publicly An abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and major alternates (if any)will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids. 14 Bids to Remain Subject to Acceptance All bids will remain subject to acceptance for sixty (60) days after the day of the Bid S opening, but Owner may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid security prior to that date. 15 Award of Contract 15 1 Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder, and the right to disregard all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids. Also, Owner reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder if Owner believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by Owner Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 15.2 In evaluating Bids, Owner will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award 15 3 Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial 111 ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to Owner's satisfaction within the proposed time. 030147 010 Section 00100 Page 5 of 7 15 4 If the contract is to be awarded it will be based on the lowest bid option proposed and awarded to the lowest Bidder whose evaluation by Owner indicates to Owner that the award will be in the best interest of the Project. 15 5 If the contract is to be awarded, Owner will give the Successful Bidder a Notice of Award within sixty (60) days after the day of the Bid opening 16 Contract Security Paragraph 5 01 of the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions set forth Owner's requirements as to performance and payment Bonds. When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to Owner, it must be accompanied by the required performance and payment Bonds. Bonds may be on the forms provided herein or an equal form containing no substantive changes. 17 Signing of Agreement When Owner gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with all other written Contract Documents attached Within fifteen (15) days thereafter Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to I Owner with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter Owner shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor Each counterpart is to be accompanied by a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate identification 18 Prebid Conference A prebid meeting will be held as indicated in the Invitation to Bidders 19 Retainage Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Agreement. 20 Texas Water Development Board Requirements 20 1 This contract is contingent upon release of funds from the Texas Water Development Board (TWDB) 20.2 Any contract or contracts awarded under.this Invitation for Bids are expected to be funded in part by a loan from the Texas Water Development Board Neither the State of Texas nor any of its departments, agencies, or employees are or will be a party to this Invitation for Bids or any resulting contract. 20 3 Equal Opportunity in Employment: All qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sec or national origin 1 Bidders on this work will be required to comply with the President's executive order No 11246, as amended by Executive Order 113735, and as supplemented in Department of Labor Regulations 41 CFR Part 60 030147.010 Section 00100 Page 6 of 7 0 20 4 This contract includes a goal for MWBE participation TWDB Document SRF-52, Minority and Women's Business Enterprise Guidance, describes the requirements of this program. The Contractor must provide the City with the information required for MWBE Certification and Participation Summary, TWDB Document SRF-373, prior to award of the contract, or provide documentation of a good-faith effort to meet the MWBE goal 20 5 Form SAF-373 shall be submitted by the apparent low bidder within twenty-four (24) hours of the bid opening Submittal of other forms will be requested by the Engineer, as required 21 Site Certificate The City has issued a Site Certificate (Form ED-101) on the project stating that they have taken bona fide options on, or initiated condemnation proceedings against all property necessary for construction of the project. See attachments to the supplementary conditions for a copy of the site certificate. This only includes easements or properties identified on the drawings. If the contractor requires additional land for construction it is his responsibility to obtain such permission and provide copies of agreements to the City in writing 22 Sales Tax Exemption IPSee the Supplemental Conditions, Section 00800, article SC-7 01A3 for sales tax exemption information and requirements. END OF SECTION 11 030147 010 Section 00100 Page 7 of 7 SECTION 00110 CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS Each Bidder shall submit a completed and executed Contractor's Statement of Qualifications ("Contractor's Statement") to Owner for evaluation by the Owner and the Engineer No bidder is eligible to be awarded the contract unless Owner has approved the Contractor's Statement. Award of the contract(s) will only be made to Bidders with the demonstrated qualifications and resources to construct a quality project in a safe and timely manner The Contractor's Statement must be dated not more than 6 months prior to the bid opening date, however, Owner may require a new Contractor's Statement at any time. Additionally, Owner may require the Bidder to provide any other information Owner deems pertinent, necessary, or appropriate to determine whether the Bidder is responsible and capable of performing the Work. If discrepancies are found in the Contractor's Statement, the Contractor's Statement will be considered unsatisfactory and the bidder will be ineligible for award of the Contract until the discrepancies are satisfactorily explained to Owner In compiling the Contractor's Statement, all items must be filled in, and all schedules must be completed in detail If separate schedules are used, they must be specifically identified as to which schedule in the Contractor's Statement they support and must contain the same information in the same category and format as requested in the Contractor's Statement. FAILURE TO COMPLETE ALL ITEMS AND ALL SCHEDULES IN DETAIL MAY DISQUALIFY THE BIDDER FROM CONSIDERATION OF AWARD OF THE CONTRACT If there is nothing to report in any item or schedule, the make the notation "None." The amount shown for each item listed in the Financial Statement must be an actual amount, as taken from the Bidder's books, verified, and must not be an "approximate" amount. The Financial Statement portion of the Contractor's Statement must show the condition of the Bidder as of the date stated. "Total Assets" must equal "Total Liabilities" plus "Total Equity" The use of previously prepared financial statements is acceptable if they contain the same information in the same category and format as requested in the Financial Statement portion of the Contractor's Statement, are dated not more than 6 months prior to the bid opening date, and show the condition of the bidder as of the date of the Contractor's Statement. If the Bidder is a corporation, the person signing the Contractor's Statement must be either the president or vice president of the corporation, if a partnership, the person signing this Contractor's Statement must be a general partner of the partnership The person signing the Contractor's Statement must execute the certification of accuracy and completeness and the Authorization for Verification and Affidavit contained within the Contractor's Statement. OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REJECT ANY AND ALL BIDS SUBMITTED Minimum experience required for each bidder shall be as follows ❑ At least three (3) similar sized jobs utilizing the specified construction methods completed within the last five (5) years 030147 010 Section 00110 Page 1 of 16 CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS Date of Contractor's Statement ( ) Individual Legal Name of Contractor ( ) Partnership ( )Joint Venture ( ) Corporation ( ) Other Mailing Address Street Address of Main Office Telephone Fax 41_ Texas Vendor Identification Number Tax Identification Number I certify that all information contained in this Contractor's Statement of Qualifications is true, correct, and complete Name Title 4_ 030147 010 Section 00110 Page 2 of 16 ti INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE STATEMENT ORGANIZATIONAL BACKGROUND If the business is a PARTNERSHIP a Date of organization b State whether partnership is general or limited c. List ALL partners Name Address Telephone Status (General or Limited) II If business is a CORPORATION a Date of Incorporation b State of Incorporation c Charter/permit number d Principal place(s) of business e Other state(s) in which corporation is authorized to do business f Officers President Vice President Secretary Treasurer 030147.010 Section 00110 Page 3 of 16 g List ALL shareholders owning 10% or more of the stock of the corporation of Stock Name Address Telephone Owned III If the business is OTHER THAN PARTNERSHIP OR CORPORATION a Describe the organization b List ALL principles of the organization Name Address Telephone Title IV How many years has the business been in business under its present name? a Under what other or former names has the business been operated? b Has the business ever defaulted, declared bankruptcy, or undergone reorganization procedures? If so, attach details list of creditors, amounts owed each, amounts repaid, resolution of proceedings, etc. c Has a predecessor of the business defaulted, declared bankruptcy, or undergone reorganization procedures? If so, attach details, as above d Does the business presently have outstanding claims pending against it? If so, attach details, as above. e Has the business been involved in litigation within the past 5 years, or is it currently involved in litigation? If so, attach details, as above. f Has an officer or principle of the business ever engaged in any of the activities or had claims against him or her as described in this Item IV? If so, attach details, as above. CONSTRUCTION EXPERIENCE V How many years experience in construction work has the business had? a As a general contractor b As a subcontractor V 030147 010 Section 00110 Page 4 of 16 VI What types of work does the business normally perform with is own forces? VII What percentage of annual volume is in sanitary sewer rehabilitation? VIII Has the business ever failed to complete a construction contract, forfeited a bid bond/ proposal guaranty, had liquidated damages withheld from its total compensation due on a contract, or refused to enter into contract for work awarded to it? If so, attach details (a) name project; (b) contract amount; (c) type of work; (d) name and addresses of• (i) project engineer, (ii) contractor, and (iii) owner; (e)when, (f) where, and (g) why IX. Has any officer or partner of the business ever been an officer or principle of some other organization that failed to complete a construction contract, forfeited a bid bond/proposal guaranty, had liquidated damages withheld from its total compensation due on a contract, or refused to enter into contract for work awarded to it? If so, attach details (a) name of individual, (b) his or her current position, (c) name of other organization, (d) position at other organization, (e) name of project; (f)when, (g)where, and (h)why X. Has any officer or principle of the business ever failed to complete a construction contract, forfeited a bid bond/proposal guaranty, had liquidated damages withheld from his or her total compensation due on a contract, or otherwise refused to enter into contract for work awarded to him or her in his or her own name? If so, attach details (a) name of individual, (b) his or her current position, (c) type of work, (d) name and address, (e)when, (f)where, and (g)why XI Has the company received an OSHA citation during the most recent 12 months? If so, then how many and for what? XII How many lost time accidents has the company had in the last year? If any, describe accidents and amount of time lost. XIII Volume of gross construction business during the last three years $ $XIV List all projects (beginning with the most current and not to exceed the last ten consecutive jobs) of construction cost greater than $200,000 that the business has completed within the last five years in the Houston area and in Texas You may attach copies of the final estimate for the jobs listed, in which event you need not list the information called for by the chart that clearly appears on the final estimate Add additional sheets if needed 030147 010 Section 00110 Page 5 of 16 a NAME OF PROJECT Amount Type of Work Percentage subcontracted Amount subcontracted Scheduled completion date Date completed Location (city, county, state) Name and address of project engineer Name, address, and telephone of contractor (if subcontractor) Name, address, and telephone of owner b NAME OF PROJECT Amount Type of Work Percentage subcontracted Amount subcontracted Scheduled completion date Date completed Location (city, county, state) Name and address of project engineer 030147 010 Section 00110 Page 6 of 16 Name, address, and telephone of contractor (if subcontractor) Name, address, and telephone of owner c. NAME OF PROJECT Amount Type of Work Percentage subcontracted Amount subcontracted Scheduled completion date Date completed Location (city, county, state) Name and address of project engineer Name, address, and telephone of contractor (if subcontractor) Name, address, and telephone of owner XV List major construction projects the business has in process Add additional sheets if needed. a NAME OF PROJECT Amount 030147 010 Section 00110 Page 7 of 16 Type of Work Percentage subcontracted Amount subcontracted Scheduled completion date Date completed Location (city, county, state) Name and address of project engineer Name, address, and telephone of contractor (if subcontractor) Name, address, and telephone of owner b NAME OF PROJECT Amount Type of Work Percentage subcontracted Amount subcontracted Scheduled completion date Date completed Location (city, county, state) Name and address of project engineer Nilw Name, address, and telephone of contractor (if subcontractor) 030147 010 Section 00110 Page 8 of 16 I Name, address, and telephone of owner c NAME OF PROJECT Amount Type of Work Percentage subcontracted Amount subcontracted Scheduled completion date Date completed Location (city, county, state) Name and address of project engineer Name, address, and telephone of contractor (if subcontractor) Name, address, and telephone of owner 030147.010 Section 00110 Page 9 of 16 XVI List construction experience of the principle individual of your organization (include not only officers and principles of the organizations but also field superintendents who will be in charge of the work. Add additional sheets if needed a Name Present position or office Years with the organization Years of construction experience Detailed construction experience b Name Present position or office Years with the organization Years of construction experience Detailed construction experience XVII List all subcontractors that are anticipated to perform any portion of the work. Add p additional sheets if needed a Name Address Work to be done Estimated Percentage of contract Person responsible for the work Last Three Consecutive Projects of Subcontractor 1 Project: Amount: Owner phone. ( ) Engineer phone. ( ) Prime Contractor phone. ( ) 2 Project: Amount: Owner phone. ( ) 030147 010 Section 00110 Page 10 of 16 Engineer phone. ( ) Prime Contractor phone. ( ) 3 Project: Amount: Owner phone. ( ) Engineer phone. ( ) Prime Contractor phone. ( ) b Name Address Work to be done Estimated Percentage of contract Person responsible for the work Last Three Consecutive Projects of Subcontractor 1 Project: Amount: Owner phone. ( ) Engineer phone. ( ) Prime Contractor phone. ( ) 2 Project: Amount: Owner phone. ( ) Engineer phone. ( ) Prime Contractor phone. ( ) 3 Project: Amount: Owner phone. ( ) Engineer phone. ( ) Prime Contractor' phone. ( ) c Name Address Work to be done 030147 010 Section 00110 Page 11 of 16 9 Estimated Percentage of contract Person responsible for the work Last Three Consecutive Projects of Subcontractor 1 Project: Amount: Owner. phone. ( ) Engineer phone. ( ) Prime Contractor phone. ( ) 2 Project: Amount: Owner phone: ( ) Engineer phone. ( ) Prime Contractor phone. ( ) 3 Project: 11 Amount: Owner phone. ( ) Engineer phone. ( ) Prime Contractor phone. ( ) REFERENCES XVIII List all banks with whom the contractor has done business during the past five years List current bank first. Name of Name of Bank Address Contact Officer Telephone I 030147 010 Section 00110 Page 12 of 16 XIX. Payment and performance and maintenance bonds V a Name and address of surety company 1 Company file number 2. Authorized to do business in Texas? 3 Authorized to issue payment and performance and maintenance bonds in Texas? 4 Maximum amount of bond authorized to issue? 5 Rating (as listed in Best's Key Guide) 6 Financial size category (as listed in Best's Key Guide) b Name and address of agency (company or partnership for which agent works) 1 Name and address of agent (person actually signing) 2 Authorized to do business in Texas? 3 Agent's file number 4 Agent's local recording agent's license number 5 Does agent/agency have appointment from insurance company authorizing agent/agency to sign bonds? 030147 010 Section 00110 Page 13 of 16 FINANCIAL STATEMENT w Condition at close of business as of ASSETS Cash on hand and in banks $ Certificates of deposit $ (due within one year) Notes receivable $ (due within one year) Accounts receivables - completed $ contracts Accounts earned on incomplete $ contracts Accounts receivables - others $ Inventory $ Equipment (book value) $ Real estate (appraised or book value) $ Deposits (bid guarantees) $ Prepaid expenses (insurance, $ construction bonds, interest, taxes, other) Accrued interest $ Cash value of life insurance $ Stocks and bonds - listed (present value) $ Stocks and bonds - unlisted (present value) $ Other assets $ TOTAL ASSETS $ 030147 010 Section 00110 Page 14 of 16 LIABILITIES Notes payable - banks $ - equipment $ - others $ Accounts payable (due within one year) $ Federal income tax provision $ Accrued expenses $ Advance payments on contracts $ in progress Equipment lease (rental) purchase $ agreements Other liabilities $ TOTAL LIABILITIES $ EQUITY Corporate equity $ Partnership equity $ Individual equity $ TOTAL EQUITY $ Has the business satisfied ALL of its tax obligations as of this Statement? If not, attach details (a) to whom owed, (b) nature of tax outstanding, (c) amount; (d)why outstanding, and (e) anticipated resolution of tax debt. If the Financial Statement was prepared by an individual accounting firm, please give the name and address of accountant or accounting firm 110 030147 010 Section 00110 Page 15 of 16 INSURANCE Will the company be able to provide the level of insurance required in the Contract Documents? What is your current Worker's Compensation Experience Modifier? END OF SECTION 030147.010 Section 00110 Page 16 of 16 SECTION 00300 // BID PROPOSAL Date `/a7/9 Bid of G - eons 7 c/c 74,,1 ,2%/ , an individua • e- •rship0 corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texa •- . •onsisting of Afeh'-Go�.•P��.f.- �,,.4.4„« , for the construction o • Inflow/Infiltration Reduction for Sleepy Hollow and Longwood Service Areas City of Pearland, Texas BID NO 2001-045 (Submit in Duplicate) To. The Honorable Mayor and City of Council of Pearland City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Pursuant to the published Invitation to Bid, the undersigned bidder hereby proposes to do all the work and furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools and materials, 1111 and whatever else may be necessary to complete all the work included under the General Contract for the construction of the Inflow/Infiltration Reduction for Sleepy Hollow and Longwood Service Areas as shown on the plans with all related appurtenances, complete, tested and operational, in accordance with the plans, and specifications prepared by the Engineer, Carter& Burgess, Inc., Houston, Texas, under the City of Pearland's inspection for the unit prices set forth on the attached bid sheet which bears our signature for identification It is understood that, in the event any changes are ordered on any part of the work, the unit prices bid shall apply as additions to or deductions from the total prices for the parts of the work so changed The bidder binds himself upon acceptance of his proposal to execute a contract and furnish performance bond and payment bond each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total contract price, according to the specified forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated. The undersigned bidder agrees to commence work within ten (10) days after the date of a written notice to commence work. It is understood that the work is to be substantially complete within one hundred fifty (150) calendar days and completed and ready for final payment within one hundred eighty(180) calendar days Time for completion shall begin on the date established by the notice to commence work. 030147 010 Section 00300 Page 1 of 6 Sun-22-2001 02 45pm From-CARTER & BURGESS 7138695005 T-575 P 006/010 F-145 BASE BID ITEMS ITEM SECTION' EST �r No. REF. ITEM DESCRIPTION , UNITS QTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE 1 01502 Mobilization (3%max of total base bid) LS 1 �� ,2 fc 000 2 01526 Trench Safety System LF 2,500 / pars'00 1 / Traffic Control and Regulation Including Flagmen 3 01555 LS 1 I. for Repairs Identified on the Drawings 0?,..5 0P 02j61:0O 4 01563 Well Pointing for Sewer Rehab,0'to 8'Deep LF-Day 100 4' /Oo°IP- 5 01563 Well Pointing for Sewer Rehab,8'to 15'Deep LF-Day 100 /�d DO OOP / 6 01573 Filter Fabric Fence LF 400 a>0,7 is SOD Remove&Replace 1 1/2"Hot Mix Asphalt 7 01740 Concrete(Type D), including Tack Coat SY 200 �Sf. i,� �,800 8 01740 Remove&Replace 4"Concrete Sidewalk, SY 100 Including Reinforcement&Special Finishes �O� 94°41 9 01740 Remove&Replace 6"Concrete Driveway, SY 200 �. Including Reinforcement 3 O 1 AO 0 000 10 01740 Remove&Replace Concrete Curb LF 20 „ a 0'' ilO/`x 11 01740 Remove&Replace Up to 8"Concrete Pavement, SY 100 �D p Including Reinforcement pqp " 12 01740 Additional Sawed Joint,Concrete/Asphalt LF 200 Pavement,All Depths a-- ____(000 a 13 02082 4'Diameter Sanitary Sewer Manhole(standard 8' EA 8 do os Depth) (Precast) o?i.ffOO' ..22i yea 14 02082 4'Diameter Sanitary Sewer Manhole(Extra VF 10 t�o of Depth) (Precast) N . 15 02320 Extra Bank Sand TON 100 /Otr✓ Do i0 16 02320 Extra Crushed Aggregate TON 100 00 '4 48 6,340, 1 17 02321 Extra Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill TON 100 a.00 �4Oo.O 18 02531 Remove&Replace Existing 6"to 8'Gravity LF 400 ,/ �� 40 J Sanitary Sewers by Open Cut Construction T /7 G00 Section 00300 030147.010 ADDENDUM NO.1 Page 2 of 6 J'un-22'2001 02 45pm From-CARTER & BURGESS 7138695005 T-575 P 007/010 F-145 t ITEM SECTION - 7- EST No. REF ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS OTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE 7 t Remove&Replace ExistingService/Lateral 19 02551 Connection with out Stacks by Excavation 0'to EA 120 '`��oa �/GDO o d 20 02551 Remove&Replace Existing Service/Lateral EA 25 00 or,Connection with Stacks by Excavation 0'to 10 ®�-� /��Ap r , 21 01 Remove&Replace Existing Service/Lateral EA 4 �� Connection with Stacks by Excavation 10'to 15' ger 3 5I00 7 22 02551 Extra.Length of Service Lateral(open cut) LF 350 or ow 1 .ems ,.. ,7.s70 23 02551 Extra Length of Service Lateral(trenchiess) LF 650 00 of 3D /1r..CDd 24 02551 Abandonment of Service Connections EA 2 o2.S� - s�•° r 25 02553 Point Repair of 6"to 10"Sanitary Sewers,0'to 8' EA 13 Deep 7�� /d0 or Point Repair of 6"to 10"Sanitary Sewers,8'to EA 4 .3 oaa /�.,D®o � 26 02553 15'Deep `'.,7 1.9,E ��pc Extra Length for Point Repair of 6"to 10"Sanitary LF 200 `�7 ' 27 02553 Sewers,0'to 8'Deep 3 r f 7 toot; g Id V 28 02553 Extra Length for Point Repair of 6"to 10'Sanitary LF 100 Sewers,8'to 15'Deep my �� S sDp ea Point Repair of 6"to 10"Sanitary Sewers to Allow EA 22 ��D `J, 7� 28 02553 Pipebursting,All Depths o 1 II 30 02555 Manhole Rehabilitation with Cementitous Lining VF 400 a` o) l 702 , 34.4700 — 31 02555 Replacement of Manhole Frame and Cover EA 5 I v?00 4DOO�� Raise or Lower Manhole Frame&Cover Less 32 02555 EA than or Equal to 1 Foot 8 o2/6 00 / 6��ate r Raise or Lower Manhole Frame&Cover Greater 1 33 02555 than 1 Foot VF 2 oZW)+d ate P i 34 02555 Replacement of Manhole Cover Only within EA 110 os Street ROW 33d - 36 340 T 35 02555 Stainless Steel Manhole Insert(Locations to be EA 20 r• ao identified in the field by the inspector) Are 3,6DO , PVC Manhole Insert(Locations to be identified in EA 20 ``1� -o ' 36 02555 the field by the inspector) T4 Ole 1010 Section 00300 030147.010 ADDENDUM NO.1 Page 3 of 6 Jun-22-2001 02:45pm From-CARTER & BURGESS 7138605005 _ T-575 P 008/010 F-145 0 ITEM SECTION EST No. REF ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS CITY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE 37 02555 Reconstruct Manhole Invert/Bench EA 4 oa Rco— 4000� 38 02555 Manhole Cleaning EA 8 p?00 om /l�l ' 39 02555 Wastewater Access Chamber(WAC) EA 15 Qy eve/. s'o /c'7So - 40 02558 Cleaning of 6"to 12'Diameter Sanitary Sewers LF 9,000 3-ri 42Using Normal Cleaning Equipment /i /4SQ0 Extra Payment for Mechanical Cleaning of 6"to 41 02558 12"diameter Sanitary Sewers LF 3,600 a p 7 02/P0 o' 42 02558 Television Inspection of 6"to 12"Diameter LF 9,000 eo Sanitary Sewers a ,r,Qo0 , Cleaning and Television Inspection of 4"to 6" 43 02558 Service Lines(Locations to be Indentified by the LF 1,500 ,S--e, e" Inspector in the Field) .2 r 4 73 Pipebursting Enlargement,6"to 8", Less than or 0. 33Q o,TO 44 02571 equal to 10 feet(Including Pre&Post Television LF 11,380 od o� Inspection) al, Pipebursting Enlargement,6"to 8",Greater 10 3d,i A*re es' 45 02571 feet deep.(Including Pre&Post Television LF 340 --If os' .II Inspection) ---'�- e'� ts Pipe Bursting,8"to 8"(Including Pre&Post 46 02571 Television Inspection) LF 1,335 v2 S 3� 7/Soy' 47 13442 Software&Training LS 1 e9 Sd20D vi-2Lb II 48 13442 Portable Calibration Flow Meter EA 1 on ...9 dee 49 13442 Flow Monitor Data Collection Device EA 2 ed �, ,foa 3, Alcap-- 50 13442 Purchase and Installation of Open Channel Flow EA 4 Monitors,Complete with Mounting Bands ape O.9 ' (Z',410e,'nu? Purchase and Installation of portable lift station 51 13442 EA 1 �,5 � 00 flow meter .�� agf TOTAL OF ALL BASE BID ITEM- �/ II Section 00300 030147.010 ADDENDUM NO.1 Page 4 of 6 Jun-22"1001 02:46pm From-CARTER 3 BG 1 7138695005 7-575 P 009/010 F-145 ALTERNATE BID ITEMS 1) ITEM SECTION EST No. REF ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS CITY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE Remove& Replace Existing Service/Lateral s 0 a SS o0 A"1 02551 Connection by Excavation 0'to 10' 6EA D A-2 02553 Point Repair of 6"to 10"Sewers,0'to 8'Deep EA 7 O00 ?,DDD t� oO ese A-3 02553 Point Repair of 6"to 10 Sewers,8'to 15' 1 Deep EA a�5-DO 41,.S� A-4 02571 Pipe Bursting,6"to 6"(including Pre&Post LF 385 00 �0 Television Inspection) 02, -- /i //3 I TOTAL OF ALTERNATE BID ITEMS o?.3j2/S •Unit price work required as part of alternate bid items and not specifically fisted in the alternate bid will be paid at the prices included with the t i.e.If side walk replacement is required it will be paid at the price bid In the base bid section of the proposal forth. II 111 Section 00300 030147.010 ADDENDUM N0.1 Page 5 of 6 • It is agreed that the contract price may be increased or decreased to cover work added or deleted 411 by order of the Engineer, in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of Agreement. The undersigned agrees that the amounts bid in this proposal will not be withdrawn or modified for sixty (60) days following date of bid opening. It is understood that in the event the successful bidder fails to enter into the Contract within ten (10) days of the Notice of Award and fails to furnish a Performance Bond and Payment Bond in the amount of one hundred (100) percent of the Contract for all parts of the work, the successful bidder will forfeit the Bid Security as provided in the Specifications submitted with his bid proposal. The following Addenda have been received. The modifications to the Bid documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are included in the Bid price. Addendum No. / Dated 44z�o,- Addendum No. -i' Dated Addendum No. _ 2 Dated G/asp/i Addendum No. Dated 4- Addendum No. # Dated Addendum No. Dated Firm Name. GQr✓ems �o.,sTr.�cT'e•, 61. Signed �.�� "' " '?%G/‘ Address c5 '2 /44.9.1.1:04 &Po. T r 770 Phone No- 7,3-1(2/--021-Z9 Fax No 518 7 ATTEST (Seal, if Bidder is a Corporation) Date: Signature Date END OF SECTION 030147 010 Section 00300 Page 6 of 6 SECTION 00500 1110 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the Do day of in in the year 2001 by and between the City of Pearland (hereinafter called OWNER) and OkAiR1 COAikluuktall ®, (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR) OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows. Article 1 WORK. CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents The Work is generally described as follows. Inflow/Infiltration Reduction for Sleepy Hollow and Longwood Service Areas — Phase I City of Pearland, Texas BID NO 2001-045 Article 2. ENGINEER. The Work has been designed by Carter& Burgess, Inc. who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to act as OWNER's representative, assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents Article 3 CONTRACT TIME. 3 1 The Work will be substantially completed within one hundred fifty (150) calendar days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions, and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 14 07 of the General Conditions within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run. No work will be allowed on Sundays 3.2 Liquidated Damages OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3 1 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions They also recognize the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such 1.1 proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER five hundred dollars ($500 00) for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3 1 for 030147.010 Section 00500 Page 1 of 8 Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete After Substantial II Completion if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse or fail to complete the remaining Work within the Contract Time or any proper extension hereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER one hundred dollars ($100 00) for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3 1 for completion and readiness for final payment. 3 3 Early Completion Bonus. Owner agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR an early completion bonus of five hundred ($500 00) for each calendar day that the project is declared substantially complete by the ENGINEER, prior to the time allowed for substantial completion in the contract documents up to a maximum of forty-five (45) calendar days or twenty-two thousand five hundred dollars ($22,500) 3 4 Inspection Time. Working hours for the City of Pearland Inspection personnel are from 7 30 AM to 4 30 PM, Monday through Friday, excluding city approved holidays. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the owner of any required overtime work at least 48 hours in advance. Article 4 CONTRACT PRICE 4 1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds as follows. 11 For all Unit Price Work, an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of that item as indicated in this paragraph UNIT PRICE WORK Item Section Est. Unit Total No. Reference Item Description Units Quantity Price Estimated 1 01502 Mobilization (3% max of total base bid) LS 1 $24,000 00 $24,000 00 2 01526 Trench Safety System LF 2,500 $1 00 $2,500.00 Traffic Control and Regulation Including 3 01555 Flagmen for Repairs Identified on the LS 1 $2,500.00 $2,500.00 Drawings 4 01563 Well Pointing for Sewer Rehab, 0'to 8' LF-Day 100 $1.00 $100.00 Deep 5 01563 Well Pointing for Sewer Rehab, 8'to 15' LF-Day 100 $1 00 $100 00 Deep 6 01573 Filter Fabric Fence LF 400 $2.00 $800 00 Remove & Replace 1 1/2" Hot Mix 7 01740 Asphalt Concrete (Type D), Including SY 200 $44.00 $8,800.00 Tack Coat Remove& Replace 4" Concrete 8 01740 Sidewalk, Including Reinforcement& SY 100 $40 00 $4,000.00 Special Finishes III 9 01740 Remove& Replace 6" Concrete SY 200 $50 00 $10,000.00 Driveway, Including Reinforcement 10 01740 Remove & Replace Concrete Curb LF 20 $20.00 $400 00 11 01740 Remove& Replace Up to 8"Concrete SY 100 $50 00 $5,000 00 Pavement, Including Reinforcement 030147.010 Section 00500 Page 2 of 8 8 12 01740 Additional Sawed Joint, LF 200 $3.00 $600 00 Concrete/Asphalt Pavement, All Depths 13 02082 4' Diameter Sanitary Sewer Manhole EA 8 $2,800.00 $22,400.00 (standard 8'Depth) (Precast) 14 02082 4'Diameter Sanitary Sewer Manhole VF 10 $75 00 $750.00 (Extra Depth) (Precast) 15 02320 Extra Bank Sand , TON 100 $10 00 $1,000 00 16 02320 Extra Crushed Aggregate TON 100 $13 00 $1,300 00 17 02321 Extra Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill TON 100 $16 00 $1,600 00 Remove & Replace Existing 6"to 8" 18 02531 Gravity Sanitary Sewers by Open Cut LF 400 $44 00 $17,600 00 _ Construction Remove & Replace Existing Service/ 19 02551 Lateral Connection with out Stacks by EA 120 $425 00 $51,000.00 Excavation 0'to 10' Remove & Replace Existing Service/ 20 02551 Lateral Connection with Stacks by EA 25 $480.00 $12,000.00 Excavation 0'to 10' Remove & Replace Existing Service/ 21 02551 Lateral Connection with Stacks by EA 4 $850.00 $3,400.00 Excavation 10'to 15' 22 02551 Extra Length of Service Lateral (open LF 350 $15 00 $5,250.00 23 02551 Extra Length of Service Lateral LF 650 $30 00 $19,500.00 (trenchless) 24 02551 Abandonment of Service Connections EA 2 $250 00 $500 00 25 02553 Point Repair of 6"to 10"Sanitary EA 13 $700 00 $9,100.00 Sewers, 0'to 8' Deep 26 02553 Point Repair of 6"to 10"Sanitary EA 4 $3,000 00 $12,000.00 Sewers, 8'to 15' Deep 27 02553 Extra Length for Point Repair of 6"to 10" LF 200 $35.00 $7,000.00 Sanitary Sewers, 0'to 8' Deep 28 02553 Extra Length for Point Repair of 6"to 10" LF 100 $55 00 $5,500 00 Sanitary Sewers, 8'to 15' Deep 29 02553 Point Repair of 6"to 10"Sanitary Sewers EA 22 $350 00 $7,700.00 to Allow Pipebursting,All Depths 30 02555 Manhole Rehabilitation with Cementitous VF 400 $92 00 $36,800.00 Lining 31 02555 Replacement of Manhole Frame and EA 5 $200 00 $1,000.00 Cover 32 02555 Raise or Lower Manhole Frame& Cover EA 8 $210 00 $1,680 00 Less than or Equal to 1 Foot 33 02555 Raise or Lower Manhole Frame&Cover VF 2 $220 00 $440 00 Greater than 1 Foot 34 02555 Replacement of Manhole Cover Only EA 110 $330.00 $36,300.00 within Street ROW Stainless Steel Manhole Insert 35 02555 (Locations to be identified in the field by EA 20 $180 00 $3,600 00 11 the inspector) 36 02555 PVC Manhole Insert(Locations to be EA 20 $40.00 $800 00 identified in the field by the inspector) 37 02555 Reconstruct Manhole Invert/Bench EA 4 $250.00 $1,000.00 030147.010 Section 00500 Page 3 of 8 38 02555 Manhole Cleaning EA 8 $200 00 $1,600 00 39 02555 Wastewater Access Chamber(WAC) EA 15 $1,250 00 $18,750.00 Cleaning of 6"to 12"Diameter Sanitary 40 02558 Sewers Using Normal Cleaning LF 9,000 $1 50 $13,500.00 Equipment 41 02558 Extra Payment for Mechanical Cleaning LF 3,600 $2.00 $7,200 00 of 6"to 12"diameter Sanitary Sewers 42 02558 Television Inspection of 6"to 12" LF 9,000 $2.00 $18,000 00 Diameter Sanitary Sewers Cleaning and Television Inspection of 4" 43 02558 to 6"Service Lines (Locations to be LF 1,500 $2.50 $3,750.00 Indentified by the Inspector in the Field) Pipebursting Enlargement, 6"to 8", Less 44 02571 than or equal to 10 feet(Including Pre & LF 11,380 $29 00 $330,020 00 Post Television Inspection) Pipebursting Enlargement, 6"to 45 02571 8",Greater 10 feet deep (Including Pre& LF 340 $32.00 $10,880.00 Post Television Inspection) 46 02571 Pipe Bursting, 8"to 8"(Including Pre& LF 1,335 $29 00 $38,715.00 Post Television Inspection) 47 13442 Software &Training LS 1 $5,200 00 $5,200.00 48 13442 Portable Calibration Flow Meter EA 1 $4,000 00 $4,000 00 49 13442 Flow Monitor Data Collection Device EA 2 $1,500 00 $3,000.00 111 Purchase and Installation of Open 50 13442 Channel Flow Monitors, Complete with EA 4 $20,000 00 $80,000 00 Mounting Bands 51 13442 Purchase and Installation of portable lift EA 1 $7,500 00 $7,500 00 station flow meter Total of All Base Bid Items $860,135.00 Article 5 PAYMENT PROCEDURES CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Application for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5 1 Progress Payments. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER, on or about the last day of each month during construction as provided below All progress payments will be based on the progress of the Work measured by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2.05 of the General Conditions (and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed) 5 1 1 Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage of work complete, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with the General Conditions. 030147.010 Section 00500 Page 4 of 8 5 1.2 Each partial payment shall be less 5 per cent of the amount thereof, which 5 per cent shall be retained until final payment, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. It is understood, however, that in case the whole work be near to completion and some unexpected and unusual delay occurs due to no fault or neglect on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may-upon written recommendation of the ENGINEER-pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR at the OWNER'S option, may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the work and, thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive payment of the balance due him under the contract subject only to the conditions stated under"Final Payment." Owner must retain a minimum of five percent (5%) of each periodic construction payment. If the contract provides for retainage of greater than five percent of the periodic payments, the entire retainage must be deposited into an interest bearing account and paid to the prime contractor upon completion (and acceptance) of the project. The Board may authorize a partial release of the five percent only after substantial completion of construction Full payment of retainage may be made only after Board issuance of the Certificate of Approval Under Section 17 183, Water Code, a portion of the retainage must always be withheld Payments of the retainage balance remaining may be made upon completion and acceptance of construction Retainage must be deposited to an interest bearing account and paid to the prime contractor if the contract award is $400,000 or greater and retainage exceeds five percent (5%) of each periodic payment. 5.2,, Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14 07 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14 07 Article 6 INTEREST Not applicable Article 7 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the following representations 7 1 CONTRACTOR has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 7.2 CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and tests of 11) subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4 02 of the General Conditions, and accepts the determination set forth in paragraph SC-4 02 of the Supplementary Conditions of the extent of the technical data contained in such 030147.010 Section 00500 Page 5 of 8 reports and drawings upon which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely 7 3 CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraph 7.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4 02 of the General Conditions; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 7 4 CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4 03 of the General Conditions 7 5 CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7 6 CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that they have discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR. Article 8 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents, which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work, consist of the following. 8 1 This Agreement (Section 00500) 8.2 Performance and other Bonds identified as Sections 00610, 00612 and 00620 8 3 Notice of Award 8 4 General Conditions. 8 5 Supplementary Conditions (Section 00800) 8 6 Attachments to the Supplementary Conditions 030147.010 Section 00500 Page 6 of 8 8 7 Specifications consisting of divisions and as numbered pages, as listed in table of contents thereof 8 8 Drawings, consisting of cover sheet and sheets numbered 1 through 9 inclusive with each sheet bearing the following general title Inflow/Infiltration Reduction for Sleepy Hollow and Longwood Service Areas 8 9 Addenda number 1 to 2, inclusive. 8 10 CONTRACTOR's Bid (Section 00300, Bid Proposal) 8 12 Documentation submitted by CONTRACTOR prior to Notice of Award 8 13 The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto. All Written Amendments and other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraphs 3 04 of the General Conditions. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 8 The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3 04 of the General Conditions. 111 Article 9 MISCELLANEOUS 9 1 Terms used in this Agreement, which are defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions, will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 9 2 No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound, and specifically but without limitation moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents 9 3 OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representative to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 111 030147.010 Section 00500 Page 7 of 8 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed this Agreement in Or triplicate One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed or identified by OWNER and CONTRACTOR or by ENGINEER on their behalf This Agreement will be effective on Pktl&M- (90 , 2001 OWNER CONTRACTOR City of Pearland X 6A'Q-VFL CDA/STQ v a.7� (--71-) BY By e L, Tv6 S L .,�:eeZ ,,,tptaaarerref' f =11 (Corporate Seal) Attest Attest Addres or giving notices Address for giving notices 3519 Liberty Drive 5402. CO.tiv v DAL E Pearland TX 77581 o0 s i AAA Tp.xp-s .77023 Telephone 281-652-1600 Telephone 7t3_RZt - Z925 Fax 281-652-1706 Fax Agent for service of process END OF SECTION 030147.010 Section 00500 Page 8 of 8 SECTION 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BRAZORIA KNOW ALL,,�EN BY THESE PRESENTS That s 4 o L?� f the Cit of /f'o�:�Je ), County of-if , and State of Texas, as principal, and ewe �_'/ authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety onbonds.for pri cip s, a eld and firmly bound unto City of Pe rld (Owner) in the penal sum of �.,AJt h g'A 70" 71©l4tlii/ ' ir,ef..1-Cr,,,n /7 j7 t °6100 dollars ($a=-'3.3,S) . for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, dated the day of rA p* 2001 to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements &scribed as follows: Inflow/Infiltration Reduction for Sleepy Hollow and Longwood Service Areas- Phase I City of Pearland, Texas BID NO. 2001-045 which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform said Contract and shall in all respects duly and faithfully observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions and agreements in and by said contract agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, and according to the true intent and meaning of said Contract and Plans and Specifications hereto annexed, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due, "PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein " Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder 030147.010 Section 00610 Page 1 of 2 0 IN WITNESS WItEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this WQ day of Ft of lac 2001 Principal 2'OP 3— ki-d Sure rivna/ /1hvox, o-�` i ff iq '-t'l By DI- g �e - By L1Y,./hie ' eL S J l-2 7 'LD171 bkola5. Title: V,p, Title. /7 f6/-y1e y, /i7 �� Address: Address: r-74b2_ c.v�wN�n AcE 7 . f- cw ,-ro,v,Tr ce,s 7 7023 Ar 7, J1/V i''3-7 Telephone. Telephone. eq/a. /771J-d 7c'3-421 - 2.929 Fax: Fax: 713 - 42.‘- 2cE87 A/a./3S/5./ v3a? SLR The name andadess of the Resident A ent of Surety is. C ? l e2. Gt GOC��k 71Le 10 (1)0 idt_e_, VI145e 7X 7s-Re END OF SECTION S 030147 010 Section 00610 Page 2 of 2 SECTION 00612 # 07- �d r IP ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BRAZORIA i� eai rt�✓� / KNOW ALL EN BY THESE PRESENTS That��`ishifd/ i hf�r of the City of o 4/i County of , -u , and State of Texas, as principal, and 'A,y, 1/ A;,ek�Ke -,f(— authorized nder the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for prpcipals re held and�fi '�'ly bo nd u to Ci of Pea lapd (Owner), in the penal sum of 4 �feih "t,Zd-9/7 /heitPa —A/Age h f7 t c 'eX c r, dollars ($ p, 6-D ec ) for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREAS, t e Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, dated the Do day oftll ry1 2001 to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Inflow/Infiltration Reduction for Sleepy Hollow and Longwood Service Areas— Phase I City of Pearland, Texas 40 BID NO. 2001-045 which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully correct all such work not in accordance with the Contract Documents discovered within the one-year period from the date of substantial completion, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due, "PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein " Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder 9 030147 010 Section 00612 Page 1 of 2 IN WITNESS W EREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument 0 this 51 day of 2001 Principal Surety. Canter- 1/ Q/7 / 'h'O/7 hA-e 7su /cam,-)7s J 7 X Jc1 By. �..�%1‘4 BY . /01,a41-1-6. ' C (�.11,6N3 j,00, h . ::),/,,,bYdu K i' Title: \J P Title /I /'7-" _7,,, _ A J Address: Address. Sao'Z (.A.WnIOA . „ 7D � St IIousTa�-(J l rx s '11023 fj_V. /V ( /6-A 70 Telephone: Telephone: 2// 77 7e- of s'6 7L3 -q2.1- 29zg Fax: 7�3 -9Zl 2�f.F' Fax: 2/2 /55/ci�(3o�SL�o The name and address of the Resident Agent of Surety is. 6_, a) a.)�,�e-ems 7e-P IV Cc)t21 dice) 46o/ 024 31 a//13 , 7)( 750./ END OF SECTION II 030147 010 Section 00612 Page 2 of 2 SECTION 00620 �c PAYMENT BOND /T‘R,57'3,(F-o? STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BRAZORIA KNOW ALL EN BY THESE PRESENTS That I 3 1eb 44-dof the City of / eS ,h County of ., 4/i , and State of Texas, as principal, and ( „H1 authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on'bonds fgrpciFicipajs, afe ?elcj and firply bound Junto City of,P9arland (Owner), in the p nal sum ofk/S4 flhnd-W 4'/d/f4 /4/Lee-- ✓ oidah �7 _� 6.21,4c1 f /7 , 67o-6 dollars ($ rcf3---15-D .00) for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Suretylbind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREAS, t e Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, dated the ¶) day of 2001, to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements d cribed as follows: Inflow/Infiltration Reduction for Sleepy Hollow and Longwood Service Areas— Phase I City of Pearland, Texas BID NO. 2001-045 which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then, this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications or drawings accompanying the same, shall in anywise affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder 030147.010 Section 00620 Page 1 of 2 IN WITNESS W EREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument thisW day of oyy' 2001 Principal Surety 7(10`),11figl,----171qdritjii-s Ga{'! /r 14(411 /-I- 4111c ,12f,2 C� By. By' lit LGC- .-7 C L. 1"L,g(3S / , `! ®or�h`1 �rUr.USe i Title. V .p. Title: A `1-1U)'Y)B�i_/h-- /(/74 Address: Address: S4•(c)2 La.W n)DALE -70 ieiLe__-J 7 (kov 571),A4 Tex,.s 77023 Vi7V, A7/1 /(2 76 6 Telephone. _ _ Telephone: 2/a r 7l ' 3 Z t 25 2 5 77rJ ��S Fax: 71 -42 ( - 2.47 Fax: a/ali 7r. V%--3A 91� The name a9 . address of the Resident Agent of Surety is: Agi,��i,e e., W. C a/ i 1-7m 3f tOh3 7,5 01 END OF SECTION 11 030147.010 Section 00620 Page 2 of 2 AUG 14 '01 16 05 FR AON RISK SERVICES 713 430 6590 TO 92816521706 P 02/02 ACORDT� ; I;"".i,•.r.I' .ti.. ''..• .. .t. . . DATE I121 DD YY) 08/14/01 • PRODUCER IS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION Aon Risk Services of Texas.Inc ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE 2000 Bering Drive HOLDER THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND.EXTEND OR House 900 Houston TX 77057 USA ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURED INSURRAA: Zurich American Ins Co of Illinois Garver Construction, Ltd ; INSURER& Zurich American Ins Co BRH-Garver, Inc , General Partner 5402 Lawndale INSURERC: American Zurich Ins Co Houston TX 77023 USA INSURER D: American Guarantee G Liability Ins Co INSURER E: C:i.:a"'— t 4.�:Ir rS:T.:.:a.� d" _aetlnJ;.Y a T?� :.�S;t^ :;1rL!TS:v:r1,S9r 0,{.�+1:p 1�IJ,rii tt j�r::;ti;f-::.rib. ....i.._ +,. ... .t��::;{'•'(C :M,:. .....: �4:�_�......:I` :i_._'...r.'..:.J:.:. ....:�'� -�.�.r'.'��=_�:t.�l.L'�:x.:.:..',:.1�J.'��:;la�!��:.:_v �.7..:.t'_:ilr.: :.t ..�.. .....:1:'::.r•t • THE POLIO ES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THEINSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BYTHE POUCIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICES.AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE REEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICYNTMATR POLICY EFFECTIVE PCRICY'IXPIRAlIO� DATEDIMEN RYY) DRUM KOMI) LIMITS A GENERAL LIABILITY GL02986860-01 S/24/01 5/24/02 EACH OCCURRENCE 52,000,000 CGL X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY FIRE DAMAGE(AJW one tire) $50,0 00 CLAIMS MADE a OCCUR MP_D EXP(Am One Osman) $5,000 PERSONAL BADVINJURY Si,000,000 _ GENERAL AGGREGATE 52,000,000 GETIL AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES NIL PRODUCTS CONTP/OP AGG $2,000,000 DR0. POLICY E IFCT ci LOC B AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY TAP29968G1-01 5/24/01 5/24/02 COMBINED SINGLE LAOT X ANY ALTO Texas IE,m&RI $1,000,000 B r. 91;22986062-01 5/24/01 5/24/02 ALI.Ow EDAUTOS Ail Other States BODILY INJURY SCHEDULED AUTOS X K ELM ALTOS BODILY INJURY (Per so clear) X NON OWNED AUTOS PROPERTY DAMAGE mr (Pet cidem) GARAGE UABn.ITY AUTO ONLY EA ACCIDENT 3 A OTHER THAN EA ACC AUTO ONLY AGG D EXCESSLIABITIJ'Y AUC522ST0-6-0-0 5/2a/01 5/29/02 EACH OCCURRENCE $25,000,000 OCCUR ❑ CLAIMS Kum UH8 AOOREOATS $25,000,000 DEDUCTIBLE RETENTION $ C WORIt1;RSCOl.COMPENSATION AND ��C�-5$6B59-01 5/24/01 5/24/02 X M+C' 9TATU- LITE. IDHPLOYE RS'UAWarY 0/CC FLY UMTT5 E L EACH ACCIDENT S 1,000,000 EL DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 EL DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 OTHER DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES/EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPECIAL PROVISIONS General liability and auto liability policies endorsed to provides additional insured required by contract RE Inflow/Infiltration Reduction for Sleepy Hollow and Longwood Service Areas Bid No 2001-045 • • • _... - sr��:�.+..v. ..�.; .., . .. ••• t,... .r;:ft....11+.•t�•' is o.• r 'f'• .. ..t'. ' t.:•. .. �i •�'•.+i, CI' iu: ... � 't ... : .. .. SRO LLD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICES BE CANCII.IT1D BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAD. City of Pearland 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMPDTOTHELEFT. AT TN Vernon Webb BUT FAILURE TO DO A.HALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION 0' ILI Y 3519 Liberty Drive OF ANY RIM •e �'�yCOMPANY.ITS AGENTS OR•4':?' ATIVPS. Pearland TX 77 581 USA ,MHO• •.:�, . • / •r 'I U:\'l:C:+)':Pa' ...��:t....__,—....�. ...._T°..:►_�_.,_r.�..;r.:. .-sa:.:.''.�:i.'^ ._:_�' y�l.�.»..:� .. .-.,, +:'. .rj: - .i: 'a Certificate No: 570000549766. Holder Identifier: ** TOTAL PAGE 02 ** American Home Assurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh,Pa. Principal Bond Office. 70 Pine Street,New York,N Y 10270 No 48-B-23671 NOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS That American Home Assurance Company, a New York corporation, and National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, Pa., a Pennsylvania corporation,does each hereby appoint ---Russell Canterbury,Joann Dombrowski,John B.O'Keefe,Patricia Pikor,Virginia R.Martin of Hartford,Connecticut--- its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, with full authority to execute on its behalf bonds, undertakings, recognizances and other contracts of indemnity and writings obligatory in the nature thereof, issued in the course of its business,and to bind the respective company thereby IN WITNESS WHEREOF American Home Assurance Company and National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh,Pa.have each executed these presents 14 ;G,," this 17th day of May 2001 "°r. Y�;� ar• a onee�Vice President STATE OF NEW YORK } COUNTY OF NEW YORK }ss. On this 17th day of May, 2001 before me came the above / named officer of American Home Assurance Company and National :a ip,; Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, Pa., to me personally +� ' : PubI ,State!if New York known to be the individual and officer described herein, and No.02TA6037686 :knowledged that he executed the foregoing instrument and affixed Qualified in Bro County :lc seals of said corporations thereto by authority of his office. Commission Expires Feb.14,2002 CERTIFICATE Excerpts of Resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of American Home Assurance Company and National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh,Pa.on May 18, 1976. "RESOLVED,that the Chairman of the Board,the President,or any Vice President be,and hereby is,authorized to appoint Attorneys-in-Fact to represent and act for and on behalf of the Company to execute bonds, undertakings,recognizances and other contracts of indemnity and writings obligatory in the nature thereof,and to attach thereto the corporate seal of the Company,in the transaction of its surety business; "RESOLVED, that the signatures and attestations of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company when so affixed with respect to any bond, undertaking, recognizance or other contract of indemnity or writing obligatory in the nature thereof; "RESOLVED, that any such Attorney-in-Fact delivering a secretarial certification that the foregoing resolutions still be in effect may insert in such certification the date thereof,said date to be not later than the date of delivery thereof by such Attorney-in-Fact." I,Elizabeth M.Tuck,Secretary of American Home Assurance Company and of National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh,Pa.do hereby certify that the foregoing excerpts of Resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of these corporations, and the Powers of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, are true and correct,and that both the Resolutions and the Powers of Attorney are in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of each corporation this day of ,2.001 • tie 4100 dd !Elizabeth M.Tuck,Secretary 41. f��,:' %.:09 i �,t, 65166(4/96) , STATE OF TEXAS STATE BOARD OF INSURANCE kt- oy e�' a� 3 N° 9 5 7 3 ;F ' ►�'�t Company No 08-59500 Certificate ,_ • g� ;, m• • • CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY • `-' ' THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT NATIONAL UNION FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF PITTSBURGH, PENNSYLVANIA 9 tl PITTSBURGH, PENNSYLVANIA t has complied with the laws of the State of Texas applicable thereto and is hereby authorized to trans- act the business of Fire , Allied Coverages ; Hail-growing crops only, Rain, Inland Marine ; '4 Ocean Marine , Aircraft--Liability & Physical Damage; Accident; Health, • t Automobile--Liability & Physical Damage, Liability other than i Automobile; Fidelity & Surety; Glass ; Burglary & Theft, Forgery, Boiler 2 .1 & Machinery and Credit ` until insurance within the State of Texas. This Certificate of Authority shall be in full force and effect it is revoked, canceled or suspended according to law ._j I `'�•~ _et . -•-;- . a rxib yyf fp t:'•.q ••I 1 . . . ,i~ .r.'"4...•. • ••, i IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness mY �`�..,..;:r• r. :•.V.:: i • this rO -•�4-• :;r. •a•i ' �.'. hand and seal of office at Austin, Texas, e;e fin• .•..•••.. ) ,:,,:,< ,.- • 19 91 ��P.-•,4 ". ; `, \ 9 th .day of . April _, A. D - COMM SSIONER OF, INSURANCE ils This document has important legal consequences; consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its use or modification. This document should be adapted to the particular circumstances of the contemplated Project and the Controlling Law STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Prepared by ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE and 01 Issued and Published Jointly By National Society of ASC � Professional Engineers AMERICAN CONSULTING Professional Engineers in Private Practice AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS ENGINEERS COUNCIL PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE a practice division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AMERICAN CONSULTING ENGINEERS COUNCIL AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS This document has been approved and endorsed by awns\ Wccaana The Associated General `�. c;` Contractors of America At Construction Specifications Institute hianameret r These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Owner-Contractor Agreements(No. 1910-8-A-I or 1910- 8-A-2) (1996 Editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the other Comments concerning their usage are contained in the EJCDC User's Guide (No. 1910-50) For guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions, see Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions (No. 1910-17) Aso (1996 Edition). EJCDC No. 1910-8(1996 Edition) f^^fix` jrr7A �t _- .;mom•-=w,.n,. N� r. Copyright©1996 National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street, Alexandria,VA 22314 American Consulting Engineers Council 1015 15th Street N W , Washington, DC 20005 • American Society of Civil Engineers 345 East 47th Street,New York,NY 1001'7 00700-2 TABLE OF CONTENTS I ARTICLE 1 -DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 00700-6 1.01 Defined Terms . . 00700-6 1 02 Terminology 00700-8 ARTICLE 2 -PRELIMINARY MATTERS . 00700-9 2.01 Delivery of Bonds 00700-9 2.02 Copies of Documents 00700-9 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times;Notice to Proceed 00700- 9 2.04 Starting the Work 00700 -9 2.05 Before Starting Construction 00700 -9 2.06 Preconstruction Conference . 00700- 10 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules 00700 - 10 ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 00700- 10 3 01 Intent . 00700- 10 3 02 Reference Standards 00700- 10 3 03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies 00700 - 11 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents . 00700 - 11 3 05 Reuse of Documents 00700 - 11 ARTICLE 4 -AVAILABILITY OF LANDS, SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, REFERENCE POINTS . 00700- I I 4 01, Availability of Lands 00700- 11 4 02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions 00700 - 12 4 03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions 00700- 12 4 04 Underground Facilities 00700- 13 4.05 Reference Points 00700- 13 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site 00700- 14 ARTICLE 5 -BONDS AND INSURANCE . . . . 00700- 15 5 01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds . . 00700- 15 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers . . 00700- 15 5.03 Certificates of Insurance 00700- 15 5.04 CONTRACTOR'S Liability Insurance 00700- 15 5.05 OWNER's Liability Insurance 00700- 16 5.06 Property Insurance 00700- 16 5.07 Waiver of Rights . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 00700- 17 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds . 00700 18 5 09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace 00700- 18 5 10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer 00700- 18 ARTICLE 6-CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES . 00700 18 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence 00700- 18 6.02 Labor; Working Hours 00700- 19 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment . . . . . . 00700- 19 6.04 Progress Schedule 00700- 19 6.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals" 00700- 19 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others 00700-20 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties . 00700-21 6.08 Permits . . 00700-21 6.09 Laws and Regulations . 00700-22 6.10 Taxes . . 00700-22 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas . . . . . 00700-22 diti 6.12 Record Documents .. . 00700-22 6.13 Safety and Protection . 00700-23 6.14 Safety Representative . . . . . 00700-23 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs . . . 00700 23 00700-'3 6.16 Emergencies . 00700 -23 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples 00700 -23 el ' 6.18 Continuing the Work . 00700 -'24 6.19 CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee 00700-25 6.20 Indemnification 00700 -25 ARTICLE 7 OTHER WORK 00700 -26 7.01 Related Work at Site 00700-26 7.02 Coordination . . 00700 -26 ARTICLE 8-OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES - 00700 -26 8.01 Communications to Contractor 00700-26 8.02 Replacement of ENGINEER 00700 -26 8.03 Furnish Data 00700 -26 8.04 Pay Promptly When Due 00700 26 8.05 Lands and Easements;Reports and Tests 00700-26 8.06 Insurance 00700 -27 8.07 Change Orders 00700-27 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals 00700-27 8.09 Limitations on OWNER's Responsibilities 00700-27 8 10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition 00700-27 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements 00700 27 ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS' DURING CONSTRUCTION 00700 -27 9.01 OWNER'S Representative . 00700-27 9.02 Visits to Site - • 00700-27 9.03 Project Representative 00700-27 9.04 Clarifications and Interpretations - • • 00700-28 9.05 Authorized Variations in Work . . . • . . . • 00700 -28 9.06 Rejecting Defective Work - • 00700-28 9.07 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments . . 00700-28 9.08 Determinations for Unit Price Work - 00700-28. 9.09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work . 00700-28 910 Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilities . 00700 -28 ARTICLE 10-CHANGES IN THE WORK, CLAIMS . 00700-29 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work . . 00700-29 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work - 00700-29 10.03 Execution of Change Orders 00700-29 10.04 Notification to Surety . . . 00700-29 10.05 Claims and Disputes : 00700-30 ARTICLE 11 -COST OF THE WORK, CASH ALLOWANCES, UNIT PRICE WORK 00700-30 11.01 Cost of the Work 00700-30 11.02 Cash Allowances 00700-32 11.03 Unit Price Work . 00700-32 ARTICLE 12 -CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE, CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 00700-33 12.01 Change of Contract Price 00700 33 12.02 Change of Contract Times 00700 33 12.03 Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR's Control . 00700-33 12.04 Delays Within CONTRACFOR's Control 00700-34 12.05 Delays Beyond OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's Control 00700 -34 12.06 Delay Damages . 00700-34 ARTICLE 13 -TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 00700-34 13.01 Notice of Defects 00700-34 13.02 Access to Work . . . . . 00700-34 13.03 Tests and Inspections • 00700-34 ill 13.04 Uncovering Work . 00700-35 13.05 OWNER May Stop the Work . . . . 00700-35 13 06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work . 00700-35 00700-4 13.07 Correction Period . . . . 00700-35 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work 00700-36 13 09 OWNER May Correct Defective Work . . 00700-36 ARTICLE 14- PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION . 00700-36 14.01 Schedule of Values . . 00700- 36 14.02 Progress Payments 00700-37 14 03 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title 00700-38 14.04 Substantial Completion 00700-38 14 05 Partial Utilization . 00700-39 14.06 Final Inspection 00700- 39 14 07 Final, Payment 00700-39 14 08 Final Completion Delayed 00700-40 14 09 Waiver of Claims . . 00700 -40 ARTICLE 15 -SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 00700-40 15 01 OWNER May Suspend Work 00700-40 15 02 OWNER May Terminate for Cause . 00700 -40 15 03 OWNER May Terminate For Convenience 00700-41 15 04 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate 00700-41 ARTICLE 16- DISPUTE RESOLUTION 00700-41 16.01 Methods and Procedures 00700-41 ARTICLE 17-MISCELLANEOUS . . 00700-42 17 01 Giving Notice . 00700-42 17 02 Computation of Times 00700 -42 17.03 Cumulative Remedies 00700.-42 17 04 Survival of Obligations 00700-42 17.05 Controlling Law 00700-42 11111 r . 00700-5 GENERAL CONDITIONS dirk ARTICLE 1 -DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 1.01 Defined Terms 10. Claim—A demand or assertion by OWNER or CONTRACTOR seeking an adjustment of Contract Price A. Wherever used in the Contract Documents and or Contract Times,or both, or other relief with respect to printed with initial or all capital letters, the terms listed the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or below will have the meanings indicated which are applicable services by a third party is not a Claim. to both the singular and plural thereof. 11 Contract—The entire and integrated written 1 Addenda--Written or graphic instruments issued agreement between the OWNER and CONTRACTOR prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether Documents. written or oral. 2. Agreement—The written instrument which is 12. Contract Documents—The Contract Documents evidence of the agreement between OWNER and establish the rights and obligations of the parties and CONTRACTOR covering the Work. include the Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), CONTRACTOR's.Bid(including 3 Application for Payment—The form acceptable to documentation accompanying the Bid and any post Bid ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) during the course of the Work in requesting progress or when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Notice final payments and which is to be accompanied by such to Proceed, the Bonds, these General Conditions, the supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Documents. Drawings as the same are more specifically identified in _ the Agreement, together with all Written Amendments, 4 Asbestos—Any material that contains more than Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos and ENGINEER's written interpretations and fibers into the air above current action levels established clarifications issued on or after the Effective Date of the by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Agreement. Approved Shop Drawings and the reports Administration. and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. Only printed or hard copies of 5 Bid—The offer or proposal of a bidder submitted the items listed in this paragraph are Contract Documents. on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, Work to be performed. and the like that may be furnished by OWNER to CONTRACTOR are not Contract Documents. 6. Bidding Documents—The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (including all 13 Contract Price—The moneys payable by OWNER Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids) to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the 7 Bidding Requirements—The Advertisement or Agreement(subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.03 Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid security in the case of Unit Price Work) form, if any, and the Bid form with any supplements. 14 Contract Times—The number of days or the dates 8. Bonds—Performance and payment bonds and stated in the Agreement to- (i) achieve Substantial other instruments of security Completion, and(ii)complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written 9 Change Order—A document recommended by recommendation of final payment. ENGINEER which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion,or revision 15. CONTRACTOR—The individual or entity with in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement. 00700- 6 16. Cost of the Work—See paragraph 11AI.A for 27 Milestone—A principal event specified in the 143 definition. Contract Documents relating to an intermediate comple- tion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the 17 Drawings—That part of the Contract Documents Work. prepared or approved by ENGINEER which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be 28. Notice of Award—The written notice by OWNER performed by CONTRACTOR. Shop Drawings and to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon timely other CONTRACTOR submittals are not Drawing s as so compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the defined. conditions precedent listed therein, OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement. 18. Effective Date of the Agreement—The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, 29 Notice to Proceed--A written notice given by but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on OWNER to CONTRACTOR fixing the date on which the which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last Contract Times will commence to run and on which of the two parties to sign and deliver CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work under the Contract Documents. 19 ENGINEER—The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement. 30 OWNER—The individual, entity„public body, or authority with whom CONTRACTOR has entered into 20 ENGINEER's Consultant--An individual or entity the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be having a contract with ENGINEER to furnish services as performed. ENGINEER's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is 31 Partial Utilization—Use by OWNER of a substan- identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. tinily completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to 21 Field Order—A written order issued by ENGI- Substantial Completion of all the Work. NEER which requires minor changes in the Work but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or 32. PCBs—Polychlorinated biphenyls. the Contract Times. 33 Petroleum—Petroleum,including crude oil or any 22. General Requirements—Sections of Division 1 of fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of the Specifications. The General Requirements pertain to temperature and pressure(60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14 7 all sections of the Specifications. pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil 23 Hazardous Environmental Condition-The mixed with other non-Hazardous Waste and crude oils. presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such 34 Project—The total construction of which the quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial Work to be performed under the Contract Documents danger to persons or property exposed thereto in may be the whole, or a part as may be indicated connection with the Work. elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 24 Hazardous Waste—The term Hazardous Waste 35 Project Manual—The bound documentary shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the information prepared for bidding and constructing the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual, amended from time to time. which may be bound in one or more volumes, is contained in the table(s) of contents. 25 Laws and Regulations;Laws or Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, 36. Radioactive Material—Source,special nuclear,or codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. of 1954(42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 26. Liens—Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or 37 Resident Project Representative—The authorized personal property representative of ENGINEER who may be assigned to the Site or any part thereof. 00700-7 38. Samples—Physical examples of materials, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other equipment, or workmanship that are representative of communications, cable television, water, wastewater, 411111, some portion of the Work and which establish the storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or standards by which such portion of the Work will be other control systems. judged. 47. Unit Price Work—Work to be paid for on the 39 Shop Drawings—All drawings,diagrams,illustra- basis of unit prices. dons, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for CON- 48. Work—The entire completed construction or the TRACTOR and submitted by CONTRACTOR to various separately identifiable parrs thereof required to be illustrate some portion of the.Work. provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, 40. Site—Lands or areas indicated in the Contract services, and documentation necessary to produce such Documents as being furnished by OWNER upon which construction, and furnishing, installing,and incorporating the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and all materials and equipment into such construction; all as easements for access thereto, and such other lands required by the Contract Documents. furnished by OWNER which are designated for the use of CONTRACTOR. 49 Work Change Directive—A written statement to CONTRACTOR issued on or after the Effective Date of 41 Specifications—That part of the Contract the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of by ENGINEER ordering an addition,deletion,or revision materials, equipment, systems, standards, and in the Work, or responding to differing, or unforeseen workmanship as applied to the Work and certain subsurface or physical conditions under which the Work administrative details applicable thereto. is to be performed or to emergencies. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the 42. Subcontractor—An individual or entity having a Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect that direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other the change ordered or documented by a Work Change Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued at the Site. Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract 43 Substantial Completion—The time at which the Times. Work(or a specified part thereof)has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of ENGINEER, the Work(or 50. Written Amendment—A written statement a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in modifying the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Work(or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the Agreement and normally dealing with the nonengineering purposes for which it is intended. The terms or nontechnical rather than strictly construction-related "substantially complete"and"substantially completed" as aspects of the Contract Documents. applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 1.02 Terminology 44 Supplementary Conditions--That part of the A. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 1. Whenever in the Contract.Documents the terms "as allowed," "as approved," or terms of like effect or 45 Supplier—A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, import are used, or the adjectives "reasonable," distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or contract with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in action or determination of ENGINEER as to the Work,it the Work by CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor is intended that such action or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the completed Work for 46. Underground Facilities—All underground compliance with the requirements of and information in pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, the Contract Documents and conformance with the design vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole attachments, and any encasements containing such as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless facilities, including those that convey electricity, gases, there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The 00700-8 use of any such term or adjective shall not be effective to ARTICLE 2 -PRELIMINARY MATTERS 1101/ assign to ENGINEER any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the 2.01 Delivery of Bonds provisions of paragraph 9 10 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. A. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver B. Day to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish. 1 The word "day" shall constitute a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. 2.02 Copies of Documents C. Defective A. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten copies of the Contract Documents. Additional copies will be 1 The word "defective," when modifying the word furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it does not conform to the Contract 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times;Notice to Proceed Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement or, if to ENGINEER's recommendation of final, payment a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accor- time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the dance with paragraph 14.04 or 14 05) Agreement. In no event will the Contract Times commence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening D Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever date is earlier 41101 1 The word "furnish," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to 2.04 Starting the Work supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site(or some other specified location)ready for use A. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work on or installation and in usable or operable condition. the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the 2. The word "install," when used in connection Contract Times commence to run. with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, 2.05 Before Starting Construction or equipment complete and ready for intended use. A. CONTRACTOR's Review of Contract Documents: 3 The words "perform" or "provide," when used Before undertaking each part of the Work, CONTRACTOR in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, and check and verify pertinent figures therein and all or equipment complete and ready for intended use. applicable field measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to ENGINEER any conflict,error, 4. When "furnish," "install," "perform," or "pro- ambiguity, or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may vide" is not used in connection with services, materials, discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or or equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation clarification from ENGINEER before proceeding with any of CONTRACTOR, "provide" is implied. Work affected thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any E. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract words or phrases which have a well-known technical or Documents unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably construction industry or trade meaning are used in the should have known thereof. Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized ilk, meaning. B. Preliminary Schedules. Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agreement(unless otherwise specified 00700 9 in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit 1 The progress schedule will be acceptable to to ENGINEER for its timely review: ENGINEER if it provides an orderly progression of the it Work to completion within any specified Milestones and 1. a preliminary progress schedule indicating the the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and, ENGINEER responsibility for the progress schedule, for completing the various stages of the Work, including any sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work nor Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's full responsibility therefor. 2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals which will list each required submittal 2. CONTRACTOR's schedule of Shop Drawing and and the times for submitting, reviewing, and processing Sample submittals will be acceptable to ENGINEER if it such submittal, and provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals. 3. a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which 3 CONTRACTOR's schedule of values will be when added together equal the Contract Price and subdi- acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and substance if it vides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to to serve as the basis for progress payments during component parts of the Work. performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. ARTICLE 3 -CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE C. Evidence of Insurance: Before any Work at the.Site is.started, CONTRACTOR and OWNER shall each deliver to the other, with copies to each additional insured identified 3 01 Intent in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance which either of them or any A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what additional insured may reasonably request) which is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. CONTRACTOR and OWNER respectively are required to 4 purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be 2.06 Preconstruction Conference constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation,services, materials, or equipment A. Within 20 days after the Contract Times start to run, that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Docu- but before any Work at the Site is started, a conference ments or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, and others as required to produce the intended result will be provided appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding whether or not specifically called for at no additional cost to among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules OWNER. referred to in paragraph 2.05.B, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals,processing Applications C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract for Payment, and maintaining required records. Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in Article 9 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules 3.02 Reference Standards A. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments, at least ten days before submission of the first A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Application for Payment a conference attended by CON- Regulations TRACTOR, ENGINEER, and others as appropriate will be held to review for acceptability to ENGINEER as provided 1 Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, below the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph or codes of any technical society, organization, or 2.05.B. CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten days to association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such make corrections and adjustments and to complete and reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made standard,specification,manual,code,or Laws or Regula- to CONTRACTOR until acceptable schedules are submitted Lions in effect at the tithe of opening of Bids (or on the to ENGINEER. Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), 00700- 10 except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the 3 04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents Contract Documents. 4 A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to manual or code, or any instruction of a Supplier shall be modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the effective to change the duties or responsibilities of following ways: (i) a Written Amendment; (ii) a Change OWNER, CONTRACTOR, or ENGINEER, or any of Order; or(iii)a Work Change Directive. their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall B The requirements of the Contract Documents may be any such provision or instruction be effective to assign to supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the OWNER, ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER's Work may be authorized, by one or more of the following Consultants, agents, or employees any duty or authority ways: (i) a Field Order; (ii) ENGINEER's approval of a to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any Shop Drawing or Sample; or (iii) ENGINEER's written duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent interpretation or clarification. with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3 05 Reuse of Documents 3 03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. CONTRACTOR and any Subcontractor or Supplier A. Reporting Discrepancies or other individual or entity performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER. 1 If, during the performance of the Work, (i) shall not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between (or copies of any thereof)prepared by or bearing the seal of the Contract Documents and any provision of any Law or ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultant, including Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or electronic media editions; and(ii)shall not reuse any of such of any standard, specification, manual or code,or of any Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof instruction of any Supplier, CONTRACTOR shall report on extensions of the Project or any other project without 41111, it to ENGINEER in writing at once. CONTRACTOR written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby(except written verification or adoption by ENGINEER. This in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16.A) until prohibition will survive final payment, completion, and an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents acceptance of the Work, or termination or completion of the has been issued by one of the methods indicated in Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude CONTRACTOR paragraph 3.04,provided,however, that CONTRACTOR from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure purposes. to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity, or dis- crepancy unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. ARTICLE 4-AVAILABILITY OF LANDS, SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, B. Resolving Discrepancies REFERENCE POINTS 1 Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract 4.01 Availability of Lands Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the A. OWNER shall furnish the Site. OWNER shall notify provisions of the Contract Documents and. CONTRACTOR of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site a. the provisions of any standard, specification, with which CONTRACTOR must comply in performing the manual, code,or instruction(whether or not specifi- Work. OWNER will obtain in a timely manner and pay for cally incorporated by reference in the Contract easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in Documents); or existing facilities. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, b the provisions of any Laws or Regulations if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract applicable to the performance of the Work (unless Times, or both, as a result of any delay in OWNER's such an interpretation of the provisions of the furnishing the Site, CONTRACTOR may make a Claim Contract Documents would result in violation of such therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05 Law or Regulation) 00700- 11 B. Upon reasonable written request, OWNER shall 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions furnish CONTRACTOR with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the A. Notice: If CONTRACTOR believes that any subsur- Work is to be performed and OWNER's interest therein as face or physical condition at or contiguous to the Site that is necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's or uncovered or revealed either construction lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. 1 is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is entitled to C. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands rely as provided in paragraph 4 02 is materially and access thereto that may be required for temporary inaccurate; or construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions Contract Documents; or A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary 3 differs materially from that shown or indicated in Conditions identify the Contract Documents; or 1 those reports of explorations and tests of 4 is of an unusual nature, and differs materially subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site that from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally ENGINEER has used in preparing the Contract Docu- recogui?ed as inherent in work of the character provided meats; and for in the Contract Documents; 2. those drawings of physical conditions in or then CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or contiguous to the Site(except Underground Facilities)that physical conditions or performing any Work in connection ENGINEER has used in preparing the Contract therewith(except in an emergency as required by paragraph Documents. 6.16.A), notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing about such condition. CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb B Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR on Technical such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith Data Authorized. CONTRACTOR may rely upon the (except as aforesaid)until receipt of written order to do so. general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not B. ENGINEER's Review- After receipt of written notice Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in as required by paragraph 4.03.A, ENGINEER will promptly the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on review the pertinent condition, determine the necessity of such"technical data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or OWNER's obtaining additional exploration or tests with make any Claim against OWNER, ENGINEER, or any of respect thereto, and advise OWNER in writing (with a copy ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to: to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER's findings and conclusions. 1 the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including, but not C. Possible Price and Times Adjustments limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to 1 The Contract Price or the Contract Times, or be employed by CONTRACTOR, and safety precautions both, will be equitably adjusted to the extent that the and programs incident thereto; or existence of such differing subsurface or physical condition causes an increase or decrease in 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for, perfor- information contained in such reports or shown or mance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: indicated in such drawings; or a. such condition must meet any one or more of 3 any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or the categories described in paragraph 4.03.A, and conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.08 and 11.03 00700- 12, 2. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times if: indicated in the Contract Documents, a. CONTRACTOR knew of the existence of c. coordination of the Work with the owners of such conditions at the time CONTRACTOR made a such Underground Facilities, including OWNER, final commitment to OWNER in respect of Contract during construction, and Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or d. the safety and protection of all such Under- ground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto b the existence of such condition could resulting from the Work. reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, B. Not Shown or Indicated test, or study of the Site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract 1 If an Underground Facility is uncovered or Documents to be conducted by or for CON- revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown TRACTOR prior to CONTRACTOR's making such or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable final commitment; or accuracy in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before c. CONTRACTOR failed to give the written further disturbing conditions affected thereby or notice within the time and as required by paragraph performing any Work in connection therewith(except in 4.03.A. an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16.A), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written 3 If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to notice to that owner and to OWNER and ENGINEER. agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, ENGINEER will promptly review the Underground of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a Times, or both, a Claim may be made therefor as change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect provided in paragraph 10.05 However, OWNER, and document the consequences of the existence or ENGINEER, and ENGINEER'S Consultants shall not be location of the Underground Facility During such time, liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses,or CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the safety and damages(including but not limited to all fees and charges protection of such Underground Facility of engineers, architects, attorneys,and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution 2. If ENGINEER concludes that a change in the costs) sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection Contract Documents is required, a Work Change with any other project or anticipated project. Directive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect and document such consequences. An equitable adjustment 4.04 Underground Facilities shall be made in the Contract Price of Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the A. Shown or Indicated. The information and data shown existence or location of any Underground Facility that or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to was not shown or indicated or not shown or indicated existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents and is based on information and data furnished to OWNER or that CONTRACTOR did not know of and could not ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Facilities, reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have including OWNER, or by others. Unless it is otherwise anticipated. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions. to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract 1 OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be Times, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a Claim responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05 information or data, and 4.05 Reference Points 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and CONTRACTOR shall have full A. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to responsibility for- establish reference points for construction which in ENGINEER'S judgment are necessary to enable CON- 400 a. reviewing and checking all such information TRACTOR to proceed-with the Work. CONTRACTOR and data, shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property 00700- 13 monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations Environmental Condition, CONTRACTOR shall immedi- without the prior written approval of OWNER. ately (i)secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop CONTRACTOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any all Work in connection with such condition and in any area reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or paragraph 6.16); and(iii) notify OWNER and ENGINEER locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). replacement or relocation of such reference points or OWNER shall promptly consult with ENGINEER concerning property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. the necessity for OWNER to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Sire E. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to resume A. Reports and Drawings. Reference is made to the Work in connection with such condition or in any affected Supplementary Conditions for the identification of those area until after OWNER has obtained any required permits reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous Environmental related thereto and delivered to CONTRACTOR written Condition identified at the Site, if any, that have been urili7ed notice: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected by the ENGINEER in the preparation of the Contract area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; Documents. or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely If OWNER and B. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR on Technical CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the Data Authorized. CONTRACTOR may rely upon the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stop- reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not page or such special conditions under which Work is agreed Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in to be resumed by CONTRACTOR, either party may make a the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05 such"technical data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any Claim against OWNER, ENGINEER or any of F If after receipt of such written notice ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to: CONTRACTOR does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to Ark — 1 the completeness of such reports and drawings resume such Work under such special conditions, then for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including, but not OWNER may order the portion of the Work that is in the limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work. techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an and programs incident thereto; or adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05 information contained in such reports or shown or OWNER may have such deleted portion of the Work indicated in such drawings; or performed by OWNER's own forces or others in accordance with Article 7 3 any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and other data, interpretations, opinions or information. Regulations, OWNER shall indemnify and hold harmless CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, C. CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for any ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed partners, employees, agents, other consultants, and at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited within the scope of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created other professionals and all court or arbitration or other with any materials brought to the Site by CONTRACTOR, dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom CON- Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such TRACTOR is responsible. Hazardous Environmental Condition: (i)was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in D If CONTRACTOR encounters a Hazardous the Contract Documents to'be included within the scope of Environmental Condition or if CONTRACTOR or anyone for the Work, and(ii)was not created by CONTRACTOR or by whom CONTRACTOR is responsible creates a Hazardous anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. Nothing 00700- 14 in this paragraph 4.06.E shall obligate OWNER to indemnify of paragraph 5.01.B, CONTRACTOR shall within 20 days - fr. any individual or entity from and against the consequences of thereafter substitute another Bond and surety, both of which that individual's or entity's own negligence. shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs 5.01.B and 5.02. H. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers harmless OWNER, ENGINEER,ENGINEER's Consultants, and the officers, directors,partners, employees, agents, other A. All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract consultants,and subcontractors of each and any of them from Documents to be purchased and maintained by OWNER or and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such CONTRACTOR or by anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided responsible. Nothing in this paragraph 4.06.F shall obligate in the Supplementary Conditions. CONTRACTOR to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's 5.03 Certificates of Insurance own negligence. A. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with I. The provisions of paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 copies to each additional insured identified in the Supple- are not intended to apply to a Hazardous Environmental mentary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other additional insured) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain. OWNER shall deliver to ARTICLE 5 -BONDS AND INSURANCE CONTRACTOR, with copies to each additional insured identified in the. Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by 5 01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds CONTRACTOR or any other additional insured) which OWNER is required to purchase and maintain. A. CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the 5.04 CONTRACTOR's Liability Insurance Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the A. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work least until one year after the date when final payment being performed and as will provide protection from claims becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or set forth below which may arise out of or result from Regulations or by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work and shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Contract Documents. Documents, whether it is to be performed by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by B. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any or Regulations,and,shall be executed by such sureties as are of them may be liable: named in the current list of"Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as 1 claims under workers' compensation, disability Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; 570(amended)by the Finanrial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch,'U.S. Department of the Treasury All Bonds 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy occupational sickness or disease, or death of of such agent's authority to act. CONTRACTOR's employees; C. If the surety on any Bond furnished by CON- 3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, TRACTOR is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its sickness or disease, or death of any person other than right to do business is terminated in any state where any part CONTRACTOR's employees; of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements 00700- 15 4' claims for damages insured by reasonably correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in available personal injury liability coverage which,are sus- accordance with paragraph 13.07; and irk tamed: (i)by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by 7 with respect to completed operations insurance, CONTRACTOR, or (ii) by any other person for any and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made other reason; basis, remain in effect for at least two years after final payment(and CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER and 5 claims for damages, other than to the Work each other additional insured identified in the Supple- itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible mentary Conditions, to whom a certificate of insurance property wherever located, including loss of use resulting has been issued, evidence satisfactory to OWNER and therefrom, and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter) 6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the 5.05 OWNER'S Liability Insurance ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided B The policies of insurance so required by this by CONTRACTOR under paragraph 5.04, OWNER, at paragraph 5 04 to be purchased and maintained shall. OWNER's option,may purchase and maintain at OWNER'S expense OWNER's own liability insurance as will protect 1 with respect to insurance required by paragraphs OWNER against claims which may arise from operations 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, include as under the Contract Documents. additional insureds(subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) OWNER, ENGINEER, 5 06 Property Insurance ENGINEER's Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include Conditions, OWNER shall purchase and maintain property coverage for the respective officers, directors,partners, insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full employees, agents, and other consultants and replacement cost thereof(subject to such deductible amounts subcontractors of each and any of all such additional as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or insureds, and the insurance afforded to these additional required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall. insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby; 1 include the interests of OWNER, CONTRAC- TOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's 2. include at least the specific coverages and be Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identi- written for not less than the limits of liability provided in fled in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or directors, partners, employees, agents, and other Regulations, whichever is greater; consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and 3. include completed operations insurance; shall be listed as an additional insured, 4. include contractual liability insurance covering 2. be written on a Builder's Risk"all-risk" or open CONTRACTOR's indemnity obligations under para- peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at graphs 6.07, 6.11, and 6.20; least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work,temporary buildings,false work,and materials and 5 contain a provision or endorsement that the equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious written notice has been given to OWNER and mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a Regulations, water damage, and such other perils or certificate of insurance has been issued (and the causes of loss as may be specifically required by the certificates of insurance furnished by the CONTRACTOR Supplementary Conditions; pursuant to paragraph 5.03 will so provide); 3. include expenses incurred in the repair or 6. remain in effect at least until final payment and replacement of any insured property (including but not at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects); 00700- 16 4 cover materials and equipment stored at the Site at the Site, OWNER shalt in writing advise CONTRACTOR -A or at another location that was agreed to in writing by whether or not such other insurance has been procured by OWNER prior to being incorporated in the Work, OWNER. provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by 5.07 Waiver of Rights ENGINEER, A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR intend that all policies 5 allow for partial utilization of the Work by purchased in accordance with paragraph 5 06 will protect OWNER, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and all other individuals or 6. include testing and startup; and entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, 7 be maintained in effect until final payment is directors,partners, employees, agents, and other consultants made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by OWNER, and subcontractors of each and any of them) in such policies CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER with 30 days written and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages notice to each other additional insured to whom a certifi- caused by the perils or causes of loss covered thereby All cate of insurance has been issued. such policies chat'contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will B OWNER,shall purchase and maintain such boiler and have no rights of recovery against any of the insureds or machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may additional insureds thereunder OWNER and CONTRAC- be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and TOR waive all rights against each other and their respective Regulations which will include the interests of OWNER, officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for ENGINEER's Consultants, and any other individuals or all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, each of from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be policies and any other property insurance applicable to the listed as an insured or additional insured. Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors,ENGINEER,ENGINEER's Consultants,and C. All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplemen- - other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and tary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds maintained in accordance with paragraph 5.06 will contain a (and the officers,directors, partners,employees, agents, and provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None least 30 days prior written notice has been given to OWNER of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any parry and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured to making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will held by OWNER as trustee or otherwise payable under any contain waiver provisions in accordance with paragraph 5.07 policy so issued. D OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and B. OWNER waives all rights against CONTRACTOR, maintaining any property insurance specified in this Subcontractors,ENGINEER,ENGINEER's Consultants,and paragraph 5.06 to protect the interests of CONTRACTOR, the officers,directors,partners,employees, agents, and other Subcontractors, or others in the Work to the extent of any consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for deductible amounts that are identified in the Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within such identified deductible 1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or amount will be borne by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical or others suffering any such loss, and if any of them wishes loss or damage to OWNER's property or the Work property insurance coverage within the limits of such caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the peril whether or not insured by OWNER, and purchaser's own expense. 2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part E. If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or special insurance be included in the property insurance other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any policies provided under paragraph 5.06, OWNER shall, if property insurance maintained on the completed Project possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be or part thereof by OWNER during partial utilization charged to CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order or pursuant to paragraph 14.05, after Substantial Completion Written Amendment. Prior to commencement of the Work 00700- 17 pursuant to paragraph 14 04, or after final payment of such party by the Contract Documents, such party shall pursuant to paragraph 14.07 notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain C. Any insurance policy maintained by OWNER cover- prior to any change in the required coverage. Without ing any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in prejudice to any other right or remedy, the other party may paragraph 5.07.B shall contain provisions to the effect that in elect to obtain equivalent Bonds or insurance to protect such the event of payment of any such loss, damage, or other parry's interests at the expense of the parry who was consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of required to provide such coverage, and a Change Order shall recovery against CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly ENGINEER, or ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors,parmers, employees, agents, and other consultants 5 10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property and subcontractors of each and any of them. Insurer 5 08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds A. If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial A. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance Completion of all the Work as provided in paragraph 14.05, required by paragraph 5 06 will be adjusted with OWNER no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers and made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for the insureds, providing the property insurance pursuant to paragraph 5.06 as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.08.B. changes in coverage necessitated thereby The insurers OWNER shall deposit in a separate account any money so providing the property insurance shall consent by endorse- received and shall distribute it in accordance with such agree- merit on the policy or policies, but the property insurance ment as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or such partial use or occupancy replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. ARTICLE 6-CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES B. OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence interest shall object in writing within 15 days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this power If A. CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect, and direct such objection be made, OWNER as fiduciary shall make the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention settlement with the insurers in accordance with such thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the agreement among the parties in interest is reached, OWNER Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and, if required in writing by any party in interest, OWNER and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall as fiduciary shall give bond for the proper performance of not be responsible for the negligence of OWNER or such duties. ENGINEER in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly Replace required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the completed Work complies A. If either OWNER or CONTRACTOR has any accurately with the Contract Documents. objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the Bonds or insurance required to be purchased and B. At all times during the progress of the Work, maintained by the other party in accordance with Article 5 on CONTRACTOR shall assign a competent resident superin- the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, tendent thereto who shall not be replaced without written the objecting party shall so notify the other party in writing notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under within 10 days after receipt of the certificates (or other extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be evidence requested)required by paragraph 2.05 C. OWNER CONTRACTOR's representative at the Site and shall have and CONTRACTOR shall each provide to the other such authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. All additional information in respect of insurance provided as the communications given to or received from the superintendent other may reasonably request. If either party does not shall be binding on CONTRACTOR. purchase or maintain all of the Bonds and insurance required 00700- 18 6.02 Labor; Working Hours any provisions of the General Requirements applicable db. thereto. qualified CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably personnel to survey, lay out, and construct the 2. Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule Work as required by the Contract Documents. CON- that will change the Contract Times(or Milestones) shall TRACTOR chatl at all times maintain good discipline and be submitted in accordance with the requirements of order at the Site. Article 12. Such adjustments may only be made by a Change Order or Written Amendment in accordance with B Except as otherwise required for the safety or Article 12. protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the 6.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals" Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours, and CONTRACTOR will not A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is permit overtime work or the performance of Work on specified or described in the Contract Documents by using Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without OWNER's the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld) Supplier, the specification or description is intended to given after pnor written notice to ENGINEER. establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment by words reading that no like, equivalent, or "or-equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or A. Unless otherwise specified in the General Re- equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may quirements, CONTRACTOR shall provide and assume full be submitted to ENGINEER for review under the circum- responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, stances described below transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, 1 "Or-Equal" Items If in ENGINEER's sole sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Ali and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to that named and start-up, and completion of the Work. sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by ENGINEER as an B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the "or-equal" item, in which case review and approval of Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of the proposed item may, in ENGINEER'S sole discretion, good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the be accomplished without compliance with some or all of Contract Documents. All warranties and guarantees the requirements for approval of proposed substitute specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly items. For the purposes of this paragraph 6.05.A.1, a run to the benefit of OWNER. If required by ENGINEER, proposed item of material or equipment will be CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence considered functionally equal to an item so named if: (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, ENGINEER determines that: (i) it is at least equal in erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, characteristics; (ii) it will reliably perform at least except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Docu- equally well the function imposed by the design ments. concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole, and, 6.04 Progress Schedule b. CONTRACTOR certifies that: (i)there is no A. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress schedule increase in cost to the OWNER, and (ii) it will established in accordance with paragraph 2.07 as it may be conform substantially, even with deviations, to the adjusted from time to time as provided below detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. 1 CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for acceptance (to the extent indicated in paragraph 2.07) 2. Substitute Items proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times(or Milestones) a. If in ENGINEER's sole discretion an item of Such adjustments will conform generally to the progress material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR schedule then in effect and additionally will comply with does not qualify as an "or-equal" item under 00700- 19 paragraph 6.05.A.1,it will be considered a proposed required by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may substitute item. furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, A sequence, or procedure of construction approved by ENGI- b. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient NEER. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information information as provided below to allow ENGINEER to allow ENGINEER, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, to to determine that the item of material or equipment determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The prote- an acceptable substitute therefor Requests for dure for review by ENGINEER will be similar to that review of proposed substitute items of material or provided in subparagraph 6.05.A.2. equipment will not be accepted by ENGINEER from anyone other than CONTRACTOR. C. Engineer's Evaluation. ENGINEER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or c. The procedure for review by ENGINEER submittal made pursuant to paragraphs 6.05.A and 6.05.B. will be as set forth in paragraph 6.05.A.2.d, as ENGINEER will be the sole judge of acceptability No supplemented in the General Requirements and as "or-equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized ENGINEER may decide is appropriate under the until ENGINEER's review is complete, which will be circumstances. evidenced by either a Change Order for a substitute or an approved Shop Drawing for an"or equal." ENGINEER will d. CONTRACTOR shall first make written advise CONTRACTOR in writing of any negative application to ENGINEER for review of a proposed determination. substitute item of material or equipment that CONTRACTOR seeks to furnish or use. The D Special Guarantee: OWNER may require CON- application shall certify that the proposed substitute TRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR's expense a special item will perform adequately the functions and performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any achieve the results called for by the general design, substitute. be similar in substance to that specified,and be suited to the same use as that specified. The application E. ENGINEER's Cost Reimbursement: ENGINEER will will state the extent, if any, to which the use of the record time required by ENGINEER and ENGINEER's proposed substitute item will prejudice Consultants in evaluating substitute proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR's achievement of Substantial CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.B Completion on time, whether or not use of the and in making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the work on the Project) occasioned thereby Whether or not provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER ENGINEER approves a substitute item so proposed or for work on the Project) to adapt the design to the submitted by CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall proposed substitute item and whether or not reimburse OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item ENGINEER's Consultants for evaluating each such proposed in connection with the Work is subject to payment of substitute. any license fee or royalty All variations of the pro- posed substitute item from that specified will be F CONTRACTOR's Expense: CONTRACTOR shall identified in the application, and available provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and "or-equal" at CONTRACTOR's expense. replacement services will be indicated. The application will also contain an itemized estimate of 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others all costs or credits that will result directly or indi- rectly from use of such substitute item, including A. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, costs of redesign and claims of other contractors Supplier, or other individual or entity (including those affected by any resulting change, all of which will be acceptable to OWNER as indicated in paragraph 6.06.B), considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the proposed whether initially or as a replacement, against whom OWNER substitute item. ENGINEER may require CON- may have reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be TRACTOR to furnish additional data about the pro- required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other posed substitute item. individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure B. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or 00700-20 entities to be submitted to OWNER in advance for acceptance or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or by OWNER by a specified date prior to the Effective Date of Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the the Agreement, and if CONTRACTOR has submitted a list Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, ENGINEER. Whenever any such agreement is with a OWNER's acceptance(either in writing or by failing to make Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as an additional written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance insured on the property insurance provided in paragraph or objection in the Bidding Documents or the Contract 5.06, the agreement between the CONTRACTOR and the Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions whereby individual or entity so identified may be revoked on the basis the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against of reasonable objection after due investigation. CON- OWNER, CONTRACTOR,, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's TRACTOR shall submit an acceptable replacement for the Consultants,and all other individuals or entities identified in rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or entity,and the Contract Price will be adjusted by the differ- additional insureds (and the officers, directors,'partners, ence in the cost occasioned by such replacement, and an employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors appropriate Change Order will be issued or Written of each and any of them) for all losses and damages caused Amendment signed. No acceptance by OWNER of any such by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any whether initially or as a replacement, shall constitute a other property insurance applicable to the Work. If the waiver of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject insurers on any such policies require separate waiver forms defective Work. to be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier, CONTRAC- TOR will obtain the same. C. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER and ENGINEER for all,acts and omissions of the 6.07 Patens Fees and Royalties Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing, any of the Work just as A. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and CONTRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR's own royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or any invention, design, process, product, or device which is other individual or entity any contractual relationship between the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If OWNER or ENGINEER and any such Subcontractor, a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is Supplier or other individual or entity, nor shall it create any specified in the Contract Documents for use in the obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGINEER to pay or performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcon- OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or tractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. To the D CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and the furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract officers, directors, partners, employees or agents, and other with CONTRACTOR. consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages(including but not limited E. CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors, to all fees and charges of engineers,architects, attorneys, and Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing other professionals and all court or arbitration or other or furnishing any of,the Work to communicate with ENGI- dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any NEER through CONTRACTOR. infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the F The divisions and sections of the Specifications and incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, the identifications of any Drawings shall not control product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among,Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any 6.08 Permits specific trade. A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary G. All Work .performed for CONTRACTOR by a Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate construction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor CONTRACTOR,when necessary, in obtaining such permits 00700-21 and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of construction equipment or other materials or equipment. if the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas owners for connections to the Work, and OWNER shall pay resulting from the performance of the Work. all charges of such utility owners, for capital costs related thereto, such as plant investment fees. 2. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, 6.09 Laws and Regulations CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by A. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance law of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither OWNER nor 3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold CONTRACTOR's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultant, and the officers, directors, partners, B. If'CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing or employees, agents, and other consultants of each and any having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear all claims, costs, damages(including but not limited to all fees and charges losses, and damages(including but not limited to all fees and of engineers, architects,attorneys, and other professionals charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work; legal or equitable,brought by any such owner or occupant however, it shall not be. CONTRACTOR's primary against OWNER, ENGINEER, or any other party responsibility to make certain that the Specifications, and indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but upon CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. this shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of CONTRACTOR's obligations under paragraph 3.03 B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of"the Work CONTRACTOR shall keep C. Changes in Laws.or Regulations not known at the the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal Agreement if there were no Bids)having an effect on the cost of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall con- or time of performance of the Work may be the subject of an form to applicable Laws and Regulations. adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or C Cleaning- Prior to Substantial Completion of the. on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, a Work CONTRACTOR shall clean the Site and make it ready Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05 for utilization by OWNER. At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall remove from the Site all tools, 6.10 Taxes appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all A. CONTRACTOR shall,pay all sales, consumer, use, property not designated for alteration by the Contract and other similar taxes required to be paid by CONTRAC- Documents. TOR in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the D Loading Structures. CONTRACTOR.shall not load performance'of the Work. nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas 6.12 Record Documents 1. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and A. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the the operations of workers to the Site and other areas Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work 00700-22 Change Directives, Field Orders, and written interpretations responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall Ak and clarifications in good order and annotated to show continue until such time as all the Work is completed and changes made during construction. These record documents ENGINEER has issued a notice to OWNER and together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 14.07.B that approved Shop Drawings will be available to ENGINEER for the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly reference. Upon completion of the, Work, these record provided in connection with Substantial Completion) documents,Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER. 6.14 Safety Representative 6.13 Safety and Protection A. CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and A. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the initiating,maintaining and supervising all safety precautions maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and and programs in connection with the Work. CONTRACTOR programs. shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs injury or loss to: A. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating, 1 all persons on the Site or who may be affected any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard by the Work; communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be accordance with Laws or Regulations. incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 6.16 Emergencies 3 other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities thereto, CONTRACTOR is obligated to act to prevent not designated for removal,relocation, or replacement in threatened damage, injury, or loss. CONTRACTOR shall the course of construction. give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or B. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable variations from the Contract Documents have been caused Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or thereby or are required as a result thereof. If ENGINEER property, or to the protection of persons or property from determines that a change in the Contract Documents is damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or CONTRACTOR chail notify owners of adjacent property and Change Order will be issued. of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them,and shall cooperate 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property All damage, injury,or loss to A. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings to any property referred to in paragraph 6.13.A.2 or 6.13.A.3 ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part,by CON- acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample TRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other submittals. All submittals will be identified as ENGINEER individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of may require and in the number of copies specified in the them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts General Requirements. The data shown on the Shop any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimen- CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the sions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or and,similar data to show ENGINEER the services, materials, omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Con- and equipment CONTRACTOR proposes to provide and to sultant, or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for enable ENGINEER to review the information for the limited whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, purposes required by paragraph 6.17.E. directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor, B. CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or indirectly ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the employed by any of them). CONTRACTOR's duties and acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample 00700-23 submittals. Each Sample will be identified clearly as to Drawing and Sample submitted to ENGINEER for review material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, and approval of each such variation. 'A and the use for which intended and otherwise as ENGINEER may require to enable ENGINEER to review the submittal E. ENGINEER's Review for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.17.E. The numbers of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified 1. ENGINEER will timely review and approve in the Specifications. Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals C Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the acceptable to ENGINEER. ENGINEER's review and Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawings and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by Sample submittals acceptable to ENGINEER as required by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in paragraph 2.07, any related Work performed prior to the Work, conform to the information given in the ENGINEER's review and approval of the pertinent submittal Contract Documents and be compatible with the design will be at the sole expense and responsibility of concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole CONTRACTOR. as indicated by the Contract Documents. D Submittal Procedures 2. ENGINEER's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or 1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, procedures of construction (except where a particular CONTRACTOR shall have determined and verified. means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the a. all field measurements, quantities, dimen- Contract Documents)or to safety precautions or programs sions, specified performance criteria, installation incident thereto The review and approval of a separate requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in similar information with respect thereto; which the item functions. b all materials with respect to intended use, 3 ENGINEER's review and approval of Shop 441 fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, Drawings or Samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR and installation pertaining to the performance of the from responsibility for any variation from the require- Work; ments of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called ENGINEER's attention to each such c. all information relative to means, methods, variation at the time of each submittal as required by techniques, sequences, and procedures of construe- paragraph 6.17.D.3 and ENGINEER has given written don, and safety precautions and programs incident approval of each such variation by specific written thereto; and notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval, nor will any approval d. CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with responsibility for complying with the requirements of other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the paragraph 6.17.D 1 requirements of the Work and the Contract Docu- ments. F Resubmittal Procedures 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific 1 CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied by ENGINEER and shall return the required number of CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as Documents with respect to CONTRACTOR's review and required new Samples for review and approval. CON- approval of that submittal. TRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by ENGI- 3. At the time of each submittal, CONTRACTOR NEER on previous submittals. shall give ENGINEER specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample 6.18 Continuing the Work submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written com- A. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere i, munication separate from the submittal, and, in addition, to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except 00700-24 as permitted by paragraph 15.04 or as OWNER and and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including - CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in writing. but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or 6.19 CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the performance of the Work, provided that any A. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to such claim, cost, loss, or damage: OWNER, ENGINEER, and ENGINEER's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents 1 is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, and will not be defective. CONTRACTOR's warranty and or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by property(other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom,, and 1 abuse, modification, or improper maintenanre or operation by persons other than CONTRACTOR, Sub- 2. is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act contractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible; or Supplier,or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any B CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and negligence or omission of an individual or entity indem- complete the Work in accordance with the Contract nified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such. Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance the negligence of any such individual or entity with the Contract Documents or a release of CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work in B. In any and all claims against OWNER or ENGINEER accordance with the Contract Documents: or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, partners, or employees by any employee (or the 1 observations by ENGINEER, survivor or personal representative of such employee) of ihCONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any 2. recommendation by ENGINEER or payment by individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of OWNER of any progress or final payment; them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation 3 the issuance of a certificate of Substantial under paragraph 6.20.A shall not be limited in any way by Completion by ENGINEER or any payment related any limitation on the amount or type of damages, thereto by OWNER, compensation,or benefits payable'by or for CONTRACTOR or any such.Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof entity under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit by OWNER, acts, or other employee benefit acts. 5 any acceptance by OWNER or any failure to do C. The'indemnification obligations of CONTRACTOR so; under paragraph 6.20.A shall not extend to the liability of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants or to the 6. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptabil- consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them ity by ENGINEER, arising out of: 7 any inspection, test, or approval by others, or 1 the preparation or approval of, or the failure to prepare or approve, maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, 8. any correction of defective Work by OWNER. surveys, Change Orders, designs, or Specifications; or 6.20 Indemnification 2. giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regula- damage. dons, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees,, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from 00700-25 ARTICLE 7-OTHER WORK 7.02 Coordination A. If OWNER intends to contract with others for the 7.01 Related Work at Site performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: A. OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the Site by OWNER's employees, or let other 1. the individual or entity who will have authority direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by and responsibility for coordination of the activities among utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Con- the various contractors will be identified; tract Documents, then. 2. the specific matters to be covered by such 1 written notice thereof will be given to CON- authority and responsibility will be itemized, and TRACTOR prior to starting any such other work; and 3 the extent of such authority and responsibilities 2. if OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to will be provided. agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary that should be allowed as a result of such other work, a Conditions, OWNER shall have sole authority and respon- Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph sibility for such coordination. 10 05 B CONTRACTOR shall afford each other contractor ARTICLE 8-OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility owner (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the other work with OWNER's employees)proper and safe access to the Site and 8.01 Communications to Contractor a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Condi- 4 work and shall properly coordinate the Work with theirs. tions, OWNER shall issue all communications to Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, CON- CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER. TRACTOR cha11 do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise 8.02 Replacement of ENGINEER make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not endanger A. In case of termination of the employment of ENGI- any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise NEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer to whom altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable objection,whose status the written consent of ENGINEER and the others whose under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that 8.03 Furnish Data there are comparable provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER A. OWNER shall promptly furnish the data required of and such utility owners and other contractors. OWNER under the Contract Documents. C If the proper execution or results of any part of 8 04 Pay Promptly When Due CONTRACTOR's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall inspect A. OWNER shall make payments to CONTRACTOR such other work and promptly report to ENGINEER in promptly when they are due as provided in paragraphs writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other 14 02.0 and 14.07 C. work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of CONTRACTOR's Work. 8.05 Lands and Easements;Reports and Tests CONTRACTOR's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for A. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands and integration with CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent easements and providing engineering surveys to establish defects and deficiencies in such other work. reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4 02 refers to OWNER's identifying and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations 00700-26 and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical ARTICLE 9_ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface CONSTRUCTION 14 structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been nrili7ed 1 by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents. 9 01 OWNER'S Representative 8.06 Insurance A. ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative during A. OWNER's responsibilities, if any, in respect to pur- the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and chasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as OWNER's set forth in Article 5 representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and will not be changed without written 8.07 Change Orders consent of OWNER and ENGINEER. A. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as 9 02 Visits to Sire indicated in paragraph 10 03 A. ENGINEER will make visits to the Site at intervals 8 08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals appropriate to the various stages of construction as ENGINEER deems necessary in order to observe as an A. OWNER's responsibility in respect to certain inspec- experienced and qualified design professional the progress tions, tests, and approvals is set forth in paragraph 13 03.B. that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of CONTRACTOR's executed Work. Based on information 8.09 Limitations on OWNER's Responsibilities obtained during such visits and observations, ENGINEER, for the benefit of OWNER,will determine, in general, if the A. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct, or have Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Documents. ENGINEER will not be required to make CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences, exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and quality or quantity of the Work. ENGINEER's efforts will programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CON- be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree Alp411 TRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable of confidence that the completed Work will conform to the performance of the Work. OWNER will not be generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform the visits and observations, ENGINEER will keep OWNER Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. informed of the progress of the Work and will,endeavor to guard OWNER against defective Work. 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition B. ENGINEER's visits and observations are subject to A. OWNER's responsibility in respect to an undisclosed all the limitations on ENGINEER's authority and Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in paragraph responsibility set forth in,paragraph 9 10, and particularly, 4.06. but without limitation,during or as a result of ENGINEER's visits or observations of CONTRACTOR's Work 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's A. If and to the extent OWNER has agreed to furnish means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of CONTRACTOR reasonable evidence that financial construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident arrangements have been made to satisfy OWNER's thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with obligations under the Contract Documents, OWNER's Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the responsibility in respect thereof will be as set forth in the Work. Supplementary Conditions. 9 03 Project Representative A. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist ENGINEER in providing more extensive observation of the Work. The responsibilities and authority and limitations 10 thereon of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in paragraph 9.10 and in the Supplementary Conditions. If OWNER designates another 00700-27 representative or agent to represent OWNER at the Site who B. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to is not ENGINEER's Consultant, agent or employee, the Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12. responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supple- C. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to mentary Conditions. Applications for Payment, see Article 14 9.04 Clarifications and Interpretations 9 08 Determinations for Unit Price Work A. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable prompmess A. ENGINEER will determine the actual,quantities and such written clarifications or interpretations of the require- classifications of Unit Price Work performed by ments of the Contract Documents as ENGINEER may deter- CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER will review with CON- mine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of TRACTOR the ENGINEER's preliminary determinations on and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. Such such matters before rendering a written,decision thereon(by written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on recommendation of an Application for Payment or OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If OWNER and CON- otherwise). ENGINEER's written decision thereon will be TRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the final and binding (except as modified by ENGINEER to amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, subject to the a result of a written clarification or interpretation, a Claim provisions of paragraph 10.05 may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05 9 09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents 9 05 Authorized Variations in Work and Acceptability of Work A. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the A. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or acceptability of the Work thereunder Claims, disputes and the Contract Times and are compatible with the design other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work, the concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work, the indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on pertaining to the performance of the Work, and Claims OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR, who shall perform seeking changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will the Work involved promptly If OWNER and CONTRAC- be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing, in accordance TOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount with the provisions of paragraph 10.05, with a request for a or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or formal decision. Contract Times, or both, as a result of a Field Order, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05 B. When functioning as interpreter and judge under this paragraph 9.09, ENGINEER will not show partiality to 9.06 Rejecting Defective Work OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in A. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or good faith in such capacity The rendering of a decision by reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective, or ENGINEER pursuant to this paragraph 9 09 with respect to that ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed any such Claim, dispute, or other matter(except any which Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will have been waived by the making or acceptance of final prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed payment as provided in paragraph 14.07)will be a condition Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of Documents. ENGINEER will also have authority to require such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under special inspection or testing, of the Work as provided in the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect paragraph 13 04, whether or not the Work is fabricated, of any such Claim, dispute, or other matter installed, or completed. 9 10 Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Respon- 9.07 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments sibilities A. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Shop A. Neither ENGINEER's authority or responsibility Drawings and Samples, see paragraph 6.17 under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the 1111 Contract Documents nor any decision made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority 00700-28 or responsibility or the undertaking,exercise,or performance Directive, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in of any authority or responsibility by ENGINEER shall create, paragraph 10.05. impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR, any 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. A. CONTRACTOR chall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times B. ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control, or with respect to any work performed that is not required by have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.04, except in the construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.16 or in the thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.04.B. Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. ENGINEER will not -be responsible for 10.03 Execution of Change Orders CONTRACTOR's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the.Contract Documents. A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute appropriate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER(or C ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts or Written Amendments)covering: omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any 1 changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by of the Work. OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.01.A, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under para- D ENGINEER's review of the final Application for graph 13.08.A or OWNER's correction of defective Payment and accompanying documentation and all mainte- Work under paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the nance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, parties; Bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by paragraph 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times 14.07.A will only be to determine generally that their content which are agreed to by the parties, including any complies with the requirements of, and in the case of undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually certificates of inspections,tests, and approvals that the results performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Documents. and E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set 3 changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times forth in this paragraph 9 10 shall also apply to ENGINEER's which embody the substance of any written decision Consultants, Resident Project Representative, and assistants. rendered by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 10.05; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change ARTICLE 10-CHANGES IN THE WORK, CLAIMS Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work during any such appeal, CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as A. Without invalidating the Agreement and without provided in paragraph 6.18.A. notice to any surety, OWNER may,at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work 10.04 Nor ftcation to Surety by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, A. If notice of any change affecting the general scope CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the Work of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents involved which will be performed under the applicable (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise Times)is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given specifically provided) to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR's responsibility The amount of each B. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree applicable Bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, of an such change. adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change 00700-29 10.05 Claims and Disputes D No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times(or Milestones)will be valid if not submitted /AR A. Notice. Written notice stating the general nature of in accordance with this paragraph 10.05 each Claim, dispute, or other matter chail be delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract promptly(but in no event later than 30 days)after the start of ARTICLE 11 -COST OF THE WORK, CASH the event giving rise thereto. Notice of the amount or extent ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK of the Claim, dispute, or other matter with supporting data shall be delivered to the ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract within 60 days after the start of such event 11 01 Cost of the Work (unless ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such A. Costs Included. The term Cost of the Work means Claim, dispute, or other matter) A Claim for an adjustment the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CON- in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the TRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. When provisions of paragraph 12.01.B. A Claim for an adjustment the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when in Contract.Time shall be prepared in accordance with the a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on provisions of paragraph 12.02.B. Each Claim shall be the basis of Cost of the Work, the costs to be reimbursed to accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjust- CONTRACTOR will be only those additional or incremental meet claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant costs required because of the change in the Work or because believes it is entitled as a result of said event. The opposing of the event giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise party shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be claimant within 30 days after receipt of the claimant's last in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of submittal (unless ENGINEER allows additional time). the Project, shall include only the following items, and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.01.B. B. ENGINEER's Decision. ENGINEER will render a formal decision in writing within 30 days after receipt of 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work opposing party, if any ENGINEER's written decision on under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by such Claim,dispute,or other matter will be final and binding OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such employees shall upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR unless: include without limitation superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time at the Site. Payroll 1 an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken costs for employees not employed full time on the Work within the time limits and in accordance with the dispute shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on resolution procedures set forth in Article 16; or the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, 2. if no such dispute resolution procedures have which,shall include social security contributions, uncut- been set forth in Article 16, a written notice of intention ployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers' to appeal from ENGINEER's written decision is compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, delivered by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to the other sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. and to ENGINEER within 30 days after the date of such The expenses of performing Work outside of regular decision, and a formal proceeding is instituted by the working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by within 60 days after the date of such decision or within OWNER. 60 days after Substantial Completion, whichever is later (unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished CONTRACTOR),to exercise such rights or remedies as and incorporated in the Work, including costs of the appealing party may have with respect to such transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field Claim, dispute, or other matter in accordance with services required in connection therewith. All cash applicable Laws and Regulations. discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with C. If ENGINEER does not render a formal decision in which to make payments, in which case the cash writing within the time stated in paragraph 10.05.B, a discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade discounts, decision denying the Claim in its entirety shall be deemed to rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus at have been issued 31 days after receipt of the last submittal of materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and the claimant or the last 4ubmittal of the opposing party, if CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may any be obtained. 00700-30 3 Payments made by CONTRACTOR to and royalty payments and fees for permits and Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. licenses. If required by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) OWNER and CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by bids to OWNER, who will then determine, with the insurance or otherwise, sustained by advice of ENGINEER, which bids, if any, will be CONTRACTOR in connection with the perfor- acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the mance of the Work (except losses and damages Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the within the deductible amounts of property insurance Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work established in accordance with paragraph 5.06.D), and fee shall be determined in the same manner as provided such losses and damages have resulted CONTRACTOR's Cost of the Work and fee as provided from causes other than the negligence of in this paragraph 11 01 CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or 4 Costs of special consultants (including but not for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, losses shall include settlements made with the surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for written consent and approval of OWNER. No such services specifically related to the Work. losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining 5 Supplemental costs including the following: CONTRACTOR's fee. a. The proportion of necessary transportation, g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary travel, and subsistence expenses of facilities at the Site. CONTRACTOR's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the b. Cost, including transportation and mainte- Site, expressage, and similar petty cash items in 41101) nance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, connection with the Work. machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facili- ties at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the i. When the Cost of the Work is used to workers,which are consumed in the performance of determine the value of a Change Order or of a the Work,and cost, less market value,of such items Claim, the cost of premiums for additional Bonds used but not consumed which remain the property of and insurance required because of the changes in the CONTRACTOR. Work or caused by the event giving rise to the Claim. c. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented j When all the Work is performed on the from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with basis of cost-plus, the costs of premiums for all rental agreements approved by OWNER with the Bonds and insurance CONTRACTOR is required by advice of ENGINEER, and the costs of the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs B. Costs Excluded. The term Cost of the Work shall shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental not include any of the following items: agreements. The rental of any such equipment, ma- chinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is 1 Payroll costs and other compensation of no longer necessary for the Work. CONTRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general manag- d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar ers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, audi- taxes related to the Work, and for which CON- tors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, TRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regu- expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel lations. employed by CONTRACTOR, whether at the Site or in CONTRACTOR's principal or branch office for general e. Deposits lost for causes other than negli- administration of the Work and not specifically included gence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or in the agreed upon_ schedule of job classifications VP° anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of referred to in paragraph 11 01.A.1 or specifically them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, covered by paragraph 11.01.A.4, all of which are to be 00700-31 considered ariminictrative costs covered by the ances have been included in the Contract Price and not CONTRACTOR's fee. in the allowances,and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. 2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal and branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's office at the B. Prior to final payment,an appropriate Change Order Site. will be issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work 3 Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital expenses, covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be including interest on CONTRACTOR's capital employed correspondingly adjusted. for the Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments. 11.03 Unit Price Work 4 Costs due to the negligence of CONTRACTOR, A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them Contract Price will be deemed to include for all,Unit Price may be liable, including but not limited to,, the Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agree- damage to property ment. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of 5 Other overhead or general expense costs of any comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. kind and the costs of any item not specifically and Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of expressly included in paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.01.B. Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER subject to the provisions of paragraph C. CONTRACTOR's Fee. When all the Work is 9.08. performed on the basis of cost-plus, CONTRACTOR's fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the B. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately the basis of Cost of the Work,CONTRACTOR'S fee shall be identified item. determined as set forth in paragraph 12.01.C. C. OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a Claim for D Documentation. Whenever the Cost of the Work for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with any purpose is to be determined pursuant to paragraphs paragraph 10.05 if: 11 01.A and 11.01.B, CONTRACTOR will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally 1 the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work accepted accounting practices and submit in a form performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially and acceptable to ENGINEER an itemized cost breakdown significantly from the estimated quantity of such item together with supporting data. indicated in the Agreement; and 11.02 Cash Allowances 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect any other item of Work;and A. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract 3 if CONTRACTOR believes that Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be CONTRACTOR is entitled to an increase in Contract performed for such sums as may be acceptable to OWNER Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or and ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR agrees that: OWNER believes that OWNER is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as 1 the allowances include the cost to CONTRAC- to the amount of any such increase or decrease. TOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the.Site, and all applicable taxes; and 2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the allow- 00700-32 ARTICLE 12-CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE, fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of paragraph 11 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.01 C.2.a is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such 12.01 Change of Contract Price Subcontractor under paragraphs 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a and CONTRACTOR will each be paid a fee of five Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any Claim for percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier an adjustment in the Contract Price chill be based on written Subcontractor; notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract in accor- d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs dance with the provisions of paragraph 10.05 itemized under paragraphs 11.01.A.4, 11 01.A.5, and 11 01.B, B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will e. the amount of credit to be allowed by be determined as follows: CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount 1 where the Work involved is covered by unit of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in prices contained in the Contract Documents, by applica- CONTRACTOR's fee by an amount equal to five tion of such unit prices to the quantities of the items percent of such net decrease; and involved(subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.03), or f. when both additions and credits are in- volved in any one change, the adjustment in 2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit CONTRACTOR's fee shall be computed on the prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a basis of the net change in accordance with para- mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an graphs 12.01 C.2.a through 12.01.C.2.e, inclu- allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in sive. accordance with paragraph 12.01 C.2);or 12.02 Change of Contract Times 3 where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agree- A. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be ment to a lump sum is not reached under paragraph changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. 12.01.B.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or (determined as provided in paragraph 11.01) plus a Milestones)chart be based on written notice submitted by the CONTRACTOR's fee for overhead and profit (deter- party making the claim to the ENGINEER and the other mined as provided in paragraph 12.01 C). party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 10.05 C. CONTRACTOR's Fee. The CONTRACTOR's fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: B. Any adjustment of the Contract Times (or Milestones)covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for 1 a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be determined in accordance with the provisions of this 2: if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee Article 12. based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: 12.03 Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR's Control a. for costs incurred under paragraphs A. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2, the CONTRACTOR's completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times fee shall be 15 percent; (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of CONTRACTOR,the Contract Times(or Milestones)will be b. for costs incurred under paragraph extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such. 11.01.A.3,the CONTRACTOR's fee shall be five delay if a Claim is made therefor as provided in paragraph percent; 12.02.A. Delays beyond the control of CONTRACTOR shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are OWNER, acts or neglect of utility owners or other on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no contractors performing other work as contemplated by 00700-33 Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather to CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be rejected, conditions, or acts of God. corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13 A 12.04 Delays Within CONTRACTOR's Control 13.02 Access to Work A. The Contract Times (or Milestones) will not be A. OWNER,ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, extended due to delays within the control of other representatives and personnel of OWNER, independent CONTRACTOR. Delays attributable to and within the testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the delays within the control of CONTRACTOR. Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting, and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and 12.05 Delays Beyond OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's safe conditions for such access and advise them of Control CONTRACTOR's Site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. A. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from complet- ing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or 13.03 Tests and Inspections Milestones)due to delay beyond the control of both OWNER and CONTRACTOR, an extension of the Contract Times(or A. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, delay shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and for such delay testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. 12.06 Delay Damages B OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, A. In no event chart OWNER or ENGINEER be liable tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier,or any except: other person or organization, or to any surety for or AIR employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of 1 for inspections, tests, or approvals covered by or resulting from. paragraphs 13.03 C and 13.03.D below; 1 delays caused by or within the control of CON- 2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or TRACTOR; or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13.04.B shall be paid as provided in said paragraph 13.04.B, and 2. delays beyond the control of both OWNER,and CONTRACTOR including but not limited to fires, 3 as otherwise specifically provided in the Con- floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of tract Documents. God, or acts or neglect by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having Article 7 jurisdiction require any Work(or part thereof)specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other B. Nothing in this paragraph 12.06 bars a change in representative of such public body, CONTRACTOR shall Contract Price pursuant to this Article 12 to compensate assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such CONTRACTOR due to delay, interference, or disruption inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection directly attributable to actions or inactions of OWNER or therewith, and furnish ENGINEER the required certificates anyone for whom OWNER is responsible. of inspection or approval. D CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for arranging ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF inspections, tests, or approvals required for OWNER's and DEFECTIVE WORK ENGINEER's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to 13.01 Notice of Defects CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be A. Prompt notice of all defective Work of which performed by organizations acceptable to OWNER and OWNER or ENGINEER has actual knowledge will be given ENGINEER. 00700-34 E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of inspected,tested, or approved is covered by CONTRACTOR OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of without written concurrence of ENGINEER, it must, if CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other requested by ENGINEER,be uncovered for observation. individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. F Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.03.E shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless CON- 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work TRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of CONTRACTOR's intention to cover the same and ENGI- A. CONTRACTOR shall correct all defective Work, NEER has not acted with reasonable prompmess in response whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or,,if the to such notice. Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. 13 04 Uncovering Work CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and request of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) be uncovered for ENGINEER's observation and replaced at arising out of or relating to such correction or removal CONTRACTOR's expense. (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). B If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or inspected 13.07 Correction Period or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at ENGINEER's request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available A. If within one year after the date of Substantial for observation, inspection, or testing as ENGINEER may Completion or such longer period of time as may be require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any necessary labor, material, and equipment. If it is found that applicable special guarantee required by the Contract such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall pay all Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Claims, costs, losses, and damages(including but not limited Documents, any Work is found to be defective, or if the to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for other professionals and all court or arbitration or other CONTRACTOR's use by OWNER or permitted by Laws and dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Regulations as contemplated in paragraph 6.11.A is found to uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction(including to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work instructions: (i) repair such defective land or areas, or (ii) of others); and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate correct such defective Work or, if the defective Work has decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the Project and agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a Claim replace it with Work that is not defective, and (iii) satisfac- therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05 If, however, such torily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to Work is not found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of resulting therefrom. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly the Contract Times(or Milestones),or both, directly attribut- comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an able to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are damage, OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in replaced, and all Claims, costs, losses, and damages paragraph 10.05 (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and 13.05 OWNER May Stop the Work all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such A. If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails to removal and replacement (including but not limited to all supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or costs of repair or replacement of work of others)will be paid equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that by CONTRACTOR. 4110 the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the B. In special circumstances where a particular item of Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial has been eliminated, however, this right of OWNER to stop Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that 00700-35 item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in connection with such corrective and remedial action, the Specifications or by Written Amendment. OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of Al the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and C. Where defective Work(and damage to other Work suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, take resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, con- replaced under this paragraph 13.07, the correction period struction equipment and machinery at the Site, and incorpo- hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an rate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the additional period of one year after such correction or removal Site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER's representatives, agents and employees, D CONTRACTOR's obligations under this paragraph OWNER's other contractors, and ENGINEER and 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty ENGINEER's Consultants access to the Site to enable The provisions of this paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any paragraph. applicable statute of limitation or repose. C. All Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to sustained by OWNER in exercising the rights and remedies ENGINEER's recommendation of fmal payment, under this paragraph 13.09 will be charged against CON- ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. TRACTOR,and a Change Order will be issued incorporating CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with damages(including but not limited to all fees and charges of respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) unable to agree as to the amount of the adjustment, OWNER attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determination to may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05 accept such defective Work(such costs to be approved by Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not ENGINEER as to reasonableness)and the diminished value be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or CONTRACTOR pursuant to this sentence. If any such replacement of CONTRACTOR's defective Work. acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating D CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with of the Contract Times (or Milestones)because of any delay respect to the Work, and OWNER shall be entitled to an in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the OWNER, of OWNER's rights and remedies under this diminished value of Work so accepted. If the parties are paragraph 13.09 unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05 If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. COMPLETION 13 09 OWNER May Correct Defective Work 14.01 Schedule of Values A. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice from ENGINEER to correct defective A. The schedule of values established as provided in Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by paragraph 2.07.A will serve as the basis for progress ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13.06.A, or if payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance for Payment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails to on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, of units completed. OWNER may, after seven days written notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph, OWNER shall proceed expeditiously In 00700-36 14.02 Progress Payments a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated, lir 1111 A. Applications for Payments b. the quality of the Work is generally in 1 At least 20 days before the date established for accordance with the Contract Documents(subject to each progress payment (but not more often than once a an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the for review an Application for Payment filled out and results of any subsequent tests called for in the signed by CONTRACTOR covering the Work Contract Documents, to a final determination of completed as of the date of the Application and quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work accompanied by such supporting documentation as is under paragraph 9 08, and to any other required by the Contract Documents. If payment is qualifications stated in the recommendation), and requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably c. the conditions precedent to stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in CONTRACTOR's being entitled to such payment writing, the Application for Payment shall also be appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other docu- ENGINEER's responsibility to observe the Work. mentation warranting that OWNER has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and 3 By recommending any such payment ENGI- evidence that the materials and equipment are covered NEER will not thereby be deemed to have represented by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements that: (i) inspections made to check the quality or the to protect OWNER's interest therein, all of which must quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been be satisfactory to OWNER. exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work 2. Beginning with the second Application for beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of ENGINEER in the Contract Documents; or (ii) that CONTRACTOR stating that all previous progress there may not be other matters or issues between the payments received on account of the Work have been parties that might entitle CONTRACTOR to be paid 4 applied on account to discharge CONTRACTOR's additionally by OWNER or entitle OWNER to withhold legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications payment to CONTRACTOR. for Payment. 4 Neither ENGINEER's review of 3 The amount of retainage with respect to pro- CONTRACTOR's Work for the purposes of recom- gress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. mending payments nor ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment, including final payment, will impose B. Review of Applications responsibility on ENGINEER to supervise, direct, or control the Work or for the means, methods, techniques, 1 ENGINEER will,within 10 days after receipt of sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing precautions and programs incident thereto, or for CON- a recommendation of payment and present the TRACTOR's failure to comply with Laws and Regu- Application to OWNER or return the. Application to lations applicable to CONTRACTOR's performance of CONTRACTOR indicating in writing ENGINEER'S the Work. Additionally, said review or recommendation reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the will not impose responsibility on ENGINEER to make latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes corrections and resubmit the Application. CONTRACTOR has used the moneys paid on account of the Contract Price, or to determine that title to any of 2. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to requested in an Application for Payment will constitute OWNER free and clear of any Liens. a representation by ENGINEER to OWNER, based on ENGINEER's observations on the Site of the executed 5 ENGINEER, may refuse to recommend the Work as an experienced and qualified design profession- whole or any part of any payment if, in ENGINEER's al and on ENGINEER's review of the Application for opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representa- 410 Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that lions to OWNER referred to in paragraph 14 02.B.2. to the best of ENGINEER's knowledge, information and ENGINEER may also refuse to recommend any such 1 belief: payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, 00700-37 revise or revoke any such payment recommendation OWNER shall promptly pay CONTRACTOR the previously made, to such extent as may be necessary in amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to 0 ENGINEER's opinion to protect OWNER from loss by OWNER and CONTRACTOR, when CONTRAC- because: TOR corrects to OWNER's satisfaction the reasons for such action. a. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged, requiring correction or replace- 3 If it is subsequently determined that OWNER's ment; refusal of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as b the Contract Price has been reduced by determined by paragraph 14 02.C.1. Written Amendment or Change Orders; 14 03 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title c. OWNER has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance A. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title with paragraph 13.09; or to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project d. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of occurrence of any of the events enumerated in para- payment free and clear of all Liens. graph 15.02.A. 14.04 Substantial Completion C Payment Becomes Due A. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work 1 Ten days after presentation of the Application ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify for Payment to OWNER with ENGINEER's recom- OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is mendation, the amount recommended will(subject to the substantially complete(except for items specifically listed by provisions of paragraph 14 02.D)become due,and when CONTRACTOR as incomplete)and request that ENGINEER due will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Promptly thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER At D Reduction in Payment shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider the Work 1 OWNER may refuse to make payment of the substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify full amount recommended by ENGINEER because. CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor If ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, a. claims have been made against OWNER on ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative account of CONTRACTOR's performance or fur- certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date nishing of the Work; of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or b. Liens have been filed in connection with the corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven Work, except where CONTRACTOR has delivered days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to a specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure make written objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, of the certificate or attached Iist. If, after considering such objections, ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not c. there are other items entitling OWNER to substantially complete, ENGINEER will within 14 days after a set-off against the amount recommended, or submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing, stating the reasons therefor If, d. OWNER has actual knowledge of the occur- after consideration of OWNER's objections, ENGINEER rence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will 14 02.B.5.a through 14 02.B.5 c or paragraph within said 14 days execute and deliver to OWNER and 15.02.A. CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be 2. If OWNER refuses to make payment of the full completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the amount recommended by ENGINEER, OWNER must tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice(with a consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the time do copy to ENGINEER)stating the reasons for such action of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Comple- and promptly pay CONTRACTOR any amount don ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRAC- remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. TOR.a written recommendation as to division of responsibili- 00700-38 ties pending final payment between OWNER and 2. No occupancy or separate operation of part of 1104 CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, the Work may occur prior to compliance with the and protection of the Work, maintenance, heat, utilities, requirements of paragraph 5 10 regarding property insurance, and warranties and guarantees. Unless OWNER insurance. and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEER's issuing 14.06 Final Inspection the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, ENGINEER's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on A. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment. entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, ENGINEER will promptly make a final inspection with B OWNER shall have the right to exclude OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will notify CON- CONTRACTOR from the Site after the date of Substantial TRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. reasonable access to complete or correct items on the CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are tentative list. necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.05 Partial Utilization 14.07 Final Payment A. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which has A. Application for Payment specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which OWNER, ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR agree 1. After CONTRACTOR has, in the opinion of constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the ENGINEER, satisfactorily completed all corrections Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended purpose identified during the final inspection and has delivered, without significant interference with CONTRACTOR's in accordance with the Contract Documents, all main- performance of the remainder of the Work, may be tenance and operating instructions, schedules, guaran- accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work tees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance subject to the following conditions.(ea certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.12), and other documents, 1 OWNER at any time may request CON- CONTRACTOR may make application for final TRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any payment following the procedure for progress payments. such part of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If 2. The final Application for Payment shall be CONTRACTOR agrees that such part of the Work is accompanied(except as previously delivered)by• (i) all substantially complete, CONTRACTOR will certify to documentation called for in the Contract Documents, OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the Work is including but not limited to the evidence of insurance substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue required by subparagraph 5.04.B.7, (ii) consent of the a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of surety, if any, to final payment; and (iii) complete and the Work. CONTRACTOR at any time may notify legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that OWNER)of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the Work in connection with the Work. ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial 3 In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens Completion for that part of the Work. Within a specified in paragraph 14.07.A.2 and as approved by reasonable time after either such request, OWNER, OWNER, CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER shall make an releases in full and an affidavit of CONTRACTOR that: inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider that material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; part of the Work to be substantially complete, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and ENGINEER will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR other indebtedness connected with the Work for which in writing giving the reasons therefor If ENGINEER OWNER or OWNER's property might in any way be considers that part of the Work to be substantially responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any oil complete, the provisions of paragraph 14 04 will apply Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of or receipt in full, CONTRACTOR may furnish a Bond that part of the Work and the division of responsibility or other collateral satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify in respect thereof and access thereto. OWNER against any Lien. 00700-39 B. Review of Application and Acceptance 1 a waiver of all Claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR, except Claims arising from unsettled /a 1 If, on the basis of ENGINEER's observation of Liens, from defective Work appearing after final the Work during construction and final inspection, and inspection pursuant to paragraph 14.06, from failure to ENGINEER's review of the final Application for comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any Payment and accompanying documentation as required special guarantees specified therein, or from by the Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under the the Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR's Contract Documents; and other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, ENGINEER will, within ten days after 2. a waiver of all Claims by CONTRACTOR receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in against OWNER other than those previously made in writing ENGINEER's recommendation of payment and writing which are still unsettled. present the Application for Payment to OWNER for pay- ment. At the same time ENGINEER will also give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of TERMINATION paragraph 14 09 Otherwise, ENGINEER will return the Application for Payment to CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to 15.01 OWNER May Suspend Work recommend final payment, in which case CON- TRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and A. At any time and without cause, OWNER may resubmit the Application for Payment. suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by notice in writing to CON- C Payment Becomes Due TRACTOR and ENGINEER which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the. 1 Thirty days after the presentation to OWNER of Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed the Application for Payment and accompanying docu- an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the 04 mentation, the amount recommended by ENGINEER Contract. Times, or both, directly attributable to any such will become due and, when due, will be paid by OWN- suspension if CONTRACTOR makes a Claim therefor as ER to CONTRACTOR, provided in paragraph 10 05 14.08 Final Completion Delayed 15.02 OWNER May Terminate for Cause A. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if events will justify termination for cause: ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of CONTRACTOR's final Application for Payment and 1 CONTRACTOR's persistent failure to perform recommendation of ENGINEER, and without terminating the the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion (including,but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed failure to adhere to the progress schedule established or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the under paragraph 2.07 as adjusted from time to time Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in pursuant to paragraph 6.04), paragraph 5.01, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of.the Work fully 2. CONTRACTOR's disregard of Laws or completed and accepted shall be submitted by CON- Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; TRACTOR to ENGINEER with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and 3 CONTRACTOR's disregard of the authority of conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not ENGINEER, or constitute a waiver of Clain'. 4 CONTRACTOR's violation in any substantial 14.09 Waiver of Claims way of any provisions of the Contract Documents. A. The making and acceptance of final payment will B. If one or more of the events identified in paragraph 41 constitute: 15.02.A occur,OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the surety,if any) seven days written notice, terminate 00700-40 the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals All from the Site, and take possession of the Work and of all and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution 411/ CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances,construction equipment, costs) incurred in settlement of terminated contracts and machinery at the Site, and use the same to the full extent with Subcontractors, Suppliers, and others; and they could be used by CONTRACTOR(without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in 4 for reasonable expenses directly attributable to the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for termination. which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as OWNER may deem B. CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss expedient. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall not be of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is arising out of or resulting from such termination. finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not 15 04 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration A. If, through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by OWNER Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by arising out of or relating to completing the Work, such excess OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority, will be paid to CONTRACTOR. If such claim`, costs, or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application for Payment losses, and damages exceed such unpaid balance, within 30 days after it is submitted, or OWNER fails for 30 CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by OWNER will be due, then CONTRACTOR may, upon seven days written be reviewed by ENGINEER as to their reasonableness and, notice to OWNER and ENGINEER, and provided OWNER when so approved by ENGINEER, incorporated in a Change or ENGINEER do not remedy such suspension or failure Order When exercising any rights or remedies under this within that time, terminate the Contract and recover from paragraph OWNER shall not be required to obtain the lowest OWNER payment on the same terms as provided in price for the Work performed. paragraph 15.03 In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if ENGI- C. Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so NEER has failed to act on an Application for Payment within terminated by OWNER, the termination will not affect any 30 days after it is submitted, or OWNER has failed for 30 rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or be due, CONTRACTOR may,seven days after written notice payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will to OWNER and ENGINEER, stop the Work until payment not release CONTRACTOR from liability is made of all such amounts due CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.04 are 15.03 OWNER May Terminate For Convenience not intended to preclude CONTRACTOR from making a Claim under paragraph 10.05 for an adjustment in Contract A. Upon seven days written notice to CONTRACTOR Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage and ENGINEER, OWNER may, without cause and without directly attributable to CONTRACTOR's stopping the Work prejudice to any other right or remedy of OWNER, elect to as permitted by this paragraph. terminate the Contract. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid(without duplication of any items): ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION 1 for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and 16.01 Methods and Procedures reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; A. Dispute resolution methods and procedures, if any, 2. for expenses sustained prior to the effective date shall be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. If no of termination in performing services and furnishing method and procedure has been set forth, and subject to the labor, materials, or equipment as required by the provisions of paragraphs 9 09 and 10.05, OWNER and Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted CONTRACTOR may exercise such rights or remedies as Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or profit on such expenses; by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute. 41111 3. for all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of 00700-41 ARTICLE 17 -MISCELLANEOUS 17.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17 02 Computation of Times A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 17 03 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. 17.04 Survival of Obligations A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents,will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Agreement. 17 05 Controlling Law A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the state in which the Project is located. 00700-42 SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the Standard General Conditions of the Constructions Contract (No. 1910-8, 1996 ed ) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below All provisions which are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect. SC-2 02 Amend the first sentence of paragraph 2 02 of the General Conditions to read as follows. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to three copies of the Contract Documents as are reasonably necessary for the execution of the Work. and as so amended paragraph 2.02 remains in effect. SC-2 03A Delete paragraph 2 03a of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place. The Contract Times will commence to run on the date given in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time after the agreement has been signed, however, the Notice to Proceed will be issued within ninety days from the date of the bid opening This time may be extended by mutual written agreement between both the Contractor and Owner SC-2 05C Delete paragraph 2 05c and 5.03a of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place. Before any work at the site is started CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with a copy to the ENGINEER, certificates ( and other evidence of insurance requested by OWNER)which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5 SC-4 02 Al &A2 In the preparation of Drawings and Specifications, ENGINEER has relied on the following, however they are not part of the contract documents: Rehabilitation Recommendations Internal Television Inspection for The City of Pearland, Texas Report by Gutierrez, Smouse, Wilmut &Assoc., Inc and Manhole Inspection Report for Portions of Drainage Basin LW &SH in the City of Pearland, Texas Report by Gutierrez, Smouse, Wilmut &Assoc., Inc. 030147 010 Section 00800 Page 1 of 8 SC-5.01 D Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 5 01 c of the General Conditions which is to read as follows. Bond forms have been provided with the Contract Documents. The CONTRACTOR or his Surety may provide a different Bond form(s) provided they include no substantive changes. SC-5 04 Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 5 04 B C The limits of liability for the insurance required by paragraph 5 04 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for general liability coverage under an umbrella policy of one-million dollars ($1,000,000 00) for any occurrence or greater when required by laws and regulations. SC-5 06A Delete paragraph 5 06A of the General Conditions SC-5 06B Delete paragraph 5 06B of the General Conditions SC-5.06E Delete paragraph 5.06E of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: If OWNER requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policy, CONTRACTOR shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to OWNER by appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. Prior to commencement of the Work at the site, CONTRACTOR, shall in writing advise OWNER whether or not such other insurance has been procured by CONTRACTOR. SC-5 09 Delete paragraph 5.14 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: If OWNER has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the insurance required to be purchased and maintained by CONTRACTOR in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of its not complying with the Contract Documents, OWNER shall notify CONTRACTOR in writing thereof within ten (10) days of the date of delivery of such certificates to OWNER in accordance with paragraph 2 05C CONTRACTOR shall provide to the OWNER such additional information in respect of insurance provided by Contract as OWNER may reasonably request. Failure by OWNER to give any such notice of objection within the time provided shall constitute acceptance of such insurance purchased by CONTRACTOR as complying with the Contract Documents SC-5 11 Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 5 10 of the General Conditions which is to read as follows. 5 11 Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage A. DEFINITIONS Certificate of coverage ("certificate")-A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission (the"TWCC"), or a coverage 030147.010 Section 00800 Page 2 of 8 agreement (TWCC-Compensation Commission (the 'TWCC"), or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the project- includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the Contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in Section 406 096 of the Texas Labor Code) - includes all person or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services"does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401 011(44) for all employees of the Contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. C The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the Owner prior to being awarded the contract. D If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the Owner, showing that the coverage has been extended E. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the project, and provide to the Owner (1) A certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so that the Owner will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (2) No later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. 030147.010 Section 00800 Page 3 of 8 F The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter G The Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision, of coverage of any person providing services on the project. H The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text form and manner prescribed by the TWCC, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project to: (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code 401 011(44)for all its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (2) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being � provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. (3) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the Owner in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and 030147.010 Section 00800 Page 4 of 8 (7) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts to perform as required by paragraph (1) - (7), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the Owner that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the TWCC's Division of Self-insurance Regulation Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the Owner to declare the contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten (10) days after receipt of notice of breach from the Owner L. Contractor is referenced to the Preamble to Rule 110 110 and to Rule 110 110 SC-6 06C Add the following language to the end of paragraph 6 06C of the General Conditions: OWNER or ENGINEER upon request may furnish to any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organizations to the extent practicable, evidence of amounts paid to CONTRACTOR in accordance with CONTRACTOR'S Applications for Payment. SC-6 10 Delete paragraph 6 10 of the General Conditions, in its entirety and insert the The Contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant to the provisions of Article 20 04 (F) of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act. Forms may be obtained from the State Comptroller's Office, 5400 Mitchelldale, (713) 683-9451 The CONTRACTOR performing this contract may purchase, rent or lease all materials, supplies, equipment used or consumed in performance of this contract by issuing to his supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax, said exemption certificates complying with State Comptroller's ruling No. 95- 0 07 Any such exemption certificate issued by the CONTRACTOR in lieu of the tax shall be subject to the provisions of the state Comptroller's ruling No. 95-0 09 as amended to be effective October 2,1968 SC-7 01A3 Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 7 01A2 of the General Conditions which is to read as follows: ti Other work may take place at the site of the Work not involving the OWNER. Other utility owners have facilities in the Work site. These owners 030147 010 Section 00800 Page 5 of 8 may perform or contract work to be performed at the Project Site without the 1) concurrence of the OWNER. The applicable provisions of Article 7 shall apply for any work in which the OWNER is not a party regardless of any reciprocity that may or may not be due the CONTRACTOR. SC-9 03B Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 9 03A of the General Conditions which is to read as follows. The Owner will appoint an inspector during the construction of the project. The inspector shall have the following responsibilities and duties. 1) Provide on-site inspection and observation of the construction activity of the project. Make informal written, personal, and telephone reports to the City Engineer and Design Engineer as appropriate. 2) Maintain Project Diaries for the project and submit to the City Engineer and Design Engineer semi-weekly for review and file. 3) Coordinate geotechnical services under contract to the Owner including schedule and scope of all field and laboratory services. Make recommendations for retention by Owner of specific geotechnical firms as needed 4) Receive, comment and report upon all submittals, requests for )) clarification, requests for change orders, partial pay estimates and requests for approval inspections as needed 5) Act as the on-site representative of the Owner and assume responsibility for maintaining effective communication between Contractor, Owner, geotechnical services, design engineer, surveyor, utility companies, and other public and private entities having interest in the successful completion and acceptance of the project. SC-11 02 Delete paragraph 11 02 and subparagraphs in their entirety SC-12 03 Delete paragraph 12 03 and replace with the following This contract time as defined in this proposal and other sections of the contract documents includes a certain number of rain/mud days. Based on the Alvin Weather Center records, the average annual rain days from June, 1898 to December, 1996 is 80 days, calculated from all precipitation of record, including trace amount days. Contractor is required to keep record of rain/mud days at the site. Record of rain/mud days must be accepted and signed off by the City Inspector monthly, and it shall be reported on the monthly pay estimate submittals. At the end of the contract, Contractor will be credited only the number of accepted rain/mud days that exceed 80 rain/mud days per year, or any appropriate fraction thereof 030147.010. Section 00800 Page 6 of 8 MWBE Certification and Participation Summary, SRP-373 ' MWBE Requirements, SRF-52 SC 17 07 Add new paragraph immediately after paragraph 17 06 of the General Conditions which is to read as follows. Insert the following documents referenced in the Instructions to Bidders as attachments to the Supplementing conditions. ED-101, Executed Site Certificate END OF SECTION 030147 010 Section 00800 Page 8 of 8 Attachments to the Supplementary Conditions PREAMBLE TO RULE§110.110 The Texas Workers' Compensation Commission adopts new§110.110,concerning requirements for governmental entities awarding a contract for a building or construction project, and for persons providing services on a building or construction project for a governmental entity The new rule is adopted with changes to the proposed text published in the April 26, 1994 issue of the Texas Register (19 TexReg3131). Subsections(a)(7)and (c)(7)were amended by adding language to further clarify who is covered by the rule. Subsection (c)(7)(J)and (c)(3)were added to clarify that a contractor or subcontractor is representing to the governmental entity that workers'compensation coverage is provided. Subsections (d)(8)(C) and (e)(8)(C)were added to require specific language regarding representations of coverage to be added to contracts to provide services on the project. Subsections(c)(7)(F),and(c)(7)(I)(5), (d)(5), (d)(8)(F),(e)(6),and (e)(8)(F) were amended to reduce the retention period for contractors and other persons providing services on the project from three years to one year Subsection (g)was changed to state that this rule applies to contract advertised for bid after September 1, 1994, rather than awarded after September 1, 1994. The Texas Labor Code, §406.096, requires workers' compensation insurance coverage for all persons providing services on a building or construction project for a governmental entity The commission is aware that this statutory requirement is not being met,and this rule is designed to achieve compliance and to implement a record keeping process which will enable oversight of compliance. The rule does this by placing requirements on the governmental entity and on contractors and other persons providing services on a project. These requirements include coverage,certificates of coverage, posted notices of coverage, and notification of changes in coverage status. The rule does not create any duty or burden on anyone which the law does not establish. The rule defines terms which apply to governmental entity building or construction projects and sets up a clear procedure for governmental entities and contractors that bid for building and construction projects to follow in complying with the •equirements of the Texas Labor Code, §406.096. It also defines"persons who provide services on a project"who are subject to the statutory requirement of coverage,and sets forth their requirements to comply with the statute and the ule. It specifically excludes persons such as food/beverage vendors whose deliveries and labor are not permanently incorporated into the project. The rule puts persons on notice that providing false or misleading certificates of coverage, or failing to provide or maintain required coverage, or failing to report any change that materially affects the provision of coverage may subject the contractor or other persons providing services on the project to administrative penalties, civil penalties,or other civil actions. The rule requires a governmental entity to timely obtain certificates of coverage, retain them for the duration of the project plus three years,and provide them to the commission upon request and to others entitled to them by law It also requires the governmental entity, as a prerequisite to awarding a contract,and as part of the contract,to require that the contractor: provide coverage and certificates of coverage for the contractor's employees; timely obtain and provide the governmental entity all required certificates of coverage for all persons providing services on the project; retain certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mall or personal delivery,within 10 days after the contractor knew or should have known,of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; post notices on each project site; and contractually require persons with whom it contracts to do the same,with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. The rule also sets out the language to be included in bid specifications and in contracts awarded by a governmental entity and the information required to be in the posted notice to employees. It further establishes a method for obtaining the certificates from persons providing services on the project and providing them to the governmental entity. It requires a contractor awarded a building or construction contract to: provide workers' compensation coverage to the contractor's employees for the duration of the project; file a certificate of coverage of the contractor's employees with the governmental entity prior to being awarded a contract; obtain and provide to the governmental entity,certificates of coverage from each other person with whom it has contracted to provide services on the project, prior to that person beginning work on the project; obtain and provide new certificates of coverage shown on the current certificate ends luring the duration of the project; retain all certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year :hereafter; notify the governmental entity of material changes in coverage; contractually require each other person with whom it contracts to provide a certificate of coverage; and post notices on each project site. All other persons providing services on a project have the same requirements as a contractor,with the exception of posting notices and with the exception that the certificate of coverage is given to the person for whom they contracted to provide services on the project. The rule uses the term "persons providing services on the project" in lieu of the statutory term 'subcontractor" because the term "subcontractor"as used in the statute (§406.096)and in this rule is broader than standard industry usage. The use of the different terminology will prevent confusion. The rule does not create any duty or burden on anyone which the law does not establish. The new rule is adopted under the Texas Labor Code, §402.061,which authorizes the commission to adopted rules necessary to administer the Act,and Texas Labor Code, §406.096,which establishes requirements for governmental entities, contractors,and subcontractors("persons providing services on the project") regarding workers'compensation coverage for workers on public building or construction projects. Rule 110 110 Reporting Requirements for Building or Construction Projects for Governmental Entities a) The following words and terms,when used in this rule, shall have the following meanings, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Terms not defined in this rule shall have the meaning defined in the Texas Labor Code, if so defined. (1) Certificate of coverage ("certificate") -A copy of a certificate of insurance,a certificate of authority to self- insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81,TWCC-82,TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees (including those subject to a coverage agreement) providing services on a project,for the duration of the project. (2) Building or construction - Has the meaning defined in the Texas Labor Code, §406.096(e)(1). (3) Contractor- A person bidding for or awarded a building or construction project by a governmental entity (4) Coverage-Workers' compensation insurance meeting the statutory requirements of the Texas Labor Code, §401.011(44). (5) Coverage agreement-A written agreement on form TWCC-81,form TWCC-82,form TWCC-83,or form TWCC-84, filed with the Texas Workers'Compensation Commission which establishes a relationship between the parties for purposes of the Workers' Compensation Act, pursuant to the Texas Labor Code, Chapter 406,Subchapters F and G as one of employer/employee and establishes who will be responsible for providing workers' compensation coverage for persons providing services on the project. (6) Duration of the project- Includes the time from the beginning of work on the project until the work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. (7) Persons providing services on the project("subcontractor"in §406.096 of the Act) - Includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes but Is not limited to independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity furnishing persons to perform services on the project. "Services" includes but is not limited to providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor,transportation,or other service related to a project. "Services"does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food\beverage vendors, office supply deliveries,and delivery of portable toilets. (8) Project-Includes the provision of all services related to a building or construction contract for a governmental entity (b) Providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage pursuant to this rule is a representation by the insured that all employees of the insured who are providing services on the project are covered by workers' compensation coverage,that the coverage is based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts,and that all coverage agreements have been filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured,with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation Providing false or misleading certificates of coverage,or failing to provide or maintain required coverage,or failing to report any change that materially affects the provision of coverage may subject the contractor or other person providing services on the project to administrative penalties, criminal penalties,civil penalties,or other civil actions. (c) A governmental entity that enters into a building or construction contract on a project shall' (1) include in the bid specifications, all the provisions of subsection (d)of this rule, using the language required by paragraph (7) of this subsection; (2) as part of the contract,using the language required by paragraph (7) of this subsection, require the contractor to perform as required in subsection (d)of this rule; (3) obtain from the contractor a certificate of coverage for each person providing services of the project, prior to that person beginning work on the project; (4) obtain from the contractor a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage: (A) before the end of the current coverage period, if the contractor's current certificate of coverage shows that the coverage period ends during the duration of the project; and (B) no later than seven days after the expiration of the coverage for each other person providing services on the project whose current certificate shows that the coverage period ends during the duration of the project; (5) retain certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for three years thereafter; (6) provide a copy of the certificates of coverage to the commission upon request and to any person entitled to them by law; and (7) use the following language for bid specifications and contracts,without any additional words or changes, except those required to accommodate the specific document in which they are contained or to impose stricter standards of documentation in Figure 1. (Figure 1) Article! . Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage. A. Definitions: Certificate of coverage("certificate") -A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self- insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement(TWCC-81,TWCC-82,TWCC-83,or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers'compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project,for the duration of the project. Duration of the project- includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity Persons providing services on the project("subcontractor" in §406.096) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes,without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes person to provide services on the project. "Services" include,without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment,or materials, or providing labor,transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services"does not include activities unrelated to the project; such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The contractor shall provide coverage,based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements,which meets the statutory requirements of Texas labor Code, Section 401.011(44)for all employees of the contractor providing services on the project,for the duration of the project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. D If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project,the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period,file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E. The contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project, and (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor,a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. F. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. G. The contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the contractor knew or should have known,of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. H. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text,form and manner prescribed by the. Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. I. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project,to: (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44)for all of its employees providing services on the project,for the duration of the project; (2) provide to the contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project,for the duration of the project; (3) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period,a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts,and provide to the contractor; (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage,prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,within 10 days after the person knew or should have.known,of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (7) contractually require each person with whom it contracts,to perform as required by paragraphs(1)-(7),with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage,the contractor is representing to the govemmental entity that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers'compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts,and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information rr subject the contractor to administrative penalties,criminal penalties,civil penalties,or other civil actions. K. The contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. (d) A contractor shall: (1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project,for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, (2) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers'compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project; (3) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period,a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (4) obtain from each person providing services on a project,and provide to the governmental entity: (A) a certificate of coverage,prior to that person beginning work on the project,so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (B) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage,if the coverage period shown on the current certificate or coverage ends during the duration of the project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the contractor knew or should have known,of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; (7) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at least 19 point normal type,and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text in Figure 2 provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes: (Figure 2) REQUIRED WORKERS'COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by worker's compensation insurance. This includes person providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 512-440-3789 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage,to verify whether your employer has provided the required Scoverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." and (8) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project,to: (A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (B) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project; (C) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e)(3) of this rule; (D) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period,a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage,if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (E) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts,and provide to the contractor: (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (ii) prior to the end of the coverage period,a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; 40 (F) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (G) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project;and (H) contractually require each other person with whom It contracts,to perform as required by paragraphs (A)- (H),with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. (e) A person providing services on a project,other than a contractor,shall: (1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project,for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements; (2) provide a certificate of coverage as required by its contract to provide services on the project, prior to beginning work on the project; (3) have the following language in its contract to provide services on the project; "By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage,the person signing this contract is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the person signing this contract who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the project,that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts,and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or,in the case of a self-insured,with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties or other civil actions." (4) provide the person for whom it is providing services on the project, prior to the end of the coverage period shown on its current certificate of coverage, a new certificate showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the certificate of coverage ends during the duratior of the project; (5) obtain from each person providing services on a project under contract to it, and provide as required by its contract: (A) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (B) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (6) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (7) notify the governmental entity in writing or by certified mail or personal delivery,of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project and sent the notice within 10 days after the person knew or should have known of the change; and (8) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts to: (A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project,for the duration of the project; (B) provide a certificate of coverage to it prior to that other person beginning work on the project; (C) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e)(3)of this rule; (D) provide, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (E) obtain from each other person under contract to it to provide services on the project, and provide as required by its contract: (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work o n the project; and (ii) prior to the end of the coverage period,a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the contract; (F) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (G) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should-have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (H) contractually require each person with whom it contracts,to perform as required 1 paragraphs(A)-(H),with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. (f) If any provision of this rule or its application to any person or circumstance is held invalid,the invalidity does not affect other provisions or applications of this rule that can be given effect without the invalid provision or application, and to this end the provisions of this rule are declared to be severable. g) This rule is applicable for building or construction contracts advertised for bid by a governmental entity on or after September 1, 1994. Effective Date: September 1, 1994 ED-4 (10/30/97) TWDB CONTRACT CONDITIONS 1 PRIVITY OF CONTRACT This contract, is expected to be funded in part with, funds from the Texas Water Development Board. Neither the State of Texas nor any of its departments, agencies or employees is, or will be, a party to this contract or any lower tier contract. This contract is subject to regulations contained in 31 TAC Chapter 363 in effect on the date this contract is executed. 2 DEFINITION The term "TWDB" means the Executive Administrator of the Texas Water Development Board, or other person who may be at the time acting in the capacity or authorized to perform the functions of such Administrator, or the authorized representative thereof 3 PROGRESS AND PAYMENT SCHEDULE. (a) The Contractor shall submit for approval immediately after execution of the Agreement, a carefully prepared Progress Schedule, showing the proposed dates of starting and completing each of the various sections of the work, the anticipated monthly payments to become due the Contractor,, and the accumulated percent of progress each month. (b) The following paragraph applies only to contracts awarded on a lump sum contract price. COST BREAKDOWN - The Contractor shall submit to the Owner a breakdown of his estimated cost of all work to be accomplished under the contract, so arranged and itemized as to meet the approval of the Owner in at least the detail provided by form ED-102 This breakdown shall be submitted promptly after execution of the agreement and before any payment is made to the Contractor for the work performed under the Contract. After approval by the Owner the unit prices established in the breakdown shall be, used in estimating the amount of partial payments to be made to the Contractor 4 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR. (a) Progress Payments (1) The Contractor shall prepare his requisition for progress payment as of the last day of the month and submit it, with the required number of copies, to the Engineer for his review The amount of the payment due the Contractor shall be determined by adding to the total value of work IIIF completed to date, the value of materials properly stored on the site and deducting (1) five percent (5%) of the total amount, as a retamage and (2) the amount of all previous payments. The total value of work G-37 TWDB Contract Conditions ED-4 Page 2 of 9 completed to date shall be based on the estimated quantities of work completed and on the unit prices contained in the agreement (or cost breakdown approved pursuant to section 3 b relating to lump sum bids) and adjusted by approved change orders. The value of materials properly stored on the site shall be based upon the estimated quantities of such materials and the invoice prices. Copies of all invoices shall be available for inspection by the Engineer (2) The Contractor shall be responsible for the care and protection of all materials and work upon which payments have been made until final acceptance of such work and materials by the Owner. Such payments shall not constitute a waiver of the right of the Owner to require the fulfillment of all terms of the Contract and the delivery of all improvements embraced in this Contract complete and satisfactory to the Owner in all details. (3) The five percent (5%) retainage of the progress payments otherwise due to the Contractor may not be reduced until the building of the project is substantially complete and a reduction in the retainage has been authorized by the OWNER and the TWDB. (4) The following clause applies only to contracts where the total price at the tune of execution is $400,000 or greater and the retainage is greater than 5% The Owner shall deposit the retainage in an interest-bearing account, and the interest earned on such retainage funds shall be paid to the Contractor after completion of the contract and final acceptance. (b) Withholding Payments. The Owner may withhold from any payment otherwise due the Contractor so much as may be necessary to protect the Owner and, if so elects, may also withhold any amounts due from the Contractor to any subcontractors or material dealers, for work performed or material furnished by them. The foregoing provisions shall be construed solely for the benefit of the Owner and will not require the Owner to determine or adjust any claims or disputes between the Contractor and his subcontractors or material dealers, or to withhold any moneys for their protection unless the Owner elects to do so. The failure or refusal of the Owner to withhold any moneys from the Contractor shall in no way impair the obligations of any surety or sureties under any bond or bonds furnished under this Contract. (c) Payments Subject to Submission of Certificates. Each payment to the Contractor by the Owner shall be made subject to submission by the Contractor of all written certifications required of him and his subcontractors by general or special conditions elsewhere in this contract. G-38 TWDB Contract Conditions ED-4 Page 3 of 9 (d) Final Payment. (1) After final inspection and acceptance by the Owner of all work under the Contract, the Contractor shall prepare his requisition for final payment which shall be based upon the carefully measured or computed quantity of each item of work at the applicable unit prices stipulated in the Agreement or cost breakdown (if lump sum), as adjusted by approved change orders. The total amount of the final payment due the Contractor under this contract shall be the amount computed as described above less all previous payments. Final payment to the Contractor shall be made subject to his furnishing the Owner with a release in satisfactory form of all claims against the Owner arising under and by virtue of this contract, other than such claims, if any, as may be specifically excepted by the Contractor from the operation of the release as provided under general and special conditions elsewhere in this contract. (2) The Owner, before paying the final estimate, may require the Contractor to furnish releases or receipts from all subcontractors having performed any work and all persons having supplied materials, equipment (installed under this contract) and services to the Contractor, if the Owner deems the same necessary in order to protect the Owner's interests. The Owner, however, may if it deems such action advisable make payment in part or in full to the Contractor without requiring the furnishing of such releases or receipts and any payments so made shall in no way impair the obligations of any surety or sureties furnished under this Contract. (3) The retainage and its interest earnings, if any, shall not be paid to the Contractor until the TWDB has authorized a reduction in, or release of, retainage on the contract work. (4) Withholding of any amount due the Owner, under general and/or special conditions regarding "Liquidated Damages," shall be deducted from the final payment due the Contractor 5 REVIEW BY OWNER AND TWDB (a) The Owner, authorized representatives and agents of the Owner, and the TWDB shall, at all times have access to and be permitted to observe and review all work, materials, equipment, payrolls, personnel records, employment conditions, material invoices, and other relevant data and records pertaining to this Contract, provided, however that all instructions and approval with respect to the work will be given to the Contractor only by the Owner through authorized representatives or agents. (b) Any such inspection.or review by the TWDB shall not subject the state of Texas to any action for damages. G-39 TWDB Contract Conditions ED-4 Page 4 of 9 6 FLOOD HAZARD INSURANCE. This provisions applies to any contract which will construct structures that are insurable under the National Flood Insurance Program of the Federal Emergency Management Agency The Contractor shall apply for flood insurance on all insurable structures that will be built under this contract. A copy of the completed apphcation must be provided to the owner before commencing, construction of the project. The Contractor shall obtain the flood hazard insurance as soon as possible and submit a copy of the policy to the Owner 7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS AND TRAINING (a) The Contractor shall obtain installation, operation, and maintenance manuals from manufacturers and suppliers for equipment furnished under the contract. The Contractor shall submit three copies of each complete manual to the Engineer within 90 days after approval of shop drawings, product data, and samples, and not later than the date of shipment of each item of equipment to the project site or storage location. (b) Each manual is to be bound in a folder and labeled to identify the contents and project to which it applies. The manual shall contain the following applicable items: (1) A listing of the manufacturer's identification, including order number, model, serial number, and location of parts and service centers. (2) A list of recommended stock of parts, including part number and quantity (3) Complete replacement parts list. (4) Performance data and rating tables. (5) Specific instructions for installation, operation, adjustment, and maintenance (6) Exploded view drawings for major equipment items. (7) Lubrication requirements. (8) Complete equipment wiring diagrams and control schematics with terminal identification. (c) Operations and maintenance manuals specified herein are in addition to any operation, maintenance, or installation instructions required by the Contractor to install, test, and start-up the equipment. G-40 TWDB Contract Conditions ED-4 Page 5 of 9 110 (d) The Owner shall require the Engineer to promptly review each manual submitted, noting necessary corrections and revisions. If the Engineer rejects the manual, the Contractor shall correct and resubmit the manual until it is acceptable to Engineer as being in conformance with design concept of project and for compliance with information given in the Contract Documents. Owner may assess Contractor a charge for reviews of same items in excess of three (3) times Such procedure shall not be considered cause for delay. Acceptance of manuals by Engineer does not relieve Contractor of any requirements or terms of the Contract. (e) The Contractor shall provide the services of trained, qualified technicians to check final equipment installation, to assist as required in placing same in ., operation, and to instruct operating personnel in the proper manner of performing routine operation and maintenance of the equipment. 8 AS-BUILT DIMENSION & DRAWINGS (a) Contractor shall make appropriate daily measurements of facilities constructed and keep accurate records of location (horizontal and vertical) of all facilities. (b) Upon completion of each facility, the Contractor shall furnish Owner with one set of direct prints, marked with red pencil, to show as-built dimensions and locations of all work constructed. As a minimum, the final drawings shall include the following- (1) Horizontal and vertical locations of work. (2) Changes in equipment and dimensions due to substitutions. (3) "Nameplate" data on all installed equipment. (4) Deletions, additions, and changes to scope of work. (5) Any other changes made 9 ARCHEOLOGICAL DISCOVERIES No activity which may affect a State Archeological Landmark is authorized until the Owner has complied with the provisions of the Antiquities Code of Texas. The Owner has previously coordinated with the appropriate agencies and impacts to known cultural or archeological deposits have been avoided or mitigated. However, the Contractor may encounter unanticipated cultural or archeological deposits during construction. If archeological sites or historic structures are discovered after construction operations are begun, the Contractor shall immediately cease operations in that particular area and notify the Owner, the TWDB, and the Texas Histoncal Commission, (512-463- 6096) The Contractor shall take reasonable steps to protect and preserve the G-41 TWDB Contract Conditions ED-4 Page 6 of 9 discoveries until they have been inspected by the Owner's representative and the TWDB. The Owner will promptly coordinate with the Texas Historical Commission and any other appropriate agencies to obtain any necessary approvals or permits to enable the work to continue The Contractor shall not resume work in the area of the discovery until authorized to do so by the Owner 10 ENDANGERED SPECIES No activity is authorized that is likely to Jeopardize the continued existence of a threatened or endangered species as listed or proposed for listing under the Federal Endangered Species Act (ESA), and/or the State of Texas Parks and Wildlife Code on Endangered Species, or to destroy or adversely modify the habitat of such species. If a threatened or endangered species is encountered during construction, the Contractor shall immediately cease work in the area of the encounter and notify the Owner, who will immediately implement actions in accordance with the ESA and applicable State statutes. These actions shall include reporting the encounter to the TWDB, the U S Fish and Wildlife Service, and the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, obtaining any necessary approvals or permits to enable the work to continue, or implement other mitigative actions. The Contractor shall not resume construction in the area of the encounter until authorized to do so by the Owner 11 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED In the execution of the Contract, the Contractor must comply with all applicable Local, State and Federal laws, including but not limited to laws concerned with labor, safety, minimum wages, and the environment. The Contractor shall make himself familiar with and at all times shall observe and comply with all Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect the conduct of the work, and shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner, the TWDB, and their representatives against any claim arising from violation of any such law, ordinance or regulation by himself or by his subcontractor or his employees 12 EMPLOYMENT OF LOCAL LABOR. This condition applies only to construction contracts which receive funding from the TWDB's Economically Distressed Areas Program The contractor shall to the maximum feasible extent employ local labor for construction of the project. The Contractor and every subcontractor undertaking to do work on the project which is, or reasonably may be done as on-site work, shall employ, in carrying out such contract work, qualified persons who regularly reside within the political subdivision boundary of the Owner and the economically distressed area where the project is located, except: (a) To the extent that qualified persons regularly residing within the political subdivision boundary of the Owner and economically distressed area are not available G-42 TWDB Contract Conditions ED-4 Page 7 of 9 (b) For the reasonable needs of any such Contractor or subcontractor, to employ supervisory or specially experienced individuals necessary to assure an efficient execution of the contract. (c) For the obligation of any such Contractor or subcontractor to offer employment to present or former employees as the result of a lawful collective bargaining contract, provided that in no event shall the number of non-resident persons employed under this subparagraph exceed twenty percent of the total number of employees employed by such Contractor and his/her subcontractors on such project. Every such Contractor and subcontractor shall furnish the Owner and the Local Texas Employment Commission Office with a list of all positions for which it may from time to time require laborers, mechanics,, and other employees, the estimated numbers of employees required in each classification, and the estimated dates on which such employees will be required. The Contractor shall give full consideration to all qualified job applicants referred by the local employment service, but is not required to employ any job applicants referred whom the Contractor does not consider qualified to perform the classification of work required. The payrolls maintained by the Contractor shall contain the following information: The employee's full name, address, and social security number, and a notation indicating whether the employee does, or does not, normally reside within the political subdivision boundary of the Owner or the economically distressed area. Copies of the payroll records shall be provided to the Owner The Contractor shall include the provisions of this condition in every subcontract for work which is, or reasonably may be, done as on-site work. 13 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS Materials utilized in the project shall be free Of any hazardous materials, except as may be specifically provided for in the specifications. If the Contractor encounters existing material on sites owned or controlled by the Owner or in material sources that are suspected by visual observation or smell to contain hazardous materials, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the Owner The Owner will be responsible for the testing for and removal or disposition of hazardous materials on sites owned or controlled by the Owner. The Owner may suspend the work, wholly or in part during the testing, removal or disposition of hazardous materials on sites owned or controlled by the Owner • 14 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY. During the performance of this contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: G-43 TWDB Contract Conditions ED-4 Page 8 of 9 (a) The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race color religion, sex. age handicap, or national origin The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race color religion. sex age, handicap, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following. Employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for training, including apprenticeship The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. •r' (b) The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive considerations for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, age, handicap, or national origin. (c) The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided advising the said labor union or workers' representatives of the Contractor's commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. (d) The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967,29 U S C.A. 621 (1985), Executive Order 12250 of November 2, 1980, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U S C.A. 701 et seq (1985), and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor (e) The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. (f) In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law G-44 ED-103 (2/22/93) CONTRACTOR'S ACT OF ASSURANCE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BEFORE ME, , a Notary Public duly commissioned and qualified in and for the County of in the State of Texas came and appeared , as represented by , the corporation's , who declares he/she is authorized to represent pursuant to provisions of a resolution adopted by said corporation on the day of , 19 (a duly certified copy of such resolution is attached to and is hereby made a part of this - document). , as the representative of declares that assures the Texas Water Development Board that it will construct project at , Texas, in accordance with sound construction practice, all laws of the State of Texas,, and the rules of the Texas Water Development Board. GIVEN UNDER MY HAND and seal of office this day of 199 A.D Printed Name My Commission expires F-6 a ED-104 (9It9/94) 1011 CONTRACTOR'S ACT OF ASSURANCE RESOLUTION Name I hereby certify that it was RESOLVED by a quorum of the directors of the name of corporation meeting on the day of , 19 , that be, and hereby is, authorized to act on behalf of name of corporation as its representative, in all business transactions conducted in the State of Texas, and, That all above resolution was unanimously ratified by the Board of Directors at said meeting and that the resolution has not been rescinded or amended and is now in full forces and effect; and, In authentication of the adoption of this resolution, I subscribe my name and affix the seal of the corporation this day of , 199_. Secretary (seal) fit F-7 8 ,...,EPA0. CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, AND OTHER RESPONSIBILITY MATTERS Name of Entity The prospective participant certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief that it and its principals- (a) Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any Federal department or agency; (b) Have not within a three year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had a civil judgement rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State, or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction, violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property; 111 (c) Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a government entity (Federal, State, or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (1) (b) of this certification, and (d) Have not within a three-year period preceding this application/proposal had one or more public transactions (Federal, State or local) terminated for cause or default. I understand that a false statement on this certification may be grounds for rejection of this proposal or termination of the award In addition, under 18 USC Section 1001, a false statement may result in a fine of up to $ 10,000 or imprisonment for up to five (5) years, or both. Name and Title of Authorized Representative (Typed) Signature,of Authorized Representative Date ❑ I am unable to certify to the above statements. My explanation is attached. EPA Form 5700-49(11-88) F-17 SRF-373 (10/4/89) (OF MWBE CERTIFICATION AND PARTICIPATION SUMMARY Loan Applicant Project Number I certify that the Minority and Women's Business Enterprises Participating in this project are qualified in accordance with the TWDB SRF-52 MWBE Guidance and that all that all MWBE consultants, contractors and sub-contractors will comply with six affirmative steps outlined in the guidance. Attached are: ❑ Solicitation Documents ❑ Contracts The attached documents outline the efforts taken in complying with the MWBE Guidance. Signature and Title of Authorized Representative of Applicant Total Loan Amount$ Total Contract Amount$ - 411 MWBE Firms Contract Amount MBE WBE % of Total Contract (Name and Address) Loan Attached I 2. 3 4. 5 Total MBE Participation Total WBE Participation - CPI Note AnT:changesi.:additions:or<deletions:to these contracts,:after closing:: us 'be;submitteil prior to •awad. ;: .. . F-9 SRF-52 (10/01/93) MINORITY AND WOMEN'S BUSINESS ENTERPRISE GUIDANCE Texas Water Development Board State Revolving Fund A goal-oriented system has been established to promote minority and women's business enterprises (MWBE) participation on State Revolving Fund (SRF)funded wastewater treatment projects. The MWBE fair share goal is eight percent (8%) of the total SRF funded project. cost. Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) 7% Women's Business Enterprise (WBE) 1% It is the applicant's responsibility to demonstrate that a "good faith effort" was made in offering fair opportunity for participation by MWBE firms (including engineers, contractors, legal and fiscal firms) in SRF funded projects. A. The Loan applicant must take, but is not limited to, the following affirmative steps: 1. including qualified minority and women's business on solicitation list; 2. assuring that minority and women's businesses on solicited whenever they are potential sources; 3. dividing total requirements, when economically feasible, into small tasks or quantities to permit maximum participation of minority and women's businesses; 4. establishing delivery schedules, when requirements of the work permits, which will encourage participation by minority and businesses; 5. using services and assistance of the Office of Minority Business Enterprise of the U S. Department of Commerce, as appropriate; and 6. if any consultant or contractor awards sub-agreements, requiring them to take the affirmative steps required in A., 1-5. B. The loan applicant must submit a completed SRF 10 MWBE Affirmative Action Plan as part of the application(prior to loan commitment). PRIOR to loan closing and prior to receiving authorization to award subsequent contracts, the applicant must submit a complete SRF 373 form identifying the MWBE firm to be used, certifying that the firms are fide minority or women's business enterprises, certifying that all consultants or contractors will comply G-38 MWBE Guidance SRF_52 Page 2 of 3 (10/01/93) with the six affirmative steps outlined in this guidance, and including g supporting documents such as contracts, solicitation documents, letters of intent, etc. C. If the loan applicant is unable to meet the 8% goal, it is their responsibility to demonstrate that a good faith effort has been made. This effort must include such documentation as certified letters to several bona fide MWBE firms, correspondence with MWBE associations, evidence that adequate MWBE solicitation was included in invitations for bids, etc D. Failure to meet the (8%) goal or adequately document a good faith effort could result in loss of SRF eligibility II. Definitions A. Fair Share Goal - The fair share goal has been determined to be 8% of the SRF funded wastewater treatment project cost. A fair share does not constitute an absolute quota but a stated intent on the part of the loan recipient to attempt to use minority and women's businesses by - carrying out the six affirmative steps outlined in T.A. of this guidance. The loan recipient must document the actions taken to comply with the affirmative steps. B. Minority Business Enterprise (MBE)-A business which,is: 1.) certified as socially and economically disadvantaged by the Small Business Administration, 2.) an independent business concern which is at least 51% owned and controlled by minority group member(s) a. A minority group member is an individual who is a citizen of the United States and on of the following: 1.) Black American; 2.) Hispanic American 3.) Native American 4.) Asian - Pacific American; b. The minority owner's interest must be real, substantial and continuing. This would include such characteristics as risk of loss/share of profit commensurate with proportional ownership and receipt of the customary incidents of owership, such as salary decisions, policymaking, ect. G-39 MWBE Guidance SRF-52 Page 3 of 3 (10101/93) 4 I c. A minority owner have control of business decisions such as authority to sign bids and contracts, decisions in price negotiations, incurring liabilities for the firm, making staffing decisions, policymaking, ect d. A qualified MBE firm must perform a useful business function according to custom and practice in the industry Acting merely as a passive conduit of funds to some other firm such action is unnecessary to accomplish the project does not constitute a useful business function to practice in the industry C. Women's Business Enterprise (WBE) - A women's business is an independent business concern which is at lest,51% owned by a woman or women having the same interests and controls identified in Section I B of this guidance. (MBE) Only United States citizen will be deemed eligible to be WBE's. III. Attachments: SRF - 10 Affirmative Action Plan for meeting SRF MWBE Participation Goal SRF - 373 MWBE Certification and Participation Summary p IV. Information Direct Inquiries to Bruce Hobbs, MWBE Coordinator (512) 463-8505 Notes: OPP G-40 rT ED-101 ti (5l26l98) Si 1 E CERTIFICATE This is to certify that the City of Pearland (Legal Name of Applicant.i.e., City, District,etc.) has now acquired, taken bona fide Options on, or initiated formal condemnation proceedings against all property (sites, easements, rights-of-way, or specific use permits) necessary for construction, operation and maintenance of wastewater facilities described as "Inflow/Infiltration Reduction for Sleepy Hollow and Longwood Service Areas, Phase i''. Loan NO. 3393-02-03 (Proposed Contract No.and Description) in accordance with plans and specifications approved by the Texas Water Development Board. Any deeds or documents required to be recorded to protect the title(s) held by City of Pearland (Legal Name of Applicant) have been recorded or filed for record wherever necessary. In the event of conflicts with existing underground utilities or to preserve unknown cultural or historic resources, the City of Pearland (Name of Applicant) has the right of eminent domain and will take condemnation action, if necessary, to acquire any sites, easements or rights-of-way which may be required to change the location of any of the facilities described above; and upon acquisition of the rights-of-way and recording of documents, will submit another site certificate to that effect. EXECUTED this i�1 f d day of Ap' t , Van. (Signature) Artp,r,p (Title) NOTE: This certificate MUST BE EXECUTED BY AN ATTORNEY OR AN ABSTRACTOR qualified to evaluate the Applicant's interest in the site and make such a determination. F-14 TWDB Contract Conditions ED-4 Page 9 of 9 (g) The Contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph 1 and the provisions of paragraphs 1 through 7 in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the administering agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance: PROVIDED, HOWEVER. That in the event a Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the administering agency the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interest of the United States. (h) The Contractor will comply with Executive Order 11246 based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by the Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications, as set forth in 41 CFR Part 60-4 and its efforts to meet the goals established for the geographical area where the Contract is to be performed. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the Contract, and m each trade, and the Contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's goals shall be a violation of the Contract, the Executive Order, and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4 The goals are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Goals are published periodically in the Federal Register in notice form, and such notices may be obtained, from any office of federal contract compliances programs office or from federal procurement contracting officers (512) 229-5835 The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress toward its goal in each craft during the period specified. Whenever the Contractor, or any subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of$10,000 the provisions of these specifications and the notice which contains the applicable goals set for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. 4 G-45 SECTION 00850 WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION PART 1GENERAL 1 01 GENERAL A. Title 10, Government Code, Chapter 2258,State Purchasing&General Services,ofVemon's Texas Civil Statutes, provides that any government subdivision shall ascertain the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in the locality in which the work is to be performed for each craft or type of workman or mechanic and shall specify in the call for bids and in the Contract the prevailing rate per diem wages which shall be paid for each craft type of workman This Chapter further provides that the Contractor shall forfeit, as a penalty,to the City,County, or State, or other political subdivision, Sixty Dollars ($60 00) per day for each laborer, or workman, or mechanicwho is not paid the stipulated wage for the type of work performed by him as set up in the wage scale. The City of Pearland is authorized to withhold from the Contractor the amount of this penalty in any payment that might be claimed by the Contractor or subcontractor The Chapter makes the Contractor responsible for acts of the subcontractor in this respect. The Chapter likewise requires that the Contractor and subcontractor keep an accurate record of the names and occupations of all persons employed by him and to show the actual per diem wages paid to each work and these records are open to the inspection of the City of Pearland B Labor classifications and prevailing wage rates are attached herein If the prevailing wage rates are modified during the bidding process, then the new rates will be issued through an addendum, otherwise the rates contained herein shall govern 030147 010 Section 00850 Page 1 of 2 LABOR CLASSIFICATIONS AND PREVAILING WAGE RATES ! FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION PREVAILING RATE CLASSIFICATION PREVAILING RATE Air Tool Man 6 70 Paving Grader 6.65 Asphalt Raker 7 05 Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe, Derrick, Asphalt Shoveler 6.20 Dragline, Shovel(Less than 1-1/2 CY) 8.25 Batching Plant Scaleman 7 75 Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe, Derrick Carpenter, Rough 9.25 Dragline, Shovel (1-1/2 CY&Over) 9.50 Carpenter Helper, Rough 7 00 Crusher or Screening Plant Operator 9.50 Concrete Finisher(Paving) 7 80 Elevating Grader 8.00 Concrete Finisher Helper(Paving) 5.95 Foundation Drill Oper Truck Mounted 9.00 Concrete Finisher(Strs.) 7 95 Front End Loader(2-1/2 CY&Less) 7 30 Concrete Finisher Helper(Strs.) 6 45 Front End Loader(Over 2-1/2 CY) 8.25 Concrete Rubber 7 00 Mixer(Concrete Paving) 8.00 Electrician 13.95 Motor Grader Operator, Fine Grade 8.95 Electrician Helper, Senior 9.90 Motor Grader Operator 8.15 Electrician Helper, Junior 7 85 Roller, Steel Wheel (Plant-Mix Pavement) 7 35 Form Builder(Strs.) 8.00 Roller, Steel Wheel (Other Flat Wheel or Form Builder Helper(Strs.) 5.95 Tamping) 7.20 Form Liner(Pvg. &Curb) 8.05 Roller, Pneumatic Self-Propelled 6 50 Form Setter(Pvg. & Curb) 7.20 Scrapers(17 CY& Less) 6.55 Form Setter Helper(Pvg. &Curb) 5.75 Scrapers(Over 17 CY) 7 60 Form Setter(Strs.) 7 35 Self-Propelled Hammer Operator 7 80 Form Setter Helper(Strs.) 6.25 Tractor(Crawler type)150 HP& Less 7 70 Laborer, Common 5.30 Tractor(Crawler type)Over 150 HP 8.80 Laborer, Utility Man 6.25 Tractor(Pneumatic)80 HP&Less 6.35 Manhole Builder, Brick 6.85 Tractor(Pneumatic)Over 80 HP 7.50 Mechanic 9.85 Trenching Machine, Light 7 50 Mechanic Helper 7 50 Wagon-Drill, Boring Machine or Post Hole Oiler 7 00 Driller Operator 9.50 Serviceman 7 60 Reinforcing Steel Setter(Paving) 6.85 Piledriverman 8.45 Reinforcing Steel Setter(Strs.) 8.20 Pipe Layer 6 75 Reinforcing Steel Setter(Helper) 6.25 Pipe Layer Helper 5.75 Steel Worker(Strs.) 7 95 Steel Worker Helper(Strs 6 30 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS: Spreader Box Man 7 50 Asphalt Distributor 7 75 Broom or Sweeper Operator 6.25 TRUCK DRIVERS Bulldozer, 150 HP or Less 7 40 Single Axle, Light 6.40 Bulldozer,over 150 HP 8.55 Single Axle, Heavy 6.75 Concrete Paving Curing Machine 7 45 Tandem Axle or Semi-Trailer 7 15 Concrete Paving Finishing Machine 8.35 Lowboy-Float 7 90 Concrete Paving Form Grader 7.50 Transit-Mix 7 00 Concrete Paving Grinder 7 35 Winch 5.90 Concrete Paving Joint Machine 7 30 Welder 8.40 Concrete Paving Joint Sealer 7 85 Welder Helper 8.00 Concrete Paving Saw 7 50 Concrete Paving Spreader 7 55 END OF DOCUMENT 030147 010 Section 00850 Page 2 of 2 411, SECTION 01011 SUMMARY OF WORK 101 GENERAL A. The work covered by these documents is entitled "Inflow/Infiltration Reduction for Sleepy Hollow and Longwood Service Areas, City of Pearland, Texas, BID NO. 2001- 045" and is to be performed for The City of Pearland, Texas The project site is located as shown on the plan set location map 1 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall furnish all materials, appliances, tools, equipment, transportation, services and all labor and superintendence necessary for construction of the work described herein The completed work shall not lack any part, which can be reasonably implied as necessary for proper and useful operation of the facilities. B The work, in general, consists of the following. Rehabilitation of sanitary sewer by pipe bursting approximately 12,000 linear feet of existing 6" and 8"gravity sanitary sewers; the reconnection of sanitary sewer service connections, the construction of all required point repairs, the rehabilitation of sanitary sewer manholes, the purchase and placement of sanitary sewer flow monitors; restoration of all areas associated with the work; and the cleaning and television inspection of sanitary sewers within the Sleepy Hollow and Longwood Service Areas in Pearland, Brazoria County, Texas. There will be 3 phases for this project. One phase must be completed before starting the next. END OF SECTION 11) 030147.010 Section 01011 Page 1 of 1 SECTION 01114 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Section includes requirements for the Contractor to maintain all work areas on and off the site free from environmental pollution that would be in violation of any federal, state, or local regulations 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate measurement or payment will be made for protection of the environment. 1 03 PROTECTION OF STORM DRAINAGE AND SEWER SYSTEM A. Take adequate measures to prevent the impairment of the operation of the existing storm drainage systems Contractor shall prevent construction materials, concrete, earth, or other debris from entering any storm drainage system by means of filter fabric fencing as indicated on plans or other means as approved by Engineer All storm flow interfering with construction and requiring diversion shall be diverted by the Contractor to a point acceptable to the Owner 1 04 PROTECTION OF WATERWAYS A. Contractor shall prevent construction materials, concrete, earth, or other debris from entering into any waterways by filter fabric fencing as indicated on plans or other means as approved by Engineer 1 05 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROPERTY A. Contractor shall prevent construction materials, concrete, earth, or other debris from entering onto any public streets or any public or private property by means of filter fabric fencing or other means as approved by Engineer 1 06 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL A. The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for disposal of waste materials subject to submission of proof to the Owner that owner(s) of the proposed site(s) has (have) a valid permit issued by the appropriate government agency and submission of a haul route plan including a map of the proposed route(s) B Unacceptable disposal sites may suspend operation of the Contractor for alleged noncompliance with Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission, Texas Department of Health, or Environmental Protection Agency regulations 1 07 PROTECTION OF AIR QUALITY A. Air pollution shall be minimized by wetting down bare soils during windy periods, or as requested by Owner or Engineer, by requiring the use of properly operating combustion 030147.010 Section 01114 Page 1 of 2 emission control devices on construction vehicles and equipment used by Contractor; and by encouraging the shutdown of motorized equipment not actually in use. B Trash burning will not be permitted on the construction site without the Owner's prior written approval C If temporary heating devices are necessary for protection of the work, such devices shall be of a type that will not cause pollution of the air 1 08 USE OF CHEMICALS A. All chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project operation, whether herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, reactant, or of other classification must show approval of either the US Environmental Protection Agency or the US Department of Agriculture, or any other applicable regulatory agency Use of all chemicals and disposal of residues shall be in conformance with the manufacturer's instructions Petroleum products shall be identified and stored in safety approved containers 1 09 NOISE AND DUST CONTROL A. The Contractor shall so conduct all his operations that they will cause the least annoyance to the residents in the vicinity of the work, and shall comply with all applicable local ordinances The compressors, hoists, and other apparatus shall be equipped with such mechanical devices as may be necessary to minimize noise and dust. Compressors shall be equipped with silencers on intake lines All gasoline or oil operated equipment shall be equipped with silencers or mufflers on intake and exhaust lines Storage bins and hoppers shall be lined with material that will deaden the sounds if directed by the Engineer B. The operation of dumping materials and of carrying materials away in trucks shall be so conducted as to cause a minimum of noise and dust. Vehicles carrying sands, dirt, rock, concrete, or other material shall be routed over such streets as will cause the least annoyance to the public and shall not be operated on public streets between the hours of 8 00 p m. and 7 00 a m., or on Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays unless previously approved in writing by the Owner C All unpaved streets, roads, detours, or haul roads used in the construction area shall be given an approved dust-prevention treatment or periodically watered to prevent dust. Applicable environmental regulations for dust prevention shall be strictly enforced. D Dust prevention treatment shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Owner and/or Engineer PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART3 EXECUTION Not used END OF SECTION 030147 Section 01114 Page 2 of 2 • SECTION 01145 • USE OF PREMISES PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Section includes general use of the site including properties inside and outside of rights-of- way, work affecting road, ramps, streets and driveways and notification to adjacent occupants. 102 RIGHTS-OF-WAY A. Confine access and operations and storage areas to rights-of-way (including construction easements) provided by Owner Trespassing on abutting lands or other lands in the area is not allowed B Contractor may make arrangements, at Contractor's cost, for temporary use of private properties, in which case Contractor and Contractor's surety shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner against claims or demands arising from such use of properties outside of rights-of-way Submit notarized copy of agreement between private property owner and Contractor prior to use of the area. %it C Restrict total length which materials may be distributed along the route of the construction at any one time to 1,000 linear feet unless otherwise approved in writing by Engineer 1 03 PROPERTIES OUTSIDE OF RIGHTS-OF-WAY A. Altering the condition of properties adjacent to and along rights-of-way will not be permitted. B Means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, which will result in damage to properties or improvements in the vicinity outside of rights-of-way, will not be permitted C Any damage to properties outside of rights-of-ways shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer and at no cost to the Owner 1 04 USE OF SITE A. Obtain approvals of governing authorities prior to impeding or closing public roads or streets. Do not close more than two consecutive intersections at one time. B Notify the Department of Public Works at least 48 hours prior to closing a street or a street crossing Permits for street closures are required in advance and are the responsibility of the Contractor C Maintain access for emergency vehicles including access to fire hydrants. 030147 010 Section 01145 Page 1 of 3 D Avoid obstructing drainage ditches or inlets, when obstruction is unavoidable due to requirements of the Work, provide grading and temporary drainage structures to maintain unimpeded flow E. Locate and protect private lawn sprinkler systems, which may exist on rights-of-ways within the site. Repair or replace damaged systems to condition equal to or better than that existing at start of Work. F Perform daily clean-up of dirt outside the construction zone, and debris, scrap materials, and other disposable items Keep streets, driveways, and sidewalks clean of dirt, debris and scrap materials Do not leave building, roads, streets or other construction areas unclean overnight. G Limit the length of open trench to less than 300 feet. 1 05 NOTIFICATION TO ADJACENT OCCUPANTS A. Notify individual occupants in areas to be effected by the Work of the proposed construction and time schedule. Notification shall be not less than 72 hours or more than 2 weeks prior to work being performed within 200 feet of the homes or businesses. B Include in notification names and telephone numbers of two company representatives for resident contact, who will be available on 24-hour call Include precautions, which will be taken to protect private property and identify potential access or utility inconvenience or disruption C Submit proposed notification to Engineer for approval Consideration shall be given to the ethnicity of the neighborhood where English is not the dominant language. Notice shall be in an understandable language. 1 06 PUBLIC, TEMPORARY, AND CONSTRUCTION ROADS AND RAMPS A. Construct and maintain temporary detours, ramps, and roads to provide for normal public traffic flow when use of public roads or streets is closed by necessities of the Work. B Provide mats or other means to prevent overloading or damage to existing roadways from tracked equipment or large or heavy trucks or equipment. 1 07 EXCAVATION IN STREETS AND DRIVEWAYS A. Avoid needless hindering or inconveniencing public travel on a street or any intersecting alley or street for more than two blocks at any one time, except by permission of the Engineer B Obtain the Engineer's approval when the nature of the Work requires closing of an entire street. Permits required for street closure are the Contractor's responsibility Avoid unnecessary inconvenience to abutting property owners 030331 010 Section 01145 Page 2 of 3 C Remove surplus materials and debris and open each block for public use as work in that block is complete D Acceptance of any portion of the Work will not be based on return of street to public use. E. Avoid obstructing driveways or entrances to private property F Provide temporary crossing or complete the excavation and backfill in one continuous operation to minimize the duration of obstruction when excavation is required across drives or entrances G Provide barricades and signs in accordance with Section VI of the State of Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices 1 08 TRAFFIC CONTROL A. Comply with traffic regulation as specified in Section 01555 - Traffic Control and Regulation 1 09 SURFACE RESTORATION A. Restore site to condition existing before construction to satisfaction of Engineer and in accordance with section 01740, Restoration of Site Improvements. PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used PART3 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 030147 010 Section 01145 Page 3 of 3 4PSECTION 01321 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Photographic requirements for construction photographs and submittals. 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate payment is provided—payment to be included in other bid items. 103 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01340 -Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples B Prints: Submit two (2) prints of each view directly to the Engineer within seven (7) days of taking photographs. One (1)additional print shall be retained by the Contractor in the field office at the Project site and available at all times for reference. C Extra Prints When requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit extra prints of photographs, with distribution directly to designated parties who will pay the costs for the extra prints directly to the photographer D Negatives: With each submittal, include photographic negatives in protective envelopes, identified by Project name, Contractor, and date photographs were taken 1 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor shall be responsible for the timely execution of the photographs, their vantage point, and quality PART2 PRODUCTS 2 01 PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Prior to the commencement of any construction, take 35mm color photographs of the entire route of the project and present two sets of prints to the Engineer for their use in contract administration and inspection. B Photographs shall be color, matte finish, 3 x 5 -inch size, mounted on 81/2x 11- inch soft card stock or in plastic pockets (which do not allow the pictures to fall out), with left edge- binding margin for three hole-punch 030147 010 Section 01321 Page 1 of 2 C The following information should be shown with each photograph 1 Owner's Job number "f 2. Date and time photographs were taken 3 Location of the photograph, house number and street, along with the project number D Indicate the condition of the following. 1 Esplanades and boulevards 2. Yards (near side and far side of street) 3 Housewalk, sidewalk and driveways 4 Curb 5. Area between walk and curb 6 Particular features (yard light, shrubs, fences, trees, etc.) 7 Date shall be on negative 8 Provide notation of vantage point marked for location and direction of shot, on a key plan of the site, submit with photographs. E. Sufficient number of photographs shall be taken to show the existence or non-existence of cracked concrete and the condition of trees, shrubs, and grass. F Photographs shall not be spaced more than 100 feet apart in residential areas and no more than 500 feet in open areas. For construction in back lot easements, photographs shall be taken in every yard Pictures should show the line route in both directions. Photographs should also show details of the adjacent properties At a minimum four pictures should be taken at each location. Engineer may request additional photographs, at no additional cost, if he feels that enough detail is not provided in the submitted photographs. 2 02 POST PHOTOGRAPHS A. As each section of the project has been restored submit post construction photographs to the owner taken from the same vantage point as the originals showing that all items have been restored to preconstruction conditions or better PART3 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 030147.010 Section 01321 Page 2.of 2 SECTION 01326 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (BAR CHART) PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Prepare and submit to the Engineer an initial Construction Schedule as required by this section for the Work. Do not start construction until the schedule is approved by the Engineer 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate payment is provided—payment to be included in other bid items. 1 03 FORM AND CONTENT OF INITIAL CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Bar Chart: 1 Show major construction activities such as installation and operation of flow monitors, pipe bursting, manhole rehabilitation, pipe laying, pavement removal, pavement replacement, testing, and clean up as separate activities on the schedule for each area of work. 2 Show all work items where new utilities connect to City facilities. 3 Show separate activities for each shop drawing and product data submittal that are critical to timely completion Show submission dates and dates approved submittals will be needed from the Engineer 4 Provide separate horizontal bar for each activity List start and finish date for each activity at left side of diagram. 5 Provide arrows indicating which tasks cannot start until the preceding tasks have been completed 6 Submit the schedule on a single sheet of paper of appropriate size to produce a readable schedule. 1 04 PROGRESS REVISIONS A. Submit progress revisions monthly as part of Application for Payment or information necessary for Application for Payment. Application for Payment shall not be considered complete or processed for payment until progress revision is submitted When required, resubmittal for rejected revision must be made, reviewed and approved prior to the following month's pay application being processed Pay Application for the following month will not be processed until resubmittal is approved and Progress Revision required that month is received 030147.010 Section 01326 Page 1 of 2 B Additional data to be included on revised schedules: 1 Original dates shown for each activity in the approved initial progress schedule shall be shown by a narrow bar next to wider bar for current schedule. 2. Date that each activity actually started or finished if that event has occurred Actual dates must be clearly identified in two right-most columns. 3 Indicate percentage progress of each activity to the date of submission 105 SUBMISSIONS A. Submit initial progress schedule within 10 days after award of contract. The Engineer will review the schedule and return the review copy within 14 days after receipt. B Submit schedule revisions with each application for payment. C When required, resubmit within 7 days after return of review copy PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 1 030147.010 Section 01326 Page 2 of 2 SECTION 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedures for submittals. 1 02 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Present in a clear and thorough manner Title each drawing with the Contract name and number; identify each element of the drawings by reference to sheet number and detail, schedule, location in plans or Contract Documents. B Identify field dimensions, show relation to critical features, work or adjacent products. C Minimum Sheet Size: 8-2"x 11" D Submit a preliminary schedule of shop drawings and sample submittals which will list each required submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing, and processing within ten (10) days of receiving the Notice of Award 1 03 SHOP DRAWING AND PRODUCT DATA PROCEDURES A. Shop Drawing Requirements: Shop drawings shall show design, materials (kind, thickness and finish), dimensions, connections and other details necessary to ensure that they accurately interpret contract drawings and specifications and also show adjoining work in such detail as required to provide proper connection with same. B Identification All shop drawings shall be identified with the name of the project for which shop drawings are being submitted The project name and Contract number, Contractor's name (if applicable), Subcontractor's name, date of submittal, drawing number, revision number, date of each revisions (if any), as well as the specification section under which the work is to be performed and the contract drawing and detail numbers that relate to the shop drawings. Each copy of the shop drawings shall contain this information C Transmittals: All shop drawings, catalog cuts and brochures shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal from the Contractor setting forth the same identification information as required above under paragraph B Transmittal shall also indicate if shop drawing is a resubmittal D Submittal Procedures. 1 The Contractor shall submit a minimum of six (6) copies of all shop drawings and product data Two (2) copies will be retained by the Engineer, two (2) copies will be sent to the Owner, and any additional copies will be returned to the Contractor Additional copies shall be furnished to the Engineer or Owner upon request. 030147 010 Section 01340 Page 1 of 5 2 Contractor shall have copies of all "FURNISH AS SUBMITTED"or "FURNISH AS CORRECTED" shop drawings at the site at all times, and shall make them available to the Owner's representatives. 3 In the event that a range of variations in texture, graining, color or other characteristics may be anticipated in furnished materials, assemblies or elements of the work, a sufficient number of samples of such materials or products shall be submitted to indicate the full range of characteristics which will be present in the materials or products proposed for the work. Any such materials or products delivered or erected prior to approval of full range samples shall be subject to rejection. E. Distribution and Stamp 1 Following the Engineer's review of each shop drawing submission, the Engineer will return the reviewed shop drawings to the Contractor with the Engineer's review stamp and signature affixed thereto, annotated as follows. a "FURNISH AS SUBMITTED" means reviewed for construction, fabrication and/or manufacture subject to the provision that the work shall be in accordance with the requirements of the drawings and specifications. Final acceptance of the work shall be contingent upon such compliance. b "FURNISH AS CORRECTED" means unless otherwise noted on the drawings, reviewed for construction, fabrication and/or manufacture subject to the provision that the work shall be carried out in compliance with all annotations and/or corrections indicated and in accordance with the requirements of the drawings and specifications. Final acceptance of the work shall be contingent upon such compliance. c. "REVISE AND RESUBMIT" review is valid and Contractor may proceed as noted above while resubmitting a corrected submittal of the drawing for record purposes. d "SUBMIT SPECIFIED ITEM" means that major deviations from the requirements of the drawings and specifications exist in the submittal No work based on such drawings shall be constructed, fabricated or manufactured The Contractor shall submit shop drawings of the specified item and make the required corrections. F Deviations from Specifications and/or Contract Drawings: Any deviations from any portion of the contract documents will be specifically identified on a separate page of each submittal The page shall be titled ADeviations from Contract Documents.@ Unless specific written approval is given to each deviation listed, the Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing items as specified G Questions and/or Inconsistencies with Contract Documents. Any questions or inconsistencies between any portion of the contract documents shall be identified by the Contractor in writing on a separate sheet of each submittal If an inconsistency exists in the plans and it is not identified by the Contractor in writing during or prior to shop drawing 030147.010 Section 01340 Page 2 of 5 submittal, the Contractor shall be responsible for making any changes or repairs to items which may have been constructed improperly at no expense to the Owner H Substitutions Any shop drawing which contains a substitution or the submittal of any"or equal" item shall be specifically identified on a separate sheet listing the name(s) and model numbers of the item(s) specified and the requested substitution I Review of the Contractor's Shop Drawings Review without a change order will not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility, including responsibility for accuracy of dimensions and details, and for mutual agreement and conformity of its drawings with the contract drawings and specifications 1 04 SAMPLE PROCEDURES A. Sample Requirements: 1 Where possible, all samples required for a particular specification section shall be submitted together 2 Samples shall be submitted from the same source, which will supply the actual job Samples shall be of adequate size to show quality, type, color, range, finish, texture and other specified characteristics. 3 Samples of materials or products, which are normally furnished in containers or packages, which bear descriptive labels and/or application or installation instructions, shall be submitted with such labels and/or instructions. B Identification All samples shall be labeled, tagged or otherwise clearly identified Labels or tags shall set forth the name of the project or location for which the sample is being submitted, Contractor, Subcontractor and/or supplier; the name of the manufacturer, fabricator or processor; the trade designation, grade and quality of the material or product; the date of submittal, and specific identification of each sample and a precise reference to the specification section and paragraph wherein the material, product or element of the work is specified Each label or tag shall have sufficient clear space to permit the application of the review stamps of the Contractor and the Engineer C Transmittals: All samples shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal from the Contractor setting forth the same identification information as required above under paragraph B Where appropriate, test data and/or manufacturers' certificates shall be referenced in and forwarded with the letter of transmittal Samples without accompanying certificates or test data will be returned without action. D Submittal Procedure: The Contractor shall submit three (3) sets of each sample required to the office or site location designated by the Owner E. Engineer's Distribution and Stamp Following the Engineer's review of each sample submission, the Engineer will return one sample of each set of samples to the Contractor with the Engineer's review stamp and signature affixed thereto. F Contractor's Distribution When samples are returned "FURNISH AS SUBMITTED"or "FURNISH AS CORRECTED,"the Contractor shall retain such samples in a suitable place at the site for use by the Contractor, its Subcontractors, the Owner and its authorized 030147 010 Section 01340 Page 3 of 5 representatives to ensure that all work is being installed in accordance with approved samples The remaining approved samples will be retained by the Engineer or Owner G Cost of Submittal and Distribution All charges in connection with the delivery of samples to the Engineer's office or where directed by the Engineer(and all charges in connection with the subsequent distribution thereof by the Engineer) shall be paid by the Contractor 1 05 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Review submittals prior to transmittal, determine and verify field measurements, field construction criteria, manufacturer's catalog numbers and conformance of submittal with requirements of Contract Documents. B Coordinate submittals with requirements of work and of Contract Documents. C Verify submittal is sealed and signed by appropriate Professional Engineer or Registered Architect, as may be required, in accordance with the appropriate specification section D Each shop drawings and sample label shall bear Contractor's review stamp signed or initialed to certify compliance with requirements of Contract Documents. Notify the Engineer in writing at time of submittal of any deviations from requirements of Contract Documents E. Do not fabricate products or begin work which requires submittals until return of submittal with Engineer's review 1 06 ENGINEER'S REVIEW A. The Engineer shall review the Contractor's submittals, such as shop drawings, product data and samples, for conformance with the design, intent and specifications. During this phase, the Engineer shall take appropriate action on the submittals as follows. 1 Ten (10) working days for specified product submittals, 2 Fifteen (15) working days for submittals of products required by performance specifications (including reference standards) and other name manufacturers, 3 Twenty-five (25) working days for requests for substitutions and "or equal " 107 RESUBMITTALS A. Make resubmittals under procedures specified for initial submittals; identify changes made since previous submittal PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used 030147 010 Section 01340 Page 4 of 5 PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 030147 010 Section 01340 Page 5 of 5 SECTION 01370 SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART 1 GENERAL 101 GENERAL A. Submit a schedule of values no more than ten (10) days after receiving the notice of award Upon request, support values given with data that will substantiate the amounts. B Use schedule of values only as basis for application for payment. Application for payment will not be processed until the schedule of values is approved by the Engineer C Submit quantities of designated materials. List quantities of materials specified under unit price allowances D Requests for Payment of materials stored on-site will need to be accompanied by a certified invoice from the material manufacturer 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate payment is provided—payment to be included in other bid items. 1 03 FORM OF SUBMITTAL Submit typewritten schedule of values on 8-1/2"X 11", plain bond, white paper Use the table of contents of this project manual as a format for listing costs of work by sections 104 PREPARATION A. Itemize separate line item cost for work required by each section of this specification B Break down installed costs into: 1 Delivered cost of product per unit 2 Installation cost, with overhead and profit per unit C List estimated quantities of materials to be installed. D Break down costs for all lump sum line items into individual components. E. Break down costs to list major products or operations for each line item, which has an installed value of more than $2,000. F Make sum of total costs for all items listed in the schedule equal to the total contract sum. 030147 010 Section 01370 Page 1 of 2 1 05 REVIEW AND RESUBMITTAL A. After review by the Engineer, revise and resubmit the schedule of values or material -) values, if required Resubmit revised schedules in the same manner as the original schedules. Initial Application for Payment will not be processed until the Schedule of Values is approved END OF SECTION i 030147.010 Section 01370 Page 2 of 2 SECTION 01410 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Requirements for testing laboratory services during construction 1 02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Individual Specification Sections- Inspections and tests required and the standards for testing 1 03 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A. Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform specified testing for compliance only Contractor is responsible for all testing related to submittal approval, all testing needed to control his work, and for additional testing where indicated in the specifications to be performed by the contractor B Employment of testing laboratory shall in no way relieve Contractor of obligation to perform work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents C The failure to make any tests of materials shall in no way relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for furnishing materials conforming to the Contract Documents. D Contractor shall have the cost of re-testing deducted from the estimate for payment whenever re-testing is required, due to insufficient work. Contractor will be notified by the City inspector of the costs associated with the re-tests to be deducted from the pay estimate. E. Contractor will have a minimum 2 hour charge for testing laboratory time deducted from the estimate of payment if operations requiring testing are canceled without 24-hour prior notification except for approved weather related cancellation in which case the testing laboratory shall be notified 1 04 LABORATORY REPORTS A. After each inspection and test, the testing lab will promptly submit a copy of the laboratory report to the City Inspector,the Contractor, and the Engineer Include date issued, project title and number; name of inspector; date and time of sampling or inspection, identification of product and specifications section, location in the project; type of inspection or test; date of test; results of tests, and conformance with Contract Documents. 1 05 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A. Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter or enlarge the requirements of the Contract Documents 030147 010 Section 01410 Page 1 of 3 B Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the work. C Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor D Laboratory has no authority to stop work. 1 06 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Deliver to laboratory at designated location adequate samples of materials proposed to be used which require testing together with proposed mix designs B Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to work and to manufacturer's facilities. C Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to work to be tested, to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested, to facilitate tests and inspections, and for storage and curing of test samples. D Notify the Owner 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. E. The Contractor shall provide such facilities as the Owner may require for collecting and forwarding samples, and shall not use the materials represented by the samples until tests have been made. F The Contractor shall not order any testing to be paid for by the owner The Contractor shall inform the City Inspector 24 hours in advance of any testing requirements so that the Inspector may coordinate with the testing lab 1 07 SOURCE OF MATERIALS A. The source of supply of each of the materials required shall be approved by the Owner before delivery is started B Representative samples shall be submitted for inspection or tests. C The results obtained from testing such samples will be used for preliminary approval, but will not be used as a final acceptance of the materials. D All materials proposed to be used may be tested by the Owner at any time during their preparation and use. E. If it is found that sources of supply, which have been approved, do not furnish a product of uniform quality or if the product from any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall furnish approved material from another source without additional cost to the Owner or delay in the completion date. F All required samples submitted by the Contractor shall be properly labeled for identification 030147 010 Section 01410 Page 2 of 3 411, 1 08 MATERIAL STORAGE A. Materials shall be stored so as to ensure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the work. B When directed by the Engineer, they shall be placed on wooden platforms or other hard, clean surfaces and not on the ground, and shall be placed under cover when directed C Stored materials shall be placed and located so as to facilitate prompt inspection PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 11 030147 010 Section 01410 Page 3 of 3 41, SECTION 01452 INSPECTION SERVICES PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Inspection services and references 1 02 INSPECTION A. City Engineer will appoint an Inspector as a representative of the City to perform inspections, tests, and other services specified in individual specification Sections and as outlined in the Supplementary Conditions, paragraph SC 9 03B B Additionally, the City Engineer may appoint, employ, and pay an independent firm to provide additional inspection or testing services as indicated in Section 01410- Testing Laboratory Services. C Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to City Engineer, Architect/Engineer, and Contractor, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. D Contractor shall assist and cooperate with the Inspector; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, and storage. E. Contractor shall notify City Inspector 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services Notify Architect/Engineer and independent firm when noted F Contractor shall sign and acknowledge report for Inspector PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used PART3 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 030147 010 Section 01452 Page 1 of 1 4IP SECTION 01502 MOBILIZATION PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Mobilization of construction equipment and facilities onto the site 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for mobilization is on a lump sum basis. B Mobilization payments will be included in monthly payment estimates upon written application by Contractor subject to the following provisions. 1 Authorization for payment of 50 percent of the contract price for mobilization will be made upon receipt and approval by Engineer of the following items, as applicable: a. Schedule of values. b Trench safety program. c. Construction schedule. d. Pre-construction photographs/video e. Establishment of the field office for the Engineer where an office is required by other sections. f Dewatering plan, if required. 2 Authorization for payment of the remaining 50 percent of the Contract Price for mobilization will be made upon completion of Work amounting to 5 percent of the Contract Price less the mobilization unit price. C Mobilization payments will be subject to retainage amounts stipulated in the General Conditions D Installation of a TWDB supplied sign is to be included for all SRF funded projects. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NotUsed PART3 EXECUTION - NotUsed INII END OF SECTION 030147 010 Section 01502 Page 1 of 1 SECTION 01526 capv TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Trench safety system for the construction of trench excavations B Trench safety system for structural excavations which fall under provisions of State and Federal trench safety laws 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for trench safety systems used on trench excavations is on a linear foot basis measured along the centerline of the trench, including manholes and other line structures, unless otherwise indicated. 103 DEFINITIONS A. A trench shall be defined as a narrow excavation (in relation to its depth) made below the surface of the ground In general, the depth is greater than the width, but the width of a trench (measured at the bottom) is not greater than 15 feet. B The trench safety system requirements will apply to larger open excavations if the erection of structures or other installations limits the space between the excavation slope and these installation to dimensions equivalent of a trench as defined C Trench Safety Systems include but are not limited to sloping, sheeting, trench boxes or trench shields, sheet piling, cribbing, bracing, shoring, dewatering or diversion of water to provide adequate drainage. 104 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 1340-Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. B Submit a safety program sealed by a licensed Engineer specifically for the construction of trench excavation Design the trench safety program to be in accordance with OSHA 29CFR standards governing the presence and activities of individuals working in and around trench excavations. C Submit the name of competent person designated for verification and inspections of the Trench Safety Program as identified in this section 030147.010 Section 01526 Page 1 of 3 1 05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with the detail specifications set - 1 out in the provision of Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring, Federal Occupation Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standards, 29CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P, as amended, including Final Rule, published in the Federal Register Vol. 54, No. 209 on Tuesday, October 31, 1989 The sections that are incorporated into these specifications by reference include Sections 1926-650 through 1926-652 B Legislation that has been enacted by the Texas Legislature with regard to Trench Safety Systems, is hereby incorporated, by reference, into these specifications. Refer to Texas Health and Safety Code Ann , '756 021 (Vernon 1991) 1 06 INDEMNIFICATION A. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, its employees and agents, from any and all damages, costs (including, without limitation, legal fees, court costs, and the cost of investigation),judgments or claims by anyone for injury or death of persons resulting from the collapse or failure of trenches constructed under this Contract. B Contractor acknowledges and agrees that this indemnity provision provides indemnity for the Owner in case the Owner is negligent either by act or omission in providing for trench safety, including, but not limited to safety program and design reviews, inspections, failures to issue stop work orders, and the hiring of the Contractor PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 INSTALLATION A. Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with provisions of OSHA 29CFR. B Contractor is responsible for obtaining all required information necessary for a complete trench safety plan C Specially designed trench safety systems shall be installed in accordance with the trench safety drawings produced for the locations and conditions identified on the Drawings. D A competent person, as identified in the Contractor's Trench Safety Program, shall verify that trench boxes and other premanufactured systems are certified for the actual installation conditions 3 02 INSPECTION A. Contractor, or Contractor's independently retained consultant, shall make daily inspections of the trench safety systems to ensure that the installed systems and operations meet OSHA 29CFR and other personnel protection regulations requirements 030147.010 Section 01526 Page 2 of 3 B If evidence of possible cave-ins or slides is apparent, Contractor shall immediately stop work in the trench and move personnel to safe locations until the necessary precautions have been taken by Contractor to safeguard personnel entering the trench C Maintain a permanent record of daily inspections. 3 03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Contractor shall verify specific applicability of the selected or specially designed trench safety systems to each field condition encountered on the project. END OF SECTION AP I 030147 010 Section 01526 Page 3 of 3 SECTION 01540 DIVERSION PUMPING PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Diversion pumping 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate payment will be made for installation, operation and maintenance of diversion pumping system Include the cost of diversion pumping in other related bid items 103 DEFINITIONS A. Diversion pumping is the installation and operation of bulkheads, plugs, hoses, piping, and pumps to maintain sewage flow and prevent backup and overflow 1 04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Diversion pumping provides continuous sewer service to the users of the sanitary sewer system while maintenance or construction operations are in progress by diverting flow when necessary around the construction location and pumping it to a downstream manhole. Maintain sewage flow to prevent backup or overflow onto streets, yards and unpaved areas or into buildings, adjacent ditches, storm sewers, and waterways. Do not divert sewage outside of the sanitary sewer system. B Any time the diversion pump(s) are operating, an experienced operator shall be on site to monitor the operation, adjust pump speed, valves, etc , make minor repairs to the system and report problems 105 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in conformance with Section 01340—Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. B Diversion pumping systems bypassing line segments, require submittal (prior to installation) of a Diversion Pumping Plan with sufficient detail to show the location, number and size of pumps, the number, location, size and type of hoses and/or rigid piping, and the location of the downstream discharge. Show any special features where pipes or hoses cross roadways, such as temporary trenches, support bridges, etc. I 030147 010 Section 01540 Page 1 of 2 106 SCHEDULING A. If the City is operating or maintaining diversion pumping in the construction area, the Contractor shall coordinate with the Engineer, as necessary B The Contractor shall cease diversion pumping operations when directed by the City Inspector PART2 PRODUCTS 2 01 MATERIALS A. Design piping,joints, and accessories to withstand at least twice the maximum system pressure or 50 psi, whichever is greater B Pumps shall be self-priming type or submersible electric, in good working order, with a working pressure gauge on the discharge. PART3 EXECUTION 3 01 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. During diversion pumping, do not allow sewage to be leaked, dumped, or spilled in or onto any area outside of the existing sanitary sewer system. B In the event of accidental spill or overflow, immediately stop the discharge and take action to clean up and disinfect the spill Promptly notify the Inspector so that required reporting can be made to the Texas Natural Resources Conservation Commission (TNRCC) and the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) by the City 3 02 CLEANING A. When diversion pumping operations are complete, piping shall be drained into the sanitary sewer prior to disassembly END OF SECTION 030147.010 Section 01540 Page 2 of 2 SECTION 01555 • TRAFFIC CONTROL, FLAGMEN AND REGULATION PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Requirements for signs, signals, control devices, flares, lights and traffic signals, as well as construction parking control, designated haul routes and bridging of trenches and excavations. B Requirement for and qualifications of flagmen 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Traffic Control and Regulation Measurement is on a lump sum basis for traffic control and regulation, including submittal of a traffic control plan if different from the plan shown on the Drawings, provision of traffic control devices, and provision of equipment and personnel as necessary to protect the work and the public. The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the schedule of values submitted for traffic control and regulation The use of flagmen, as required, shall be included in the lump sum price. 103 SUBMITTALS A. Submit a traffic control plan, if different from the plan shown on the drawings. B The Contractor shall provide such information and records regarding the use of qualified flagmen to verify that the Contractor's use of"peace officers" as flagmen is in compliance with the Contract Documents and Texas law, including but not limited to, Article 4413 (29bb), commonly referred to as the Private Investigators and Private Security Agencies Act, and Article 2 12, Texas Code of Criminal Procedure. C Make submittals in accordance with Section 01340 -Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 104 FLAGMEN A. Use flagmen, qualified as described under paragraph 1 04 B, Uniformed Peace Officers, or paragraph 1 04 C, Certified Flagmen, to control, regulate, and direct the even flow or movement of vehicular or pedestrian traffic when construction operations encroach on public traffic lanes. B Uniformed Peace Officer A person who has full-time employment as a peace officer and who receives compensation as a flagman for private employment as an individual employee or independent contractor Private employment may be either an employee- employer relationship or on an individual basis A flagman may not be in the employ of another peace officer and may not be a reserve peace officer 030147 010 Section 01555 Page 1 of 4 1 A peace officer is defined as: a. Sheriffs and their deputies, rr' b Constables and deputy constables, c Marshals or police officers of an incorporated city, town, or village; or d As otherwise provided by Article 2 12, Code of Criminal Procedure, as amended 2 A person who has full-time employment as a peace officer is one who is actively employed in a full-time capacity as a peace officer working, on average, a minimum of 32 paid hours per week, being paid at a rate of pay not less than the prevailing minimum hourly wage rate as set by the federal Wage and Hour Act and entitled to the full benefits of participation in any retirement plan, vacation, holidays, and insurance benefits. A reserve peace officer does not qualify, under this definition, as a peace officer C Certified Flagman A person who receives compensation as a flagman and who meets the following qualifications and requirements: 1 Formally trained in traffic control procedures. 2. Required to wear a distinctive uniform, bright-colored vest, and be equipped with i appropriate flagging and communication devices. 3 English speaking, with Spanish as an advantageous, but not required, primary or secondary language. PART2 PRODUCTS 2 01 SIGNS, SIGNALS, AND DEVICES A. Comply with Texas State Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices B Traffic Cones and Drums, Flares and Lights: As approved by local jurisdictions. PARTS EXECUTION 3 01 PUBLIC ROADS A. Abide by laws and regulations of governing authorities when using public roads If the Contractor's work requires that public roads be temporarily impeded or closed, approvals shall be obtained from governing authorities and permits paid for before starting any work. Coordinate activities with the Inspector B Contractor shall maintain at all times a 10-foot-wide all-weather lane adjacent to work areas which shall be kept free of construction equipment and debris and shall be for the use of emergency vehicles, or as otherwise provided in the traffic control plan. 030147 010 Section 01555 Page 2 of 4 C Contractor shall not obstruct the normal flow of traffic from 7 00 a m to 9.00 a m and 4 00 p m. to 6 00 p m. on designated major arterials or as directed by the City Engineer D Contractor shall maintain local driveway access to residential and commercial properties adjacent to work areas at all times E. Cleanliness of Surrounding Streets: 1 Keep streets used for entering or leaving the job area free of excavated material, debris, and any foreign material resulting from construction operations 2. Provide dust control measures as required or as directed by the Engineer 3 02 CONSTRUCTION PARKING CONTROL A. Control vehicular parking to prevent interference with public traffic and parking, access by emergency vehicles, and City's operations. B Monitor parking of construction personnel's vehicles in existing facilities. Maintain vehicular access to and through parking areas. C Prevent parking on or adjacent to access roads or in non-designated areas. 3 03 FLARES AND LIGHTS A. Provide flares and lights during hours of low visibility to delineate traffic lanes and to guide traffic. 3 04 TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS A. Install traffic control devices at approaches to the site and on site, at crossroads, detours, parking areas, and elsewhere as needed to direct construction and affected public traffic. B Install and operate traffic control signals to direct and maintain orderly flow of traffic in areas under Contractor's control and areas affected by Contractor's operations. C Relocate traffic signs and signals as Work progresses to maintain effective traffic control 3 05 BRIDGING TRENCHES AND EXCAVATIONS A. Whenever necessary, bridge trenches and excavation to permit an unobstructed flow of traffic. B Secure bridging against displacement by using adjustable cleats, angles, bolts or other devices whenever bridge is installed 1 On an existing bus route, 2. When more than five percent of daily traffic is comprised of commercial or truck traffic; 030147 010 Section 01555 Page 3 of 4 3 When more than two separate plates are used for the bridge, or 4 When bridge is to be used for more than five consecutive days C Install bridging to operate with minimum noise. D Adequately shore the trench or excavation to support bridge and traffic. E. Extend steel plates used for bridging a minimum of one foot beyond edges of trench or excavation Use temporary paving materials (premix) to feather edges of plates to minimize wheel impact on secured bridging F Use steel plates of sufficient thickness to support H-20 loading, truck or lane, that produces maximum stress 3 06 REMOVAL A. Remove equipment and devices when no longer required B Repair damage caused by installation. C Remove post settings to a depth of 2 feet. _ END OF SECTION 030147 010 Section 01555 Page 4 of 4 SECTION 01562 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Tree and plant protection. 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate payment will be made for tree and plant protection Include in unit price bid for restoration of site improvements. 1 03 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Preserve and protect existing trees and plants to remain from foliage, branch, trunk, or root damage that could result from construction operations B Prevent following types of damage: 1 Compaction of root zone by foot or vehicular traffic, or material storage. 2 Trunk damage from equipment operations, material storage, or from nailing or bolting. 3 Trunk and branch damage caused by ropes or guy wires. 4 Root poisoning from spilled solvents, gasoline, paint, and other noxious materials. 5 Branch damage due to improper pruning or trimming, or from construction equipment. 6 Damage from lack of water due to: a Cutting or altering natural water migration patterns near root zones. b Failure to provide adequate watering 7 Damage from alteration of soil pH factor caused by depositing lime, concrete, plaster, or other base materials near roots. 8 Cutting of roots larger than 1-2 inches in diameter 1 04 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT A. When trees other than those designated for removal are destroyed or badly damaged as a result of construction operations, remove and replace with same size, species, and variety up to and including 8 inches in trunk diameter Tree larger than 8 inches in diameter shall be replaced with an 8-inch diameter tree of the same species and variety and total contract amount will be reduced by an amount determined from the following International Shade 030147.010 Section 01562 Page 1 of 4 Tree Conference formula. 0 7854 x DZ x $38 00 where D is diameter in inches of tree or shrub trunk measured 12 inches above grade. PART2 PRODUCTS 2 01 MATERIALS A. Asphalt Paint: Emulsified asphalt or other adhesive, elastic, antiseptic coating formulated for horticultural use on cut or injured plant tissue, free from kerosene and coal creosote. B Burlap Suitable for use as tree wrapping C Fertilizer Liquid containing 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorus, and 5 percent potash. D All necessary tree replacements shall be as approved by Engineer PART3 EXECUTION 3 01 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING TREES AND SHRUBS A. Except for trees and shrubs shown on Drawings to be removed, all trees and shrubs within the project area are to remain and be protected from damage. B For trees or shrubs to remain, perform the following. 1 Trees and shrubs requiring pruning for construction should also'be pruned for balance as well as to maintain proper form and branching habit. 2 Cut limbs at branch collar No stubs should remain on trees Branch cuts should not gouge outer layer of tree structure or trunk. 3 Use extreme care to prevent excessive damage to root systems. a. Roots in construction areas will be cut smoothly with a trencher before excavation begins. Do not allow ripping of roots with a backhoe or other equipment. b Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out. c. Cover exposed roots with soil as soon as possible. 4 Prevent damage or compaction of root zone (area below dripline) by construction activities. a. Do not allow scarring of trunks or limbs by equipment or other means b Do not store construction materials, vehicles, or excavated material under dripline of trees. c. Do not pour liquid materials under dripline. L� 030147 010 Section 01562 Page 2 of 4 5 Water and fertilize trees and shrubs that will remain to maintain their health during 111. construction period a Supplemental watering of landscaping during construction should be done once every seven days in cold months and once every four days in hotter months. b This watering shall consist of saturating soils at least six to eight inches beneath surface. 6 Water areas currently being served by private sprinkler systems while systems are temporarily taken out of service to maintain health of existing landscapes 7 At option of the Contractor and with the Engineer's permission, trees and shrubs to remain may be temporarily transplanted and returned to original positions under supervision of professional horticulturist. 8 All pruning and relocation of existing trees designated to remain shall be done by a City of Pearland approved land scaping company 3 02 PROTECTION A. Protection of Trees or Shrubs in Open Area. 1 Install steel drive-in fence posts in protective circle, approximately eight feet on center, not closer than four feet to trunk of trees or stems of shrubs. 2 Drive steel drive-in fence posts three feet minimum into ground, leaving five feet minimum above ground 3 Mount steel hog-wire on fence posts 4 For trees or shrubs in paved areas, mount concrete-filled steel pipe 2 1/2 inches in diameter minimum in rubber auto tires filled with concrete (movable posts) B Timber Wrap Protection for Trees in Close Proximity of Moving or Mechanical Equipment and Construction Work: 1 Wrap trunk with layer of burlap 2 Install 2 x 4's or 2 x 5's (5-foot to 6-foot lengths) vertically, spaced three (3) inches to five inches apart around circumference of tree trunk. 3 Tie in place with twelve to nine gauge steel wire. 3 03 MAINTENANCE OF NEWLY PLANTED TREES A. Show proof of capacity to water during dry periods. B The Contractor guarantees that trees planted for this Project shall remain alive and healthy MO at least until the end of a one-year warranty period 030147 010 Section 01562 Page 3 of 4 1 Within four weeks of notice from City, Contractor shall replace, at his expense, any dead trees or any trees that in the opinion of City, have become unhealthy or unsightly or have lost their natural shape as a result of additional growth, improper pruning or maintenance, or weather conditions. 2 When tree must be replaced, the guarantee period for that tree shall begin on date of replacement of tree, subject to the City's inspection, for no less than one year 3 Straighten leaning trees and bear entire cost. 4 Dispose of trees rejected at any time by Engineer at Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION 030147.010 Section 01562 Page 4 of 4 SECTION 01563 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Dewatering, depressurizing, draining, and maintaining trenches, shaft excavations, structural excavations, and foundation beds in a stable condition, and controlling ground water conditions for tunnel excavations. B Protecting work against surface runoff and rising flood waters. C Disposing of removed water 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate payment will be made for Control of Surface Water B Measurement and payment for control of ground water by the use of sumps and sump is incidental to the cost of the utilities being installed C Measurement and payment for control of ground water by dewatering or depressurization shall be on a linear foot of trench basis, for each full day that the system is in operation 103 REFERENCES A. Federal Regulations, 29 CFR Part 1926, Standards-Excavation, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). B Federal Register 40 CFR (Vol 55, No. 222) Part 122, EPA Administered Permit Programs (NPDES), Para 122.26(b)(14) Storm Water Discharge 104 DEFINITIONS A. Ground water control includes both dewatering and depressurization of water bearing soil layers using well points, for either vacuum or eductor systems, or deep wells. 1 Dewatering is lowering the water table and intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from slopes or bottoms of excavations, or into tunnels and shafts, and disposing of removed water 2. Depressurization is reduction in piezometric pressure within a soil strata not controlled by dewatering alone VIO B Control of excavation drainage by sump pumping includes operating the sump pump and drainage facilities installed to collect water in the sump 030147.010 Section 01563 Page 1 of 5 C Control of surface drainage is diversion of surface water away from excavations. 1 05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct subsurface investigations as needed to identify ground water conditions and to provide parameters for installation and operation of ground water control systems Perform pump tests, if necessary, to determine drawdown characteristics of water- bearing layers B Develop a ground water control system, compatible with requirements of Federal Regulations 29 CFR Part 1926 and Section 01526 - Trench Safety Systems, to produce the following results 1 Reduce hydrostatic pressure affecting excavations to the following levels as determined by piezometer observations a. For sewer installation in open-cut construction, reduce the piezometric level to below the trench bottom elevation or to within 2 feet above the top of clay layers b For structural excavations, reduce the piezometric level to at least 3 feet below the excavation bottom elevation or within 2 feet above the top of clay layers c. Where hydrostatic pressure in a confined water-bearing layer exists below the excavation, depressurize this zone to eliminate risk of uplift or other instability of the excavation or installed works Allowable piezometric elevations are defined by submittals for the ground water control plan 2. Develop a stable subgrade for subsequent construction operations 3 Reduce hydrostatic pressure for tunnel excavations as necessary to maintain face stability, grade control, and to control seepage into tunnel C Provide drainage of seepage water and surface water, as well as water from any other source entering the excavation Excavation drainage may include placement of drainage materials, such as crushed stone and filter fabric, together with sump pumping D Locate ground water control and drainage systems so as not to interfere with utilities, construction operations, adjacent properties, or adjacent water wells. E. Modify ground water control systems or operations if they cause or threaten to cause damage to new construction, existing site improvements, adjacent property, or adjacent water wells, or if they affect potentially contaminated areas F Provide piezometers as necessary to monitor piezometric elevations for excavations. 030147.010 Section 01563 Page 2 of 5 106 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in conformance with requirements of Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. B Submit a ground water control plan for record to the Engineer prior to start of any field work. The plan shall be signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas Include the following 1 Results of Contractor's subsurface investigation, if conducted 2. Description of the extent and characteristics of water-bearing layers subject to ground water control based on available geotechnical boring information and Contractor's own investigations. 3 A description of proposed ground water control systems indicating type of well installation and equipment, arrangement, location, depth, and capacities of system components. 4 A description of proposed monitoring installations indicating depths and locations of piezometers, and piezometric control elevations for dewatering and depressurization 5 Calculations supporting selection and design of proposed systems in regard to 1111 well spacing and pumping capacities 6 Proposed methods and locations for disposing of removed water C Submit a summary table upon completed initial installation for each section of work, showing piezometer locations by station, installation depths, baseline piezometric elevation readings, and piezometric control elevations D Submit an updated summary table of piezometric elevations on a weekly basis. Show the piezometric elevations obtained from daily monitoring of dewatering and depressurization effects during ground water control operations. 1 07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission regulations and Texas Water Well Drillers Association for development, drilling, and abandonment of wells used in dewatering system. I 030147.010 Section 01563 Page 3 of 5 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. Equipment and materials are at the option of Contractor as necessary to achieve desired results for ground water control Ground water control systems may include single-stage or multiple-stage well point systems, eductor and ejector-type systems, deep wells, or combinations of these equipment types Excavation drainage and surface drainage may also include sump pumping B Maintain equipment in good repair and operating order C Arrange for standby equipment and materials where required PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 GROUND WATER CONTROL A. Install, operate, and maintain the ground water control system in a manner compatible with construction methods and site conditions. Notify Engineer in writing of any changes made to accommodate field conditions and changes to the Work. B For above ground piping in ground water control system, include a length of clear transparent piping between every well point and discharge header so that discharge from each installation can be visually monitored C Replace installations that produce noticeable amounts of sediments after development. D Provide additional ground water control installations, or change the methods, if the installations do not achieve satisfactory results E Do not allow piezometric pressure levels to rise until foundation concrete has achieved design strength F During backfilling, dewatering may be reduced to maintain water level a minimum of 5 feet below prevailing level of backfill However, do not allow that water level to result in uplift pressures in excess of 80 percent of downward pressure produced by weight of structure or backfill in place G Remove ground water control installations 1 Remove pumping system components and piping when ground water control is no longer required. 2. Remove piezometers, including piezometers installed during the design phase investigations and left for Contractor's use, upon completion of testing 3 Remove monitoring wells when directed by the Engineer 4 Grout abandoned well and piezometer holes Fill piping that is not removed with 030147.010 Section 01563 Page 4 of 5 cement-bentonite grout or cement-sand grout. 3 02 MAINTENANCE AND OBSERVATION A. Conduct daily maintenance and observation of the ground water control system B Replace inoperable or damaged system components as necessary to maintain operation C Keep monitoring system piping accessible for observation 3 03 MONITORING AND RECORDING A. Observe and record elevation of water level daily as long as ground water control system is in operation Observe levels weekly thereafter until the Work is completed or piezometers or wells are removed Initiate more frequent observation when the Engineer determines that more frequent monitoring and recording are required 3 04 SURFACE WATER CONTROL A. Intercept surface water and divert it away from excavations. This includes temporary works required to protect adjoining properties from surface drainage caused by construction operations B Divert surface water and seepage water into sumps and pump it into drainage channels, settling basins, or storm drains END OF SECTION 030147.010 Section 01563 Page 5 of 5 SECTION 01573 FILTER FABRIC FENCE PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of erosion and sediment control filter fabric fences used during construction on an as needed basis and as approved by the Owner's Representative. The purpose of filter fabric fences is to contain pollutants from overland flow 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Filter fabric fence will be measured by the linear foot of completed and accepted filter fabric fence between the limits of the beginning and ending of wooden stakes. Filter fabric fence, measured as stated, will be paid for at the unit price bid for Filter Fabric Fence, Complete in Place. B Payment for filter fabric fence will include and be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, supervision, and all incidental expenses for construction of these items, complete in place, including, but not limited to protection of trees, maintenance requirements, repair and replacement of damaged sections, removal of sediment deposits, and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of construction 103 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturers catalog sheets and other product data on geotextile fabric. 104 REFERENCES A. ASTM D3786 -Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting Strength for Knitted Goods and Nonwoven Fabrics B ASTM D4632 - Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles PART2 PRODUCTS 2 01 FILTER FABRIC A. Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile filter fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B Geotextile fabric shall have a grab strength of 100 psi in any principal direction (ASTM D-4632), Mullen burst strength exceeding 200 psi (ASTM D-3786), and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140 030147 010 Section 01573 Page 1 of 3 C Filter fabric material shall contain ultraviolet inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 degrees F to 120 degrees F D Representative Manufacturers Mirafi, Inc., or equal. PART3 EXECUTION 3 01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A. Provide erosion and sediment control systems at the locations shown on Drawings. Such systems shall be of the type indicated and shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Drawings and specified in this Section B No clearing and grubbing or rough cutting shall be permitted until erosion and sediment control systems are in place, other than site work specifically directed by the City Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying C Maintain existing erosion and sediment control systems located within the project site until acceptance of the project or until directed by the City Engineer to remove and discard the existing system. D Regularly inspect and repair or replace damaged components of filter fabric fences as specified in this Section Unless otherwise directed, maintain the erosion and sediment control systems until the project area stabilization is accepted by the City Remove _ erosion and sediment control systems promptly when directed by the City Engineer Discard removed materials off site. E. Remove sediment deposits and dispose of them at the designated spoil site for the project. If a project spoil site is not designated on the Drawings, dispose of sediment off site at a location not in or adjacent to a stream or floodplain Off-site disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor Sediment to be placed at the project site should be spread evenly throughout the site, compacted and stabilized Sediment shall not be allowed to flush into a stream or drainage way If sediment has been contaminated, it shall be disposed of in accordance with existing federal, state, and local rules and regulations. F Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on areas outside of dedicated rights-of-way and easements for construction Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall be repaired immediately G Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in Section 01572- Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation. 030147 010 Section 01573 Page 2 of 3 3 02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Provide filter fabric fence systems in accordance with the Drawing detail for Filter Fabric Fences. Filter fabric fences shall be installed in such a manner that surface runoff will percolate through the system in sheet flow fashion and allow sediment to be retained and accumulated B Attach the filter fabric to 1-inch by 2-inch wooden stakes spaced a maximum of 3 feet apart and embedded a minimum of 8 inches If filter fabric is factory preassembled with support netting, then maximum spacing allowable is 8 feet. Install wooden stakes at a slight angle toward the source of anticipated runoff C Trench in the toe of the filter fabric fence with a spade or mechanical trencher so that the downward face of the trench is flat and perpendicular to the direction of flow The v-trench configuration as shown on the Drawings may also be used. Lay filter fabric along the edges of the trench Backfill and compact trench D Filter fabric fence shall have a minimum height of 18 inches and a maximum height of 36 inches above natural ground E. Provide the filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the fabric together only at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely F Inspect sediment filter barrier systems after each rainfall, daily during periods of prolonged rainfall, and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged sections immediately Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth one-third the height of the fence or 6 inches, whichever is less. END OF SECTION 030147 010 Section 01573 Page 3 of 3 SECTION 01610 BASIC PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Requirements for transportation, delivery, handling, and storage of materials and equipment. 102 Products. A. Do not reuse materials and equipment, designated to be removed, except as specified by the Contract Documents. B Provide equipment and components from the fewest number of manufacturers as is practical, in order to simplify spare parts inventory and to allow for maximum interchangeability of components. For multiple components of the same size, type or application, use the same make and model of component throughout the project. 103 Transportation A. Make arrangements for transportation, delivery, and handling of equipment and materials required for timely completion of the Work. B Transport and handle products in accordance with instructions. C Consign and address shipping documents to the proper party giving name of Project, street number, and City Shipments shall be delivered to the Contractor 104 Delivery* A. Arrange deliveries of products to accommodate the short term site completion schedules and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation Avoid deliveries that cause lengthy storage or overburden of limited storage space. B Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflict with Work and conditions at the site and to accommodate the following- 1 Work of other contractors or the Owner 2 Limitations of storage space. 3 Availability of equipment and personnel for handling products. 4 Owner's use of premises. C Have products delivered to the site in manufacturer's original, unopened, labeled containers. 030147 010 Section 01610 Page 1 of 3 D Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipment to assure: 1 Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents. 2 Quantities are correct. 3. Containers and packages are intact; labels are legible. 4 Products are properly protected and undamaged 1 05 Product Handling' A. Coordinate the off-loading of materials and equipment delivered to the job site. If necessary to move stored materials and equipment during construction, Contractor shall relocate materials and equipment at no additional cost to the Owner B Provide equipment and personnel necessary to unload and handle products, including those provided by the Owner, by methods to prevent damage to products or packaging C Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent breaking scraping, marring, or otherwise damaging products or surrounding areas. D Handle products by methods to prevent over bending or overstressing E. Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points. F Handle materials and equipment in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. G Do not drop, roll, or skid products off delivery vehicles Hand carry or use suitable materials handling equipment. 1 06 Storage of Material: A. Store and protect materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements of these Specifications. B Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. Place loose soil materials, and materials to be incorporated into the Work to prevent damage to any part of the Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to all parts of the Work and to utility service company installations in the vicinity of the Work. Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, tenants, and occupants. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. C Restrict storage to areas available on the construction site for storage of material and equipment as shown on Drawings or approved by the Owner D Provide off-site storage and protection when on-site storage is not adequate. E. Do not use lawns, grass plots, or other private property for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or other person in possession or control of such premises. F Protect stored materials and equipment against loss or damage. 030147.010 Section 01610 Page 2 of 3 G Store in manufacturers' unopened containers. H Materials delivered and stored along the line of the Work shall be neatly, safely, and compactly stacked along the work site in such manner as to cause the least inconvenience and damage to property owners and the general public, and shall be not closer than 3 feet to any fire hydrant. Public and private drives and street crossings shall be kept open I Damage to lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer The total length which materials may be distributed along the route of construction at any one time is 1,000 lineal feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 030147 010 Section 01610 Page 3 of 3 diPSECTION 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 101 GENERAL A. Prepare and maintain record documents for the project to accurately reflect the construction as built. Documents must be submitted at work completion as a condition of acceptance and final review 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate measurement and payment will be made for Basic Product Requirements. Include in price bid for related items. B As-Built drawings must e reviewed by Owner Representative prior to the approval of each monthly pay estimate. 1 03 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain at the job site, one (1) copy of 1 Contract drawings. 0 2 Complete set of specifications 3 Addenda 4 Reviewed shop drawings and submittal 5 Change orders and field orders. 6 Other contract modifications. 7 Field test records. 8 Correspondence B Label each document"PROJECT RECORD" in two-inch (2") high printed, red letters. Legibly mark contract drawings to record actual construction in clear, legible lines and text: 1 Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to undersiab utilities and appurtenances referenced to permanent surface improvements 2. Horizontal and vertical location of underground and undersiab utilities and appurtenances referenced to permanent surface improvements 3 Location of internal utility and appurtenances reference to permanent surface improvements. 030147 010 Section 01720 Page 1 of 2 4 Field changes of dimension and detail 5 Changes made by change order or field order 6 Details not on original contract drawings C Legibly mark specification and addenda to record 1 Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed 2. Changes made by change order or field order 3. Other matters not originally specified D Legibly annotate the following shop drawing to record changes made after review 1 Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed 2. Changes made by change order or field order 3 Other matters not originally specified 104 SUBMITTALS A. At project completion, deliver record documents to the Engineer Place all letter-sized material in a three (3)-ring binder, neatly indexed Bind contract drawings and shop drawings in rolls of convenient size for ease of handling B Accompany the submittal with a transmittal letter in duplicate, containing 1 Date 2 Project title and number 3 Contractor's name and address 4 Title number of each document 5 Certification that each document as submitted is complete and accurate 6 Signature of Contractor PART 2 PRODUCTS - N/A PART 3 EXECUTION - N/A END OF SECTION 030147.010 Section 01720 Page 2 of 2 SECTION 01740 RESTORATION OF SITE IMPROVEMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Restoration of the work site in public rights-of-way or easements and adjacent public or private property affected by construction operations, including pavement, esplanades, sidewalks, driveways, fences, lawns, landscaping, and mailboxes. 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unpaved Surface Restoration. There shall be no separate measurement and payment of restoration of unpaved surfaces. All disturbed areas shall be restored to pre- construction conditions or better in accordance with the contract documents. B Paved Surface Restoration 1 Pavement and Driveway Replacement: Measure replaced pavement to a maximum of 5 feet from the centerline of pipe, unless indicated otherwise on the 4111 drawings. Payment will be made at the applicable unit price for restoration of each pavement type identified in the bid proposal. This price shall include all saw cutting and pavement replacements complete in place. 2. Replacement Outside of Maximum Dimensions. Pavements, driveways, and sidewalks damaged outside of the maximum dimensions for payment shall be replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner, including saw cutting C Measurement and Payment for extra sawed joints will only be made for areas outside of the typical replacement area that are not damaged by the contract, and are requested to be replaced by the Owner D Service Reconnections. Service reconnections are not considered restoration of site improvements and are not paid under this section. E. Mailboxes. Mail service shall be maintained at all times. Mailboxes to be relocated during construction shall be restored to preconstruction location at no additional cost to the owner in equal or better condition Homeowner shall provide written consent two weeks prior to work in that area for temporary relocation during construction. Post office will be notified as to temporary relocation 72 hours in advance and again upon restoration. 103 REFERENCES 41 A. ANSI Z60 1 -American Standard for Nursery Stock 030147.010 Section 01740 Page 1 of 6 104 DEFINITIONS A. Site Restoration Replacement or reconstruction of site improvement to right-of-way, easements, public property, and private property that are affected or altered by construction operations, with the improvements restored to a condition which is equal to, or better than, that which existed prior to construction operations. B Site Improvements. Includes but is not limited to pavement, curb and gutter, septic systems, esplanades, sidewalks, driveways, fences, lawns, irrigation systems, and landscaping C Line Segment. The length of sewer from center line to center line of manholes, inline junction structure, and bends as designated on drawings, and to the end of stubs or the termination of the pipe. 105 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in conformance with Section 01340- Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. B Submit qualified nursery or landscaping firm to be approved by the City of Pearland for the replacement of landscaping other than sodding and seeding C Submit required warranty information for trees and landscaping restoration 1 06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Have landscape plantings planted by qualified personnel, approved by the City of Pearland 107 SCHEDULING A. After paving or utility work is completed on a line segment, restoration shall be completed within 7 days. Monthly estimates for payment will not be approved unless restoration is completed in accordance with the schedule. B Backfill of excavations shall be completed within 3 days, no holes shall be left open over weekend, except with written approval by the Engineer C For utility work requiring testing or post-installation TV inspection, completion of the segment is not considered to include testing or TV inspection The schedule for completion of site restoration is not determined by completion of testing or TV inspection 108 WARRANTY A. Provide a one-year warranty on trees planted or relocated for this project. Provide a sixty- day warranty on all other landscape improvements. B Replace plants that fail during the warranty period according to the specifications governing the original plants 030147 010 Section 01740 Page 2 of 6 C Contractor to provide a written notification to homeowner stating that homeowner is responsible for watering replaced plants and grasses, after the warranty period D Damage caused by natural hazards such as hail, high winds, or storm is not covered by the warranty E. Existing plant material to be moved on the site are covered under the warranty PART2 PRODUCTS 2 01 MATERIALS A. Pavement, Sidewalks, and Driveways. Use like material in accordance with city standards. See details for required thickness, material and compaction of subgrade, base and paving 1 6" Limestone Base- Base material shall be composed of crushed limestone meeting the requirements of TxDOT Item 247, Type A, Grade 1 The base shall be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by the standard moisture density relation (ASTM D 1557)within two (2) percent of optimum moisture. 2 Hot mix Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course-The asphaltic concrete surface course shall be plant mixed, hot laid Type D (Fine Graded Surface Course) meeting the specifications requirements in TxDOT Item 340 Compaction shall be to within air void range of 3 to 8 percent calculated using the maximum theoretical gravity mix measured by TxDOT Tex-2327-F A uniform amount of tack coat shall be applied to the base material 3 Reinforced Concrete Pavement- The Portland Cement concrete mix shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi, and a minimum of three (3) percent entrained air 4 Special Driveway Finish - Replace private drives with like materials, such as pebble finish, concrete pavers, etc. B Seeding and Sodding. Conform to Section 02921 - Hydromulch Seeding or Section 02922 - Sodding Replace all other grass with like kind C Landscape Plantings, Trees, and Shrubs Provide trees, shrubs, and plants of quantity, size, genus, species, and variety of those being replaced and complying with recommendations and requirements of ANSI Z60 1, unless otherwise noted. D Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP) culverts. RCP culverts shall conform to ASTM C76 or ASTM C655 All RCP culverts that are removed and are not reusable shall be replaced with new RCP culverts. All RCP culverts shall be of the same size and length, unless indicated otherwise on the drawings, as the existing culverts and installed to the new ditch grade as shown on the plans. The contractor shall exercise care when removing culverts and Safety End Treatments (SET's) so that culvert reuse is maximized All culvert joints shall be clean and have new joint sealant. 030147.010 Section 01740 Page 3 of 6 E. Corrugated Metal (Steel) Pipe Culvert (CMP) CMP culverts shall conform to ASTM A760 All CMP culverts that are removed and not reusable shall be replaced with new CMP culverts. All CMP culvert shall be of the same size and length, unless indicated otherwise on the drawings, as the existing and installed to the new ditch grade as shown on the plans. PART3 EXECUTION 3 01 EXAMINATION A. Construction Site Photographs. Document conditions on and adjacent to the construction site with before and after construction photographs. 3 02 PREPARATION A. Removing Pavements and Structures: 1 Remove the minimum pavement, curb, and gutter, and other structures as required to perform the Work. B Remove or relocate existing fencing, if required, for construction operations. Maintain the integrity of the private property owners' fencing if needed for protection of children, pets, livestock, or property Notify the property owner 72 hours in advance before removing fencing and coordinate security needs. 3 03 INSTALLATION A. Pavement, Sidewalks, and Driveway Restoration 1 Replace pavement, curb and gutter, sidewalks, and driveways removed or damaged as the result of construction operations in accordance with city standards. 2. Where replacement sidewalks terminate at a street curb radius, construct a wheelchair ramp If details are not provided in construction documents, submit proposed detail prior to construction. B Seeding and Sodding 1 Clean up construction debris and level the area with bank sand so that the resulting surface of the new grass matches the level of the existing grass and maintains preconstruction drainage patterns. Mix in top soil in accordance with section 02911- Topsoil 2 Restore grass areas disturbed or damaged by construction with grass comparable with that previously existing 3 Restore established lawn areas, including easements and esplanades disturbed or damaged by construction, by sodding and fertilizing in accordance with Section 02922 -Sodding 030147 010 Section 01740 Page 4 of 6 4 Restore grass areas not requiring sodding using hydromuich methods in accordance with Section 02921 - Hydromulch Seeding C Trees, Shrubbery, and Plants: 1 Extra care shall be taken in removing and replanting trees, shrubbery and plants. Trees, shrubbery, and plants shall be placed outside of the excavation area. 2 Replace in kind any trees, shrubbery, and plants removed or damaged by construction operations. 3 Have a nursery or landscape firm make tree replacements using balled-and- burlapped nursery stock. Within the availability of standard nursery stock, replace each removed tree with one of an equivalent species and size, but with not less than a 2-1/2 inch diameter trunk, as measured 1-1/2 feet above natural ground 4 Trees will be replaced within the property and outside the easement, as indicated by the landowner Tree replacements are not to be placed within easements, unless written approval is obtained from the City D Fence Removal and Replacement: 1 Replace fencing removed or damaged, with same type of fencing, including but not limited to posts, caps, concrete footings, concrete curb under fence, wire mesh, wood panels, top and bottom railing, unless otherwise indicated 2 Reconstruct any portion of the fence disturbed by construction to equal or better condition than what existed prior to construction operations as evidenced by preconstruction photographs or videos. 3 Remove and dispose of damaged or substandard material 4 Temporary fencing shall be provided to maintain the same or better level of security as provided by the preconstruction fencing E. Mailboxes Restore mailboxes to pre-construction location in equal or better condition with like materials. 3 04 CLEANING A. Remove debris and trash daily, which is the result of the Contractor's operation to maintain a clean and orderly site. 3 05 MAINTENANCE A. Maintain plantings, sodded areas and seeded areas through warranty period B Replace plantings and seeded or sodded areas that fail to become established through the warranty period 030147 010 Section 01740 Page 5 of 6 C Maintain plantings as follows. 1 Watering until final payment shall be by Contractor Continued maintenance shall be by homeowner 2 Prune, as necessary D If it is necessary to remove tree branches, have removal and other necessary pruning performed by a qualified nursery or landscape firm, approved by the City of Pearland utilizing best standard practices. END OF SECTION 030147.010 Section 01740 Page 6 of 6 41P SECTION 01770 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Requirements for contract closeout including substantial completion and final completion 1 02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND INSPECTION A. The Contractor shall submit the following items prior to requesting substantial completion 1 Operation and Maintenance Data, and evidence of Instructions to Owner's Personnel 2 Keys and Keying Schedule 3 Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials As specified in respective sections of specifications. B When Contractor considers the work substantially complete, he shall submit: 1 A written notice that the work, or designated portion thereof, is substantially complete and that the project start-up has been satisfactorily completed and approved by Owner 2. A list of items to be completed or corrected. C Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, engineer will make an inspection to determine the status of completion D Should the'Engineer determine that the work is not substantially complete, he will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, giving the reason therefore 1 Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the work, and submit a second written notice of substantial completion. 2 Engineer will re-inspect the work. E. When Engineer finds that the work is substantially complete, he will 1 Prepare and deliver to Owner a Certificate of Substantial Completion with a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. 030147 010 Section 01770 Page 1 of 3 2 Owner shall have 7 days after receipt of the certificate of substantial completion to make any written objections in accordance with the general conditions. 1 03 FINAL INSPECTION A. When Contractor considers the work complete, he shall submit written certification that: 1 Contract documents have been reviewed 2 Work has been inspected for compliance with contract documents. 3 Work has been completed in accordance with contract documents. 4 Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Owner's representative and are operational 5 Work is completed and ready for final inspection B Engineer will make an inspection to verify the status of completion with reasonable promptness after receipt of such certification C Should the Engineer consider the work is incomplete or defective. 1 Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or defective work. 2. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies, and submit a second written certification that the work is complete. 3 Engineer will re-inspect the work. D When the Engineer finds the work is acceptable under the contract documents, he shall request the Contractor to make closeout submittals 1 04 CONTRACTOR'S CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents B Operation and Maintenance Data, Instructions to Owner's Personnel C Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials. As specified in respective sections of specifications D Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens Submit the following in such form as approved by the Owner 1 Contractor's affidavit of payment of debts and claims 2 Contractor's affidavit of release of liens, with 030147 010 Section 01770 Page 2 of 3 a Consent of surety to final payment. b Separate releases or waivers of liens for subcontractors and others with lien rights against property of Owner with a list of those parties. 1 05 FINAL ADJUSTMENTS OF ACCOUNTS A. Submit a final statement of accounting which shall reflect all adjustments to the contract sum thus 1 Original contract sum 2 Additions and deductions resulting from a Previous change orders b Allowances. c. Unit prices. d Deductions for uncorrected work. e Deductions for liquidated damages. f Other adjustments. 3 Total contract sum, as adjusted. 4 Previous payments 5 Sum remaining due. B Engineer will prepare final change order, reflecting approved adjustments to contract sum, which were not previously made by change orders 1 06 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Contractor shall submit the final application for payment in accordance with procedures and requirements stated in Article 14 of General Conditions PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION 030147.010 Section 01770 Page 3 of 3 IfSECTION 02082 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Precast concrete sanitary sewer manholes. 1 02 MEASUREMENT.AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and payment for precast concrete manholes will be on a per unit basis up to an eight-foot depth for each type of manhole installed. B Measurement and payment for extra depth manholes is on a unit price basis per vertical foot for each foot of depth greater than 8 feet. C Measurement and payment for drops shall be on a per unit basis up to 3 feet. D Measurement and payment for extra depth drops is on a unit price basis per vertical foot for each foot of depth greater than 3 feet. SI 03 REFERENCES A. ANSI B 16 1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings B ASTM A 307-Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile. C ASTM C 443-Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets. D ASTM C 478- Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. E. ASTM C 923- Standard Specifications for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures and Pipes. F ASTM C 1107- Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Nonshrink) G ASTM D 698 - Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort(12,400 ft-Ib/ft3) H ASTM D 2665- Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste and Vent Pipe and Fittings. I ASTM D 2996- Specification for Filament-Wound Fiberglass (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced II Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe J ASTM D 2997- Specification for Centrifugally Cast Fiberglass (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe 030147.010 Section 02082 Page 1 of 9 K. AWWA C 213 - Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines L. ASTM C 270- Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry 104 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to the requirements of Section 01340 -Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples B Submit manufacturer's data and details of the following items for approval: 1 Shop drawings of manhole sections and base units and construction details, including reinforcement,jointing methods, materials, and dimensions. 2 Summary of criteria used in the manhole design including, as a minimum, material properties, loadings, load combinations, and dimensions assumed. Include certification from manufacturer that precast manhole design is in full accordance with ASTM C 478 and design criteria as established in Paragraph 2.01E of this Specification 3. Frames, grates, rings, and covers. 4 Materials to be used in fabricating drop connections. 5. Materials to be used for pipe connections at manhole walls. 6 Materials to be used for stubs and stub plugs, if required 7 Materials and procedures for corrosion-resistant liner and coatings, if required. 8 Plugs to be used for sanitary sewer hydrostatic testing 9 Manufacturer's data for pre-mix (bag) concrete, if used for channel inverts and benches. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES A. Use manhole sections and base sections conforming to ASM C478. Use base riser section with integral floors, unless indicated otherwise. Adjustment rings shall be standard rings by the manufacturer of the manhole sections meeting material requirements of ASTM C478. Provide interlocking rings for water manholes. Mark date of manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer on inside of barrel. B Construct barrels for precast manholes from standard reinforced concrete manhole sections of diameter indicated on drawings. Use various lengths of manhole sections in combination to provide the correct height with the fewest joints. Wall sections shall be designed for depth and loading conditions but shall not be less than 5 inches thick. Base section shall have a minimum thickness of 12 inches under the invert. 030147 010 Section 02082 Page 2 of 9 • C Provide tops to receive cast iron frames and covers as indicated on Drawings Use tops designed to support an HS-20 loading D Where manholes larger than 48-inch diameter are indicated on Drawings, provide precast base sections with flat slab top precast sections used to transition to 48-inch diameter manhole access riser sections Transition can be concentric or eccentric unless otherwise shown on Drawings. Locate transition to provide a minimum of 7-foot head clearance from top of bench (sanitary) or base to underside of transition unless otherwise approved by Engineer E. Design Loading Criteria The manhole walls, transition slabs, cone tops, and manhole base slab shall be designed, by the manufacturer, to the requirements of ASTM C 478 for the depth as shown on Drawings and to resist the following loads 1 AASHTO H-20 loading applied to the manhole cover and transmitted down to the transition and base slabs 2. Unit soil weight of 120 pcf located above all portions of the manhole, including base slab projections 3 Lateral soil pressure based on saturated soil conditions producing an at-rest equivalent fluid pressure of 100 pcf 4 Internal liquid pressure based on a unit weight of 63 pcf 5 Dead load of manhole sections fully supported by the transition and base slabs. F Design. The manhole walls, transition slabs, cone tops, and manhole base slab shall be designed according to the requirements of ASTM C 478 and the following 1 Design additional reinforcing steel to transfer stresses at openings. 2 Wall loading conditions: a Saturated soil pressure acting on an empty manhole. b Manhole filled with liquid from invert to cover, with no balancing external soil pressure. 3 The minimum clear distance between any two-wall penetrations shall be 12 inches or half the diameter of the smaller penetration, whichever is greater G Provide watertight joints between sections with o-ring gaskets conforming to ASTM C 443. H Do not incorporate manhole steps in manhole sections. 2.02 CONCRETE A. Conform to requirements of Section 03315- Concrete for Utility Construction 030147 010 Section 02082 Page 3 of 9 B Channel Inverts: Concrete for inverts not integrally formed with manhole base shall be either 5 sack premix (bag) concrete or Class A concrete, with a minimum compressive ) strength of 4000 psi. C Cement Stabilized Sand Foundation Cement stabilized sand foundation under base section shall conform to requirements of Section 02321 - Cement Stabilized Sand D Concrete Foundation Provide Class A concrete with minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi for concrete foundation slab under manhole base section where indicated on Drawings 2 03 REINFORCING STEEL A. Reinforcing steel shall conform to requirements of Section 03315- Concrete for Utility Construction 2 04 MORTAR A. Conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S using Portland Cement. 2 05 MISCELLANEOUS METALS A. Provide cast-iron frames, rings, and covers conforming to requirements of Section 02084 - Frames, Grates, Rings and Covers. 2 06 DROP CONNECTIONS AND STUBS A. Provide drop connections and stubs conforming to the same pipe material requirements used in the main pipe, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 2 07 PIPE CONNECTIONS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Provide resilient connectors, including ring gaskets, conforming to requirements of ASTM C 923 Metallic mechanical devices as defined in ASTM C 923 shall be made of the following materials. 1 External clamps: Type 304 stainless steel 2. Internal, expandable clamps on standard manholes: Type 304 stainless steel, 11 gauge minimum. 3 Internal, expandable clamps on corrosion-resistant manholes: a. Type 316 stainless steel, 11 gauge minimum, or b. Type 304 stainless steel, 11 gauge minimum, coated with minimum 16 mil fusion- bonded epoxy conforming to AWWA C 213. B All penetrations shall be ring gasketed. 030147.010 Section 02082 Page 4 of 9 I2 08 SEALANT MATERIALS A Provide sealing materials between precast concrete adjustment ring and manhole cover frame, such as Adeka Ultraseal P201, or approved equal B Provide external sealing material from Canusa Wrapid Seal Manhole encapsulation system, or approved equal 2 09 CORROSION RESISTANT MANHOLE MATERIALS A. Where corrosion-resistant manholes are indicated on the Drawings, provide a corrosion- resistant lining in accordance with Section 02427 2 10 BACKFILL MATERIALS A. Backfill materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 02317- Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 2 11 NON-SHRINK GROUT A. Provide prepackaged, inorganic, flowable, non-gas-liberating, non-metallic, cement-based grout requiring only the addition of water B Grout shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1107 and shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 7000 psi 2 12 VENT PIPES A. Provide external vent pipes for manholes where indicated on the Drawings. B Buried Vent Pipes: Provide 3-inch or 4-inch PVC DWV pipe conforming to ASTM D 2665 Alternatively, provide FRP pipe as specified for the vent outlet assembly C Vent Outlet Assembly' Provide a vent outlet assembly as shown on the Drawings, constructed of the following specified materials: 1 FRP Pipe. Provide filament wound FRP conforming to ASTM D 2996 or centrifugally cast FRP conforming to ASTM D 2997 Seal cut ends in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. 2 Joints and Fittings. Provide epoxy bodied fittings and join pipe to fittings with epoxy adhesive. 3 Flanges: Provide socket-flange fittings for epoxy adhesive bonding to pipe ends where shown on the Drawings. Flanges shall meet bolt pattern and dimensions for ANSI B 16 I, 125-pound flanges. Flange bolts shall be Type 304 stainless steel or hot-dip zinc coated, conforming to ASTM A 307, Class A or B 111 4 Coating Provide a 2-component, aliphatic polyurethane coating using a primer or tie coat recommended by the manufacturer Provide two or more coats to yield a dry film 030147 010 Section 02082 Page 5 of 9 thickness of at least 3 mils. Provide Amershield, Tnemec 74, or approved equal Color shall be selected by the Engineer from the manufacturer's standard colors. 2.13 PROHIBITED MATERIALS A. Do not use brick masonry for construction of sanitary sewer manholes, including adjustment of manholes to grade. Use only specified materials listed above. 2.14 INFLOW PREVENTORS A. All manholes located with streets and sidewalks shall have an inflow preventor installed. In traffic areas, a stainless steel inflow preventor shall be used. In other areas a PVC inflow preventor is acceptable. Watertight manholes with bolted covers do not require an inflow preventor PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that lines and grades are correct. B Determine if the subgrade, when scarified and recompacted, can be compacted to 95 percent of maximum Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D 698 prior to placement of foundation material and base section. If it cannot be compacted to that density, the subgrade shall be moisture conditioned until that density can be reached or shall be treated as an unstable subgrade. C Do not build sanitary sewer manholes in ditches, swales, or drainage paths unless directed by Engineer 3 02 PLACEMENT A. Install precast manholes to conform to locations and dimensions shown on Drawings. B Place manholes at points of change in alignment, grade, size, pipe intersections, and at end of sewer C Manholes located in yards shall be set 3" above natural ground All manholes located in swales shall be set 2" above the centerline at the adjacent roadway 3 03 MANHOLE BASE SECTIONS AND FOUNDATIONS A. Place precast base on 12-inch-thick (minimum)foundation of crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric, cement stabilized sand, or a concrete foundation slab Compact cement-sand in accordance with requirements of Section 02321 - Cement Stabilized Sand B Unstable Subgrade Treatment: Notify the Engineer when unstable subgrade is encountered, for examination to determine if the subgrade has heaved upwards after being excavated. If heaving has not occurred, the subgrade shall be over-excavated to allow for a 24-inch thick layer of crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric as the foundation material 030147.010 Section 02082 Page 6 of 9 under the manhole base. If there is evidence of heaving, a pile-supported concrete foundation shall be provided under the manhole base when indicated by the Engineer 3 04 PRECAST MANHOLE SECTIONS A. Install sections,joints, and gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations. B Install precast adjustment rings above tops of cones or flat-top sections as required to adjust the finished elevation and to support the manhole frame. C Seal any lifting holes with non-shrink grout. D Where PVC liners are required, seal joints between sections in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. E. Do not incorporate manhole steps in manhole sections. 3 05 PIPE CONNECTIONS AT MANHOLES A. Install approved gasketed resilient connectors at each pipe entering and exiting sanitary sewer manholes in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B Ensure that no concrete, cement stabilized sand, fill, or other rigid material is allowed to • enter the space between the pipe and the edge of the wall opening at and around the resilient connector on either the interior or exterior of the manhole. If necessary, fill the space with a compressible material to guarantee the full flexibility provided by the resilient connector C Where a new manhole is to be constructed on an existing sewer, a rigid joint pipe may be used Install a waterstop gasket around the existing pipe at the center of the cast-in-place wall. Join ends of split waterstop material at the pipe springline using an adhesive recommended and supplied by the waterstop manufacturer D Test connection for watertight seal before backfilling. 3 06 INVERTS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth flow transition waterway with no disruption of flow at pipe-manhole connections. Conform to following criteria 1 Slope of invert bench. 1 inch per foot minimum, 1-1/2 inches per foot maximum 2. Depth of bench to invert: a. Pipes smaller than 15-inches one-half of the largest pipe diameter b Pipes 15 to 24-inches• three-fourths of the largest pipe diameter c. Pipes larger than 24-inches equal to the largest pipe diameter 3 Invert slope through manhole: 0 10-foot drop across manhole with smooth transition of invert through manhole, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 030147.010 Section 02082 Page 7 of 9 B Form invert channels with concrete if not integral with manhole base section. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum possible radius of curvature. Provide curves for side inlets and smooth invert fillets for flow transition between pipe inverts. 3.07 DROP CONNECTIONS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Backfill drop assembly in accordance with the drawings. B Install a drop connection when a sewer line enters a manhole higher than 36 inches above the invert of a manhole. 3 08 STUBS FOR FUTURE CONNECTIONS A. In manholes, where future connections are indicated on the Drawings, install resilient connectors and pipe stubs with approved watertight plugs. Stubs shall be a minimum of 5 feet from the manhole, unless otherwise indicated Plugs shall be polyethylene pipe plugs by Taylor Made Plastics or equal 3 09 MANHOLE FRAME AND ADJUSTMENT RINGS A. Combine precast concrete and H D.P E. adjustment rings so that the elevation of the installed casting cover matches the pavement surface or given elevations. Bricks will not be allowed for the adjustment of manholes. Seal between precast adjustment ring and the precast top section with non-shrink grout; do not use mortar between adjustment rings. Apply a latex-based bonding agent to adjustment ring concrete surfaces to be joined with non-shrink grout. Install H P D E. adjustment rings in accordance with the manufactures recommendations. Set the cast iron frame on the adjustment ring in a bed of approved sealant. The sealant bed shall consist of two beads of sealant, each bead having minimum dimensions of 1/2-inch tall and 3/4-inch wide. D Do not use H P D E. rings if adjustment rings will be exposed C For manholes in unpaved areas, top of frame shall be set a minimum of 3 inches above existing ground line unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. In unpaved areas, encase the manhole frame in mortar or non-shrink grout placed flush with the face of the manhole ring and the top edge of the frame. Provide a rounded corner around the perimeter 3 10 MANHOLE SEALANT A. Encase manhole joints with Canusa Wrapid Seal manhole encapsulation system or approved equal 311 BACKFILL A. Place and compact backfill materials in the area of excavation surrounding manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Provide embedment zone backfill material, as specified for the adjacent utilities, from manhole foundation up to an elevation 12 inches over each pipe connected to the manhole. Provide trench zone backfill, as specified for the adjacent utilities, above the embedment zone backfill. 030147.010 Section 02082 Page 8 of 9 B Where rigid joints are used for connecting existing sewers to the manhole, backfill under the existing sewer up to the springline of the pipe with Class B concrete or flowable fill C In unpaved areas, provide positive drainage away from manhole frame to natural grade. Provide restoration in accordance with Section 01740 - Restoration of Site Improvements. 3 12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Conduct leakage testing of manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02533- Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers. 313 PROTECTION A. Protect manholes from damage until work has been finally accepted Repair damage to manholes at no additional cost to the Owner END OF SECTION S I 030147.010 Section 02082 Page 9 of 9 SECTION 02084 FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS, AND COVERS PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Iron castings for manhole frames and covers, inlet frames and grates, catch basin frames and grates, meter vault frames and covers, adjustment rings, and extensions. B Ring grates. 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate payment will be made for frames, gates, rings, and covers. Include cost in items incorporating frames, grates, rings, and/or covers. 103 REFERENCES A. AASHTO -American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials Standard Specification for Highway Bridges. B ASTM A 48 -Specification for Gray Iron Castings C ASTM A 615-Standard Specification for Deformed Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. D AWS - D 12 1 Welding Reinforcing Steel 104 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to the requirements of Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. B Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications, load tables, dimension diagrams, anchor details, and installation instructions. C Submit shop drawings for fabrication and installation of casting assemblies that are not included in Drawings. Include plans, elevations, sections and connection details. Show anchorage and accessory items. Include setting drawings for location and installation of castings and anchorage devices. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CASTINGS A. Castings for frames, grates, rings and covers shall conform to ASTM A 48, Class 30 Provide locking covers if indicated on Drawings. 030147 010 Section 02084 Page 1 of 2 B Castings shall be capable of withstanding the application of an AASHTO H-20 loading without permanent deformation C Fabricate castings to conform to the shapes, dimensions, and with wording or logos shown on the Drawings. Standard dimensions for manhole covers are 32 inches in diameter D Castings shall be clean, free from blowholes and other surface imperfections. Cast holes in covers shall be clean and symmetrical, free of plugs 2.02 BEARING SURFACES A. Machine bearing surfaces between covers or grates and their respective frames so that even bearing is provided for any position in which the casting may be seated in the frame. 2 03 MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS A. Manhole frame and cover to be East Jordan Iron Works Patten or other approved equal as indicated on the drawings. 2 04 SPECIAL FRAMES AND COVERS A. Where indicated on the Drawings, provide watertight manhole frames and covers with a minimum of four stainless steel bolts and a gasket designed to seal cover to frame. Manhole pattern to be as indicated on the drawings. 2.05 FABRICATED RING GRATES A. Ring grates shall be fabricated from reinforcing steel conforming to ASTM A 615 B Welds connecting the bars shall conform to AWS D 12 1 2.06 ADJUSTMENT RINGS A. Precast concrete rings. B HDPE rings as manufactured by Ladtech, Inc., or equal PART3 EXECUTION 3 01 INSTALLATION A. Install castings according to approved shop drawings, instructions given in related specifications, and applicable directions from the manufacturer's printed materials. B Set castings accurately at required locations to proper alignment and elevation. Keep castings plumb, level, true, and free of rack. Measure location accurately from established lines and grades. Brace or anchor frames temporarily in formwork until permanently set. C Ring grates shall be fabricated in accordance with the Drawings and shall be set in mortar in the mouth of the pipe bell __ END OF SECTION 030147 010 Section 02084 Page 2 of 2 SECTION 02317 } EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavation, trenching, foundation, embedment, and backfill for installation of utilities, including manholes and other pipeline structures. 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate payment will be made for excavation and backfill for utilities in accordance with the standard details. Include in price bid for utilities. 103 DEFINITIONS A. Pipe Foundation. Suitable and stable native soils that are exposed at the trench subgrade after excavation to depth of bottom of the bedding as shown on the Drawings, or foundation backfill material placed and compacted in over-excavations. B Pipe Bedding The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of foundation up to a level line at bottom of pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall C Haunching The material placed on either side of pipe from top of bedding up to springline of pipe and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall D Initial Backfill The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from springline of pipe (top of haunching) up to a level line 12 inches above top of pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall E. Pipe Embedment: The portion of trench backfill that consists of bedding, haunching and initial backfill F Trench Zone: The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of pipe embedment up to pavement subgrade or up to final grade when not beneath pavement. G Unsuitable Material. Unsuitable soil materials are the following: 1 Materials that are classified as ML, CL-ML, MH, PT, OH and OL according to ASTM D 2487 2. Materials that cannot be compacted to required density due to either gradation, plasticity, or moisture content. 3 Materials that contain large clods, aggregates, stones greater than 4 inches in any dimension, debris, vegetation,waste or any other deleterious materials. 4 Materials that are contaminated with hydrocarbons or other chemical contaminants. 030147.010 Section 02317 Page 1 of 12 H Suitable Material. Suitable soil materials are those,meeting specification requirements. Unsuitable soils meeting specification requirements for suitable soils after treatment with lime or cement are considered suitable, unless otherwise indicated. I Backfill Suitable material meeting specified quality requirements, placed and compacted under controlled conditions. J Ground Water Control Systems: Installations external to trench, such as well points, eductors, or deep wells. Ground water control includes dewatering to lower ground water, intercepting seepage, which would otherwise emerge from side or bottom of trench excavation, and depressurization to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom. Refer to Section 01563 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water K. Surface Water Control' Diversion and drainage of surface water runoff and rainwater away from trench excavation. Rainwater and surface water accidentally entering trench shall be controlled and removed as a part of excavation drainage. L. Excavation Drainage: Removal of surface and seepage water in trench by sump pumping and using a drainage layer, as defined in ASTM D 2321, placed on the foundation beneath pipe bedding or thickened bedding layer of Class I material M Trench Conditions are defined with regard to the stability of trench bottom and trench walls of pipe embedment zone. Maintain trench conditions that provide for effective placement and compaction of embedment material directly on or against undisturbed soils or foundation backfill, except where structural trench support is necessary 1 Dry Stable Trench Stable and substantially dry trench conditions exist in pipe embedment zone as a result of typically dry soils or achieved by ground water control (dewatering or depressurization) for trenches extending below ground water level 2 Stable Trench with Seepage: Stable trench in which ground water seepage is controlled by excavation drainage. a. Stable Trench with Seepage in Clayey Soils. Excavation drainage is provided in lieu of or to supplement ground water control systems to control seepage and provide stable trench subgrade in predominately clayey soils prior to bedding placement. b Stable Wet Trench in Sandy Soils: Excavation drainage is provided in the embedment zone in combination with ground water control in predominately sandy or silty soils. 3 Unstable Trench. Unstable trench conditions exist in the pipe embedment zone if ground water inflow or high water content causes soil disturbances, such as sloughing, sliding, boiling, heaving or loss of density 030147.010 Section 02317 Page 2 of 12 N Subtrench: Subtrench is a special case of benched excavation Subtrench excavation below trench shields or shoring installations may be used to allow placement and compaction of foundation or embedment materials directly against undisturbed soils. Depth of a subtrench depends upon trench stability and safety as determined by the Contractor O Trench Dam A placement of low permeability material in pipe embedment zone or foundation to prohibit ground water flow along the trench P Over-Excavation and Backfill: Excavation of subgrade soils with unsatisfactory bearing capacity or composed of otherwise unsuitable materials below top of foundation as shown on Drawings, and backfilled with foundation backfill material Q. Foundation Backfill Materials: Natural soil or manufactured aggregate of controlled gradation, and geotextile filter fabrics as required, to control drainage and material separation Foundation backfill material is placed and compacted as backfill to provide stable support for bedding. Foundation backfill materials may include concrete seal slabs. R. Trench Safety Systems include both Protective Systems and Shoring Systems as defined in Section 01526 -Trench Safety Systems. S Trench Shield (Trench Box). A portable worker safety structure moved along the trench as work proceeds, used as a Protective System and designed to withstand forces imposed on it by cave-in, thereby protecting persons within the trench Trench shields may be stacked if so designed or placed in a series depending on depth and length of excavation to be protected T Shoring System A structure that supports sides of an excavation to maintain stable soil conditions and prevent cave-ins, or to prevent movements of the ground affecting adjacent installations or improvements U Special Shoring. A shoring system meeting Special Shoring requirements for locations identified on the Drawings. 104 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 12 - Standard Practice for Installing Vitrified Clay Pipe Lines B ASTM D 558- Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soil Cement Mixtures. C ASTM D 698- Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 5 5-lb (2 49-kg) Rammer and 12-in. (304 8-mm) Drop D ASTM D 1556 - Test Method for Density in Place by the Sand-Cone Method E. ASTM D 2321 - Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity Flow Applications. F ASTM D 2487- Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes. 030147.010 Section 02317 Page 3 of 12 G ASTM D 2922 -Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) H ASTM D 3017- Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) I ASTM D 4318 -Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. J TxDOT Tex-101-E- Preparation of Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing K. TxDOT Tex-110-E- Determination of Particle Size Analysis of Soils. L. Federal Regulations, 29 CFR Part 1926, Standards-Excavation, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 105 SCHEDULING A. Schedule work so that pipe embedment can be completed on the same day that acceptable foundation has been achieved for each section of pipe installation, manhole, or other structures 106 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall comply with Section 01340 -Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. B Submit a written description for information only of the planned typical method of excavation, backfill placement and compaction, including 1 Sequence of work and coordination of activities. 2. Selected trench widths. 3 Procedures for foundation and embedment placement, and compaction. 4 Procedure for use of trench boxes and other premanufactured systems while assuring specified compaction against undisturbed soil C Submit a ground and surface water control plan in accordance with requirements in this Section and Section 01563 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water D Submit backfill material sources and product quality information in accordance with requirements of Section 02320 - Utility Backfill Materials. E. Submit record of location of utilities as installed, referenced to survey control points. Include locations of utilities encountered or rerouted Give stations, horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts, and gradients. F Submit a letter from the pipe material manufacturer that the selected embedment material & proposed installation procedures are in compliance with their recommendations for this project. 030147.010 Section 02317 Page 4 of 12 107 TESTS A. Testing and analysis of backfill materials for soil classification and compaction during construction will be performed by an independent laboratory approved by the Owner in accordance with requirements of Section 01410 -Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section B Perform backfill material source qualification testing in accordance with requirements of Section 02320- Utility Backfill Materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT A. Perform excavation with hydraulic excavator or other equipment suitable for achieving the requirements of this Section. B Use only hand-operated tamping equipment until a minimum cover of 12 inches is obtained over pipes, conduits, and ducts. Do not use heavy compacting equipment until adequate cover is attained to prevent damage to pipes, conduits, or ducts. C Use trench shields or other Protective Systems or Shoring Systems which are designed and operated to achieve placement and compaction of backfill directly against undisturbed native soil 41 2.02 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS A. Embedment and Trench Zone Backfill materials. Conform to the classifications and product descriptions of Section 02320 - Utility Backfill Materials. B Concrete Backfill. Conform to requirements for Class B concrete as specified in Section 03315- Concrete for Utility Construction C Geotextile (Filter Fabric). Conform to requirements of Section 02621 - Geotextile. D Concrete for Trench Dams: Concrete backfill or 3 sack premixed (bag) concrete. E. Timber Shoring Left in Place: Untreated oak PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 STANDARD PRACTICE A. Install flexible pipe, including "semi-rigid"pipe, to conform to standard practice described in ASTM D 2321, and as described in this Section. Where an apparent conflict occurs between the standard practice and the requirements of this Section, this Section governs. B Install rigid pipe to conform with standard practice described in ASTM C 12, and as described in this Section Where an apparent conflict occurs between the standard practice and the requirements of this Section, this Section governs. 030147.010 Section 02317 Page 5 of 12 3 02 PREPARATION A. Maintain barricades and warning lights for streets and intersections where Work is in progress or where affected by the Work, and is considered hazardous to traffic movements. B Perform Work to conform to applicable safety standards and regulations. Employ a trench safety system as specified in Section 01526 -Trench Safety Systems. C Immediately notify the agency or company owning any existing utility line, which is damaged, broken, or disturbed. Obtain approval from the Engineer and agency for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent. D Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures to conform with Section 01563 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water E. Maintain permanent benchmarks, monumentation, and other reference points. Unless otherwise directed in writing, replace those that are damaged or destroyed. 3 03 PROTECTION A. Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, existing structures, and other permanent objects outside of grading limits and within the grading limits as designated on the Drawings. B Protect and support above-grade and below-grade utilities, which are to remain C Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre-construction conditions unless replacement or abandonment of facilities are indicated on the Drawings. D Take measures to minimize erosion of trenches. Do not allow water to pond in trenches. Where slides, washouts, settlements, or areas with loss of density or pavement failures or potholes occur repair, recompact, and pave those areas at no additional cost to the Owner 3 04 EXCAVATION A. Except as otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings, install underground utilities in open cut trenches with vertical sides. B Perform excavation work so that pipe, conduit, and ducts can be installed to depths and alignments shown on the Drawings. Avoid disturbing surrounding ground and existing facilities and improvements. C Determine trench excavation widths in accordance with the drawings. Maximum trench width shall be the minimum trench width plus 24 inches. D Use sufficient trench width or benches above the embedment zone for installation of well point headers or manifolds and pumps where depth of trench makes it uneconomical or impractical to pump from the surface elevation Provide sufficient space between shoring cross braces to permit equipment operations and handling of forms, pipe, embedment and backfill, and other materials. 030147.010 Section 02317 Page 6 of 12 • E. Upon discovery of unknown utilities, badly deteriorated utilities not designated for removal, • or concealed conditions, discontinue work at that location Notify the Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding F Shoring of Trench Walls: 1 Install Special Shoring in advance of trench excavation or simultaneously with the trench excavation, so that the soils within the full height of the trench excavation walls will remain fully laterally supported at all times. 2 For all types of shoring, support trench walls in the pipe embedment zone throughout the installation. Provide trench wall supports sufficiently tight to prevent washing the trench wall soil out from behind the trench wall support. 3 Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, leave sheeting driven into or below the pipe embedment zone in place to preclude loss of support of foundation and embedment materials Leave rangers,walers, and braces in place as long as required to support sheeting, which has been cut off, and the trench wall in the vicinity of the pipe zone. 4 Employ special methods for maintaining the integrity of embedment or foundation material Before moving supports, place and compact embedment to sufficient depths to provide protection of pipe and stability of trench walls. As supports are moved, finish placing and compacting embedment. 5 If sheeting or other shoring is used below top of the pipe embedment zone, do not disturb pipe foundation and embedment materials by subsequent removal. Maximum thickness of removable sheeting extending into the embedment zone shall be the equivalent of a 1-inch-thick steel plate. Fill voids left on removal of supports with compacted backfill material. G Use of Trench Shields. When a trench shield (trench box) is used as a worker safety device, the following requirements apply 1 Make trench excavations of sufficient width to allow shield to be lifted or pulled freely, without damage to the trench sidewalls. 2 Move trench shields so that pipe, and backfill materials, after placement and compaction, are not damaged nor disturbed, nor the degree of compaction reduced 3 When required, place, spread, and compact pipe foundation and bedding materials beneath the shield For backfill above bedding, lift the shield as each layer of backfill is placed and spread Place and compact backfill materials against undisturbed trench walls and foundation 4 Maintain trench shield in position to allow sampling and testing to be performed in a safe manner 030147.010 Section 02317 Page 7 of 12 3 05 HANDLING EXCAVATED MATERIALS A. Use only excavated materials, which are suitable as defined in this Section and conforming with Section 02320 - Utility Backfill Materials. Place material suitable for backfilling in stockpiles at a distance from the trench to prevent slides or cave-ins B When required, provide additional backfill material conforming to requirements of Section 02320- Utility Backfill Materials. C Do not place stockpiles of excavated materials on streets and adjacent properties 3 06 GROUND WATER CONTROL A. Implement ground water control according to Section 01563 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water Provide a stable trench to allow installation in accordance with the Specifications. 3 07 TRENCH FOUNDATION A. Excavate bottom of trench to uniform grade to achieve stable trench conditions and satisfactory compaction of foundation or bedding materials. B Place trench dams in Class I foundations in line segments longer than 100 feet between manholes, and not less than one in every 500 feet of pipe placed Install additional dams as needed to achieve workable construction conditions. Do not place trench dams closer than 5 feet from manholes. C In the event that a stable trench cannot be obtained through dewatering due to unsuitable soil materials, over-excavate and replace unsuitable material with crushed rock wrapped in filter fabric. 3 08 PIPE EMBEDMENT PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Immediately prior to placement of embedment materials, the bottoms and sidewalls of trenches shall be free of loose, sloughing, caving, or otherwise unsuitable soil B Place embedment including bedding, haunching and initial backfill to meet requirements indicated on Drawings. C For pipe installation, manually spread embedment materials around the pipe to provide uniform bearing and side support when compacted Perform placement and compaction directly against the undisturbed soils in the trench sidewalls, or against sheeting which is to remain in place. D Do not place trench shields or shoring within height of the embedment zone unless means to maintain the density of compacted embedment material are used If moveable supports are used in embedment zone, lift the supports incrementally to allow placement and compaction of the material against undisturbed soil E. Place geotextile to prevent particle migration from the in-situ soil into open-graded (Class I) embedment materials or drainage layers. 030147.010 Section 02317 Page 8 of 12 F Do not damage coatings or wrappings of pipes during backfilling and compacting operations. When embedding coated or wrapped pipes, do not use crushed stone or other sharp, angular aggregates. G Place haunching material manually around the pipe and compact it to provide uniform bearing and side support. If necessary, hold small-diameter or lightweight pipe in place during compaction of haunch areas and placement beside the pipe with sand bags or other suitable means. H Shovel-in-place and compact embedment material using pneumatic tampers in restricted areas, and vibratory-plate compactors or engine-powered jumping jacks in unrestricted areas Compact each lift before proceeding with placement of the next lift. Water tamping is not allowed. 1 Class I embedment materials. a. Maximum 8 inches compacted lift thickness. b Systematic compaction by at least two passes of vibrating equipment. Increase compaction effort as necessary to effectively embed the pipe to meet the deflection test criteria. • c. Moisture content as determined by Contractor for effective compaction without softening the soil of trench bottom, foundation or trench walls. 2 Class II embedment and cement stabilized sand. a. Maximum 8 inches compacted thickness. b Compaction by methods determined by Contractor to achieve a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined according to ASTM D 698 for Class II materials and according to ASTM D 558 for cement stabilized materials. c. Moisture content of Class II materials within 3 percent of optimum as determined according to ASTM D 698 Moisture content of cement stabilized sands on the dry side of optimum as determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for effective hydration 3 09 TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Place backfill for pipe or conduits and restore surface as soon as practicable. Leave only the minimum length of trench open as necessary for construction. B Where damage to completed pipe installation work is likely to result from withdrawal of sheeting, leave the sheeting in place. Cut off sheeting 1 5 feet or more above the crown of the pipe. Remove trench supports within 5 feet from the ground surface. 030147 010 Section 02317 Page 9 of 12 C For sewer pipes, use backfill materials described below For trench zone backfill in paved areas for streets and to one foot back of curbs and pavements, use cement stabilized sand compacted to 95 percent of maximum dry density Use select backfill within one foot below pavement subgrade for rigid pavement. For asphalt concrete, use flexible base material within one foot below pavement subgrade. 1 Cement-stabilized sand a. Maximum lift thickness determined by Contractor to achieve uniform placement and required compaction, but not exceeding 24 inches. b Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558 c. Moisture content on the dry side of optimum determined according.to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for cement hydration 2 Select fill a. Maximum 8 inches compacted thickness. b Compaction by equipment providing tamping or kneading impact to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698 c. Moisture content within 2 percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698 3 Fat clays (CH) (LL>65) may be used as trench zone backfill outside paved areas at the Contractor's option If the required density is not achieved, the Contractor, at his option and at no additional cost to the Owner, may use lime stabilization to achieve compaction requirements or use a different suitable material. a Maximum 8 inch compacted lift thickness for clayey soils and maximum 12-inch lift thickness for granular soils. b Compact to a minimum of 90 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. 95 percent density is required above profile wall pipe in both paved and unpaved areas. c. Moisture content as necessary to achieve density D Alternative, proven methods of backfilling may be submitted in writing provided that they meet the density requirements listed above. The submission of alternative methods is no guarantee of approval. 3 10 MANHOLES, JUNCTION BOXES AND OTHER PIPELINE STRUCTURES A. Meet the requirements of adjoining utility installations for backfill of pipeline structures, as shown on the Drawings. 030147 010 Section 02317 Page 10 of 12 ASO 3 11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 11, A. Test for material source qualifications as defined in Section 02320- Utility Backfill Materials. B Provide excavation and trench safety systems at locations and to depths required for testing and retesting during construction at no additional cost to Owner C Tests will be performed on a minimum of three different samples of each material type for plasticity characteristics, in accordance with ASTM D 4318, and for gradation characteristics, in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E. Additional classification tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity D At least three tests for moisture-density relationships will be performed initially for backfill materials in accordance with ASTM D 698, and for cement- stabilized sand in accordance with ASTM D 558 Additional moisture-density relationship tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity E. In-place density tests of compacted pipe foundation, embedment and trench zone backfill soil materials will be performed according to ASTM D 1556, or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017, and at the following frequencies and conditions. 1 A minimum of one test for every 20 cubic yards of compacted embedment and for every 50 cubic yards of compacted trench zone backfill material. 2. A minimum of three density tests for each full shift of Work. 3 Density tests will be distributed among the placement areas. Placement areas are: foundation, bedding, haunching, initial backfill and trench zone. 4 The number of tests will be increased if inspection determines that soil type or moisture content are not uniform or if compacting effort is variable and not considered sufficient to attain uniform density, as specified 5 Density tests may be performed at various depths below the fill surface by pit excavation. Material in previously placed lifts may therefore be subject to acceptance/rejection. 6 Two verification tests will be performed adjacent to in-place tests showing density less than the acceptance criteria. Placement will be rejected unless both verification tests show acceptable results. 7 Recompacted placement will be retested at the same frequency as the first test series, including verification tests F Recondition, recompact, and retest at Contractor's expense if tests indicate Work does not11 . meet specified compaction requirements. For hardened soil cement with nonconforming density, core and test for compressive strength at Contractor's expense. G Acceptability of crushed rock compaction will be determined by inspection 030147.010 Section 02317 Page 11 of 12 3 12 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL A. Dispose of excess materials off site in a manner not to injure the Owner END OF SECTION 030147.010 Section 02317 Page 12 of 12 SECTION 02320 UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Material Classifications B Utility Backfill Materials: 1 Crushed stone 2 Bank run sand 3 Select backfill 4 Random backfill 5. Cement Stabilized Sand C Material handling and quality control requirements. 1 02 MEASUREMENT OF PAYMENT A. No separate payment will be made for utility backfill materials Include in price bid for utilities. B If extra backfill material is requested by the inspector that is not called for in the contract documents, it will be paid for on a per ton basis. Copies of delivery tickets must be provided to the inspector at the time of installation 103 DEFINITIONS A. Backfill. Suitable material meeting specified quality requirements for the designated application as embedment or trench zone backfill B Embedment: Material placed under controlled conditions within the embedment zone extending vertically upward from top of foundation to an elevation 12 inches above top of pipe, and including pipe bedding, haunching and initial backfill C Trench Zone Backfill Material meeting specified quality requirements and placed under controlled conditions in the trench zone from top of embedment zone to base course in paved areas or to the surface grading material in unpaved areas D Foundation Either suitable soil of the trench bottom, or material placed as backfill of over- excavation for removal and replacement of unsuitable or otherwise unstable soils. E. Source: A source selected by the Contractor for supply of embedment or trench zone backfill material A selected source may be the project excavation, off-site borrow pits, commercial borrow pits, or sand and aggregate production or manufacturing plants. 030147.010 Section 02320 Page 1 of 8 F Refer to Section 02317- Excavation and Backfill for Utilities for other definitions regarding utility installation by trench construction 104 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 33- Specification for Concrete Aggregate. B ASTM C 40 - Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete. C ASTM C 123 - Test Method for Lightweight Pieces in Aggregate. D ASTM C 131 - Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. E. ASTM C 142 - Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates. F ASTM C 136 - Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. G ASTM D 2487 - Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System) H ASTM D 2488 - Standard Practice for Description and Identification of Soils (Visual-Manual Procedure). I ASTM D 4318 -Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. J TxDOT Tex-101-E- Preparation of Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing K. TxDOT Tex-110-E- Determination of Particle Size Analysis of Soils. 105 SUBMITTALS A. Submit a description of source, material classification and product description, production method, and application of backfill materials. B Submit test results for samples of off-site backfill materials to comply with Paragraph 3 03, Field Quality Control C Identify off-site sources for backfill materials at least 14 days ahead of intended use so that the Engineer may obtain samples for verification testing D Before stockpiling materials, submit a copy of temporary easement or approval from landowner for stockpiling backfill material on private property 106 TESTS A. Perform tests of sources for backfill material in accordance with Paragraph 3 03A. B Verification tests of backfill materials may be performed by the Owner in accordance with Paragraph 3 03B 030147 010 Section 02320 Page 2 of 8 C Random fill obtained from the Project excavation as source is exempt from prequalification requirements by Contractor but must be inspected for unacceptable materials based on ASTM D 2488 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS A. Materials for backfill shall be classified for the purpose of quality control in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification Symbols as defined in ASTM D 2487 Material use and application is defined in utility installation specifications and Drawings either by class, as described in Paragraph 2.01 B, or by product descriptions, as given in Paragraph 2 02 B Class Designations Based on Laboratory Testing 1 Class I Well graded sands and gravels, gravel-sand mixtures, crushed well graded rock, little or no fines (GW, SW) a Plasticity Index: Nonplastic. b Gradation D60/D10- greater than four percent. Amount passing No. 200 Sieve- less than or equal to 5 percent 2. Class II Poorly graded gravels and sands, silty sands and gravels, little to moderate fines (GM, GP, SP, SM)* a Plasticity Index: Nonplastic to four b Gradation (GP, SP) Amount passing No. 200 Sieve- less than five percent. c. Gradation (GM, SM) Amount passing No. 200 Sieve- between 12 percent and 50 percent 3 Class III Clayey gravels and sands, poorly graded mixtures of sand, gravel, and clay (GC, SC). a. Plasticity Index: greater than seven b Gradation Amount passing No. 200 Sieve- between 12 percent and 50 percent 4 Class IV* Lean clays (CL) a. Plasticity Index: greater than seven b Liquid Limit: less than 50 c. Gradation Amount passing No. 200 Sieve- greater than 50 percent d. Inorganic 5. Use soils with dual class designation according to ASTM D 2487 according to the more restrictive class. 030147 010 Section 02320 Page 3 of 8 2 02 PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS A. Soils classified as silt (ML), silty clay (CL- ML with PI of 4 to 7), elastic silt (MH), organic clay and organic silt (OL, OH), and organic matter(PT) are not acceptable as backfill materials. These soils may be used for site grading and restoration in unimproved areas as approved by the Engineer Soils classified as fat clay (CH) may be used as backfill materials where allowed by the applicable backfill installation specification Refer to Section 02317 -'Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B Provide backfill material that is free of stones greater than 6 inches, free of roots, waste, debris, trash, organic material, unstable material, non-soil matter, hydrocarbon or other contamination, conforming to the following limits for deleterious materials. 1 Clay lumps. Less than 0 5 percent for Class I, and less than 2.0 percent for Class II, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 142. 2 Lightweight pieces: Less than 5 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C.123. 3 Organic impurities. No color darker than standard color when tested in accordance with ASTM C 40 C Manufactured materials may be substituted for natural soil or rock products where indicated in the product specification, and approved by the Engineer, provided that the physical property criteria are determined to be satisfactory by testing D Bank Run Sand- Durable bank run sand classified as SP, SW, or SM by the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D 2487) meeting the following requirements. 1 Less than 15 percent passing the number 200 sieve when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136 The amount of clay lumps or balls not exceeding 2 percent. 2 Material passing the number 40 sieve shall meet the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318- a. Liquid limit not exceeding 25. b. Plasticity index not exceeding 7 E. Crushed Aggregates. All crushed aggregates consist of durable particles obtained from an approved source and meeting the following requirements. 1 All materials of one product delivered for the same construction activity from a single source. 2 Non-plastic fines 3 Los Angeles abrasion test wear not exceeding 40 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131 4 Gradations, as determined in accordance with TEX-110-E. 030147.010 Section 02320 Page 4 of 8 S • Percent Passing by Weight for Pipe Embedment Sieve By Ranges of Nominal Pipes Sizes >15" 15"- 8" <8" 1" 95 - 100 100 - 3/4" 60 - 90 90 - 100 100 1/2" 25- 60 - 90 - 100 3/8" - 20- 55 40 - 70 No. 4 0 - 5 0- 10 0- 15 No. 8 - 0- 5 0- 5 5 Crushed stone: Produced from oversize quarried aggregate, sized by crushing from a naturally occurring single source. Crushed gravel or uncrushed gravel are not acceptable material for utility embedment. 1111 • 6 Crushed Concrete: Crushed concrete is an acceptable substitute for crushed stone as utility backfill. Gradation and quality control test requirements are the same as crushed stone. Provide crushed concrete produced from normal weight concrete of uniform quality; containing particles of aggregate and cement material, free from other substances such as asphalt, base course material, reinforcing steel fragments, soil, debris, or deteriorated concrete fragments. F Select Backfill: Class III clayey gravel or sand or Class IV lean clay with a plasticity index between 7 and 20 or clayey soils treated with lime to meet plasticity criteria. G Random Backfill Any suitable soil or mixture of soils within Classes I, II, Ill and IV, or fat clay (CH)where allowed by the applicable backfill installation specification. Refer to Section 02317- Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. H Cement Stabilized Sand• Conform to requirements of Section 02321 - Cement Stabilized Sand. 030147.010 Section 02320 Page 5 of 8 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SOURCES A. Use of material encountered in the trench excavations is acceptable, provided applicable specification requirements are satisfied. If excavation material is not acceptable, provide from other source. B Obtain approval for each material source by the Engineer before delivery is started If sources previously approved do not produce uniform and satisfactory products, furnish materials from other approved sources. All materials may be subjected to inspection or additional verification testing after delivery Materials, which do not meet the requirements of the specifications, will be rejected Do not use material, which after approval has become unsuitable for use due to segregation, mixing with other materials, or by contamination Once the Engineer approves a material, expense for sampling and testing required to change to a different material will be credited to the Owner through a change order C Bank run sand, select backfill, and random backfill, if available in the Project excavation, may be obtained by selective excavation and acceptance testing. Obtain additional quantities of these materials and other materials required to complete the work from off-site sources. D The Owner does not represent or guarantee that any soil found in the excavation work will be suitable and acceptable as backfill material 3 02 MATERIAL HANDLING A. When backfill material is obtained from either a commercial or non-commercial borrow pit, have that pit opened to expose the vertical faces of the various strata of acceptable material to be used. Excavate the material by vertical cuts extending through the exposed strata to achieve uniformity in the product. B Establish temporary stockpile locations for practical material handling and control, and verification testing by the Engineer in advance of final placement. Obtain approval from landowner for storage of backfill material on adjacent private property C When stockpiling backfill material near the Project site, use appropriate covers to eliminate blowing of materials into adjacent areas and prevent runoff containing sediments from entering the drainage system. D Place stockpiles in layers to avoid segregation of processed materials. Load material by making successive vertical cuts through entire depth of stockpile. 3 03 MATERIAL QUALITY CONTROL A. Ensure that material selected, produced and delivered to the Project meets applicable specifications and is of sufficient uniform properties to allow practical construction and quality control. Responsibilities include: 030147 010 Section 02320 Page 6 of 8 S • 1 Source or Supplier Qualification. Perform testing, or obtain representative tests by suppliers, for selection of material sources and products. Provide test results for a minimum of three samples for each source and material type. Tests samples of processed materials from current production representing material to be delivered. Tests shall verify that the materials meet specification requirements. Repeat qualification test procedures each time the source characteristic changes or there is a planned change in source location or supplier Qualification tests shall include, as applicable: a. Gradation Complete sieve analyses shall be reported regardless of the specified control sieves. The range of sieves shall be from the largest particle through the No. 200 sieve. b Plasticity c. Los Angeles abrasion d Clay lumps. e. Lightweight pieces. f Organic impurities. 2. Production Testing Establish a program to provide assurance that backfill materials delivered from the sources and placed in the Work meet applicable specification requirements. Report results to the Engineer 3. Assist the Engineer in obtaining material samples for verification testing at the source or at the production plant. 4 Notify the Engineer when non-conforming material is detected B Quality Control 1 The Engineer may sample and test backfill at: a. Sources including borrow pits, production plants and Contractor's designated off-site stockpiles. b On-site stockpiles. c. Materials placed in the Work. 2 The Engineer may resample material at any stage of work or location if changes in characteristics are apparent. 3. The Engineer will notify Contractor at the Project site about non-conforming materials and will, as appropriate, resample materials to verify results. 030147.010 Section 02320 Page 7 of 8 C Tolerances The following tolerances apply to production quality control testing 1 Embedment Material and Select Backfill. The Engineer may accept material provided that not more than one out of the most recent five consecutive tests are out of the specification limits for• a. Gradation Not more than 5 percentage points on any individual sieve. b Plasticity• Not more than 2 percentage points b Trench Zone Backfill Material Except for select and random backfill,the Engineer may accept the material provided that not more than one out of the most recent three consecutive tests are out of the specification limits for• a. Gradation Not more than 8 percentage points on any individual sieve. b. Plasticity• Not more than 5 percentage points. c. Select and Random Backfill• No quantified tolerances. Remove non-conforming material identifiable by visual-manual procedure. END OF SECTION 030147.010 Section 02320 Page 8 of 8 SECTION 02321 CEMENT STABILIZED SAND PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cement stabilized sand for backfill and bedding 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate payment will be made for cement stabilized sand Include in price bid for items requiring cement stabilized sand B If extra cement stabilized sand is requested by the inspector that is not called for in the contract documents, it will be paid for on a per ton basis. Copies of delivery tickets must be provided to the inspector at the time of installation 103 REFERENCES A. ASTM C33 -Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates (Fine Aggregate). B ASTM C40 -Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete. _ C ASTM C94 -Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. D ASTM C123 -Standard Test Method for Lightweight Pieces in Aggregate. E. ASTM C142 -Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates. F ASTM C150 -Specification for Portland Cement. G ASTM D558 -Standard Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soil-Cement Mixtures. H ASTM D 698 - Standard Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil- Aggregate Mixtures Using 5 5-lb (2 49-kg) Rammer and 12-in (304 8 mm) Drop I ASTM D 633 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Molded Soil-Cement Cylinders. J ASTM D2487 -Standard Test Method for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System). K. ASTM D4318 -Standard Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. 030147.010 Section 02321 Page 1 of 3 104 SUBMITTALS A. Submit proposed design mix and test data for sand-cement mixture. 1 05 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design sand-cement mixture to produce a minimum unconfined compressive strength of 100 pounds per square inch in 48 hours when compacted to 95 percent in accordance with ASTM D698 Mix shall contain a minimum of 1-1/2 sacks of cement per cubic yard. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Cement: Type 1 Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150 B Sand Clean, durable sand meeting grading requirements for fine aggregates of ASTM C33, or requirements for Bank Run Sand of Section 02320 - Utility Backfill Materials, and the following requirements: 1 Classified as SW, SP or SM by the United Soil Classification System of ASTM D2487 2. Deleterious materials: a. Clay lumps, ASTM C142, less than 0 5 percent. b Lightweight pieces, ASTM C123, less than 5.0 percent. c. Organic impurities, ASTM C40; color no darker than the standard color 3 Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318 C Water Potable water, free of oils, acids, alkalies, organic matter or other deleterious substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C94 2.02 MIXING MATERIALS A. Add required amount of water and mix it thoroughly in a pugmill-type mixer B Stamp batch ticket at plant with time of loading directly after mixing Material not placed and compacted within four hours after mixing shall be rejected PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 PLACING A. Place sand-cement mixture in 8-inch-thick loose lifts and compact to 95 percent of ASTM D558, unless otherwise specified. The moisture content during compaction shall be on the dry side of optimum but sufficient for hydration. Perform and complete compaction of sand- cement mixture within 4 hours after addition of water to mix at the plant. B Do not place or compact sand-cement mixture in standing or free water 030147.010 Section 02321 Page 2 of 3 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Random samples of delivered product will be taken in the field at point of delivery and tested in accordance with ASTM D 1633, Method B Four specimens shall be prepared and molded (for each sample obtained) in accordance with ASTM D 698, Method A without adjusting the moisture content. A"split" type mold as described in ASTM D 558 is allowed for molding to minimize specimen disturbance during removal Careful preparation and handling are critical to avoid damage to the molded specimens and to consistently achieve accurate test results. C. After molding, specimens shall be removed from the molds and covered with a plastic bag or similar material to minimize moisture loss and then cured at a room temperature between 60 and 80 degrees F until ready for testing D Specimens shall be tested for compressive strength in accordance with ASTM D 1633, Method A. Capping is not required and can be avoided if specimens are carefully prepared. Specimens may be capped, if necessary to meet planeness requirements. Bad caps cannot be removed without damage to the specimen. Damaged specimens shall not be tested. Two specimens shall be tested at 48 hours plus or minus two hours. E. A strength test shall be the average of the strengths of two specimens molded from the same sample of material and tested at the same age. The average daily strength shall be the average of the strengths of all specimens molded during one days production and tested at the same age. 3.03 ACCEPTANCE A. The strength level of the material shall be considered-satisfactory if: 1 The average 48-hour strength (average of two specimens) is greater than 100 psi with no individual strength test below 60 psi. B If the moving average of any three daily 48-hour averages falls below 100 psi the supplier shall discontinue shipment to the project until that plant is capable of producing a material, which exceeds 100 psi at 48 hours. A total of five 48-hour strength tests shall be made in this determination with no individual strength tests less than 100 psi END OF SECTION 030147.010 Section 02321 Page 3 of 3 SECTION 02506 • POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Polyvinyl chloride sewer pipe for gravity sanitary sewers in nominal diameters 4-inches through 54-inches. B Polyvinyl chloride pressure pipe for gravity sanitary sewers and force mains in nominal diameters 4-inches through 16-inches 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate measurement or payment will be made for PVC pipe under this section Include cost in unit price for work included as specified in the following sections. 1 Section 02531 - Gravity Sanitary Sewers 2 Section 02532- Sanitary Sewer Force Mains 0 103 REFERENCES A. ANSI A21 5 (AWWA C 105) - Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Piping for Water and Other Liquids. B ANSI A21 10 (AWWA C 110) - Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3-inches through 48- inches for Water and Other Liquids. C ANSI A21 11 (AWWA C 111) - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. D ASTM D 1248 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials E. ASTM D 1784 - Standard Specification for Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride Compound and Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride Compounds. F ASTM D 2241 - Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR). G ASTM D 2321 - Practice for Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe. H ASTM D 2444 - Test Method for Impact Resistance of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings by Means of a Tup (Falling Weight). • I ASTM D 2680- Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) and Polyvinyl Chloride Composite Sewer Piping 030147.010 Section 02506 Page 1 of 6 J ASTM D 3034- Specification for Type PSM Polyvinyl Chloride Sewer Pipe and Fittings. K. ASTM D 3139-Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. L. ASTM D 3212 - Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. M ASTM F 477 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets)for Joining Plastic Pipe. N ASTM F 679 - Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride Large-Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings. O ASTM F 794 - Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride Large-Diameter Ribbed Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter P ASTM F 949 - Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride Corrugated Sewer Pipe with a Smooth Interior and Fittings. Q. AWWA C 900- Polyvinyl Chloride Pressure Pipe, 4-inches Through 12-inches for Water Distribution R. AWWA C 905- Polyvinyl Chloride Water Transmission Pipe, Nominal Diameters 14-inches Through 36 Inches. S PPI TR3 - Policies and Procedures for Developing Recommended Hydrostatic Design Stresses for Thermoplastic Pipe Materials. T UNI-B-11 - Recommended Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride Water Transmission Pipe (Nominal Diameters 14 Inches through 36 Inches) U UNI-B-13- Recommended Standard Performance Specification for Joint Restraint Devices for Use with Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe. 104 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of Section 01340-Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. B Submit shop drawings showing design of new pipe and fittings indicating alignment and grade, laying dimensions, fabrication, fittings,flanges, and special details. C. Method of bracing profile pipe during construction, if used on project D Submit a letter from the pipe material manufacturer that the selected embedment material and proposed installation procedures are in compliance with their recommendations for this project. 030147.010 Section 02506 Page 2 of 6 • 1 05 QUALITY CONTROL A. Submit manufacturer's certifications that PVC pipe and fittings meet requirements of this Section and AWWA C 900 or AWWA C 905 for pressure pipe applications, or the appropriate ASTM standard specified for gravity sewer pipe. B Submit manufacturer's certification that PVC pressure pipe has been hydrostatically tested at the factory in accordance with AWWA C 900 or AWWA C 905 and this Section. C When foreign manufactured material is proposed for use, have material tested for conformance to applicable ASTM requirements by certified independent testing laboratory located in United States. Certification from any other source is not acceptable. Furnish copies of test reports to City Engineer for review Cost of testing shall be borne by Contractor PART2 PRODUCTS 2 01 MATERIAL A. Use PVC compounds in the manufacture of pipe that contain no ingredient in an amount that has been demonstrated to migrate into water in quantities considered to be toxic. B Furnish PVC pressure pipe manufactured from Class 12454-A or Class 12454-B virgin PVC compounds as defined in ASTM D 1784 Use compounds qualifying for a rating of 4000 psi for water at 73 4 degrees F per requirements of PPI TR3 Provide pipe which is homogeneous throughout, free of voids, cracks, inclusions, and other defects, uniform as commercially practical in color, density, and other physical properties. Deliver pipe with surfaces free from nicks and scratches with joining surfaces of spigots and joints free from gouges and imperfections, which could cause leakage. C Gasket shall meet the requirements of ASTM F 477 Use elastomeric factory-installed gaskets to make joints flexible and watertight. D Lubricant for rubber-gasketed joints: Water soluble, non-toxic, non-supporting of bacteria growth, having no deteriorating effect on PVC or rubber gaskets. 2 02 BENDS AND FITTINGS FOR PVC PRESSURE PIPE A. Bends and Fittings: ANSI A 21 10, ductile iron, ANSI A 21 11 single rubber gasket push-on type joint; minimum 150 psi pressure rating B Coatings and Linings: Conform to requirements of Section 02501 - Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings. 030147.010 Section 02506 Page 3 of 6 2.03 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE /-- A. PVC gravity sanitary sewer pipe shall be in accordance with the provisions in the following table: SDR (MAX.)/ WALL MANUFACTURER PRODUCT ASTM STIFFNESS DIAMETER CONSTRUCTION OPTIONS DESIGNATION (MIN.) SIZE RANGE Solid J-M Pipe Approved D3034 SDR 26/PS 6"to 10" 115 CertainTeed Approved D3034 SDR 35/PS 46 12" & 15" Can-Tex Approved F679 SDR 35/PS 46 18"to 27" Carlton Approved AWWA C900 DR 18/N/A 4" to 12" Diamond Plastics Approved AWWA C905 DR 18/N/A 14"to 36" IPEX Approved AWWA C905 DR 51 /N/A 24"to 42" Truss Contech Approved D2680 N/A/200 psi 8" to 15" (Gasketed) Profile Contech A-2000 Approved F949 N/A/50 psi 18" to 36" IPEX Approved F794 N/A/46 psi 18" to 36" ETI Ultra-Rib Approved F794 N/A/46 psi 18"to 48" Lamson Vylon Approved F1803 N/A/46 psi 21"to 54" Diamond Plastics Approved F1803 N/A/46 psi 21"to 54" B When solid wall PVC pipe 18 inches to 27 inches in diameter is required in SDR 26, provide pipe conforming to ASTM F 679, except provide wall thickness as required for SDR 26 and pipe strength of 115 psi. C For sewers up to 12-inch-diameter crossing over waterlines, or crossing under waterlines with less than 2 feet separation, provide minimum 150 psi pressure-rated pipe conforming to ASTM D 2241 with suitable PVC adapter couplings. D Joints Spigot and integral wall section bell with solid cross section elastomeric or rubber ring gasket conforming to requirements of ASTM D 3212 and ASTM F 477, or ASTM D 3139 and ASTM F 477 Gaskets shall be factory-assembled and securely bonded in place to prevent displacement. The manufacturer shall test a sample from each batch conforming to requirements ASTM D 2444 030147 010 Section 02506 Page 4 of 6 E. Fittings: Provide PVC gravity sewer sanitary bends, tee, or wye fittings for new sanitary 10 sewer construction PVC pipe fittings shall be full-bodied, either injection molded or factory fabricated Saddle-type tee or wye fittings are not acceptable. F PVC profile wall pipe is to be braced during construction 2 04 SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAIN PIPE A. Provide PVC pressure pipe conforming to the requirements of AWWA C900, class 150 for 4-inch through 12-inch lines and AWWA C-905, class 235 for lines 16-inch and greater, and conforming to the minimum working pressure rating specified in Section 02731 - Sanitary Sewage Force Mains. B Acceptable pipe joints are integral bell-and-spigot, containing a bonded-in elastomeric sealing ring meeting the requirements of ASTM F 477 In designated areas requiring restrained joint pipe and fittings, use EBAA Iron Series 2000PV, Uniflange Series 1350 restrainer, or equal joint restraint device conforming to UNI-B-13, for PVC pipe 12-inch diameter and less. C Fittings: Provide ductile iron fittings as per Paragraph 2 03, except furnish fittings with one of the following internal linings: 1 Nominal 40 mils (35 mils minimum) virgin polyethylene complying with ASTM D 1248, heat fused to the interior surface of the fitting, as manufactured by American Cast Iron Pipe"Polybond", or U S Pipe"Polyline" 2. Nominal 40 mils (35 mils minimum) polyurethane, Corro-pipe II by Madison Chemicals, Inc. 3 Nominal 40 mils (35 mils minimum) ceramic epoxy, Protecto 401 by Enduron Protective Coatings. D Exterior Protection Provide polyethylene wrapping of ductile iron fittings as required by Section 02630- Polyethylene Wrap E. Manufacturers. Approved manufacturers of pressure rated, solid wall PVC pipe for sanitary sewer force mains are: 1 J-M Manufacturing Company, Inc. 2 CertainTeed Corporation 3 Diamond Plastics Corporation 4 Carlon Company 5. IPEX 030147 010 Section 02506 Page 5 of 6 PART3 EXECUTION 3 01 PROTECTION A. Store pipe under cover out of direct sunlight and protect from excessive heat or harmful chemicals in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3 02 INSTALLATION A. Conform to requirements of Section 02531- Gravity Sanitary Sewers, and Section 02532- Sanitary Sewage Force Mains, as applicable. B Install PVC pipe in accordance with Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, ASTM D 2321, and manufacturer's recommendations. C Avoid imposing strains that will overstress or buckle the pipe when lowering pipe into trench D Hand shovel pipe bedding under the pipe haunches and along the sides of the pipe barrel and compact to eliminate voids and ensure side support. END OF SECTION 030147.010 Section 02506 Page 6 of 6 SECTION 02531 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Gravity sanitary sewers and appurtenances including stacks. 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and payment for open cut gravity sanitary sewers will be on a linear foot basis. B This payment item shall only be used if it is determined by the Engineer that an existing sewer line can't be rehabilitated by other methods. It shall include all excavations, material, backfill, and appurtenances necessary to remove existing sanitary sewer and replace with new sanitary sewer 103 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall comply with Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. B Submit proposed methods, equipment, materials and sequence of operations for sewer construction Plan operations to minimize disruption of utilities to occupied facilities or adjacent property C Test Reports. Submit test reports and inspection videos as specified in Part 3 of this Section 1 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications. Install a sanitary sewer that is watertight both in pipe-to-pipe joints and in pipe-to-manhole connections. Perform testing in accordance with Section 02533 - Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers. B Regulatory Requirements. 1 Install sewer lines to meet the minimum separation distance from any potable water line, as scheduled below The separation distance is defined as the distance between the outside of the water pipe and the outside of the sewer pipe. When possible, install new sanitary sewers no closer to water lines than 9 feet in all directions. Where this separation distance cannot be achieved, new sanitary sewers shall be installed as specified in this section 2. Make notification to the Engineer if water lines are uncovered during sanitary sewer installation where the minimum separation distance cannot be maintained. 3 Lay gravity sewer lines in straight alignment and grade. 030147.010 Section 02531 Page 1 of 5 1 05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inspect pipe and fittings upon arrival of materials at the job site. B Handle and store pipe materials and fittings to protect them from damage due to impact, shock, shear or free fall Do not drag pipe and fittings along the ground. Do not roll pipe unrestrained from delivery trucks. C Use mechanical means to move or handle pipe. Employ acceptable clamps, rope or slings around the outside barrel of pipe and fittings. Do not use hooks, bars, or other devices in contact with the interior surface of the pipe to lift or move lined pipe. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE MATERIAL A. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, use pipe materials that conform to requirements specified in one or more of the following Sections 1 Section 02501 - Ductile- Iron Pipe and Fittings. 2 Section 02506- PVC Pipe. 3. Section 02504- Centrifugally Cast Fiberglass Pipe. B Where shown on the Drawings, provide pipe meeting the minimum class, dimension ratio, or other criteria indicated. C Pipe materials other than those listed above shall not be used for gravity sanitary sewers. 2 02 APPURTENANCES A. Stacks. Construct stacks in accordance with the drawings. B Roof, street or other type of surface water drains shall not be connected or reconnected into the sanitary sewer lines. 2.03 BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND TOPSOIL MATERIAL A. Bedding and Backfill Conform to requirements of Section 02317- Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, Section 02320 - Utility Backfill Material, and Section 02321 - Cement Stabilized Sand B Topsoil Conform to requirements of Section 02911 -Topsoil PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 PREPARATION A. Prepare traffic control plans and set up street detours and barricades in preparation for excavation if construction will affect traffic. 030147.010 Section 02531 Page 2 of 5 B Provide barricades, flashing warning lights, and warning signs for excavations. Maintain barricades and warning lights where work is in progress or where traffic is affected by the work. C Perform work in accordance with OSHA standards. Employ a trench safety system as specified in Section 01526-Trench Safety System for excavations over 5 feet deep D Immediately notify the agency or company owning any utility line which is damaged, broken or disturbed. Obtain approval from the Engineer and agency or utility company for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent. E. Remove old pavements and structures including sidewalks and driveways in accordance with requirements of Section 02951 - Pavement Removal and Repair F Install and operate dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with Section 01563 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water G Do not allow sand, debris or runoff to enter sewer system 3 02 DIVERSION PUMPING A. Install and operate required bulkheads, plugs, piping, and diversion pumping equipment to maintain sewage flow and to prevent backup or overflow Obtain approval for diversion pumping equipment and procedures from the Engineer B Design piping,joints and accessories to withstand twice the maximum system pressure or 50 psi, whichever is greater C No sewage shall be diverted into any area outside of the sanitary sewer D In the event of accidental spill or overflow, immediately stop the overflow and take action to clean up and disinfect spillage. Promptly notify the Engineer so that required reporting can be made to the Texas Natural Resources Conservation Commission and the Environmental Protection Agency by the Engineer 3 03 EXCAVATION A. Earthwork. Conform to requirements of Section 02317- Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Use bedding as indicated on Drawings. B Line and Grade. Establish the required uniform line and grade in the trench from benchmarks identified by the Engineer Maintain this control for a minimum of 100 feet behind and ahead of the pipe-laying operation. Use laser beam equipment to establish and maintain proper line and grade of the work. Use of appropriately sized grade boards that are substantially supported is also acceptable. Protect the boards and location stakes from damage or dislocation. C Trench Excavation Excavate pipe trenches to depths shown on Drawings and as specified in Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. D The maximum length of open trench allowed shall not exceed 300 feet at one time. 030147.010 Section 02531 Page 3 of 5 3.04 PIPE INSTALLATION BY OPEN CUT A. Install pipe in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations and as specified in the following paragraphs. B Install pipe only after excavation is completed, the bottom of the trench fine graded, bedding material is installed, and the trench has been approved by the Engineer C Install pipe to the line and grade indicated. Place pipe so that it has continuous bearing of barrel on bedding material and is laid in the trench so the interior surfaces of the pipe follow the grades and alignment indicated Provide bell holes where necessary D Install pipe with the spigot ends toward the direction of flow E. Form a concentric joint with each section of adjoining pipe so as to prevent offsets. F Keep the interior of pipe clean as the installation progresses. Where cleaning after laying the pipe is difficult because of small pipe size, use a suitable swab or drag in the pipe and pull it forward past each joint immediately after the joint has been completed Remove foreign material and debris from the pipe. G Provide lubricant, place and drive home newly laid sections with come-a-long winches so as to eliminate damage to sections. Install pipe to "home" mark where provided Use of backhoes or similar powered equipment will not be allowed unless protective measures are provided and approved in advance by the Engineer H Keep excavations free of water during construction and until final inspection I When work is not in progress, cover the exposed ends of pipes with an approved plug to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe. J Where a gravity sanitary sewer is to be installed under an existing water line with a separation distance of at least 2 feet and less than 9 feet, install the new sewer pipe so that one full joint length of pipe is centered on the water line crossing Embed the sewer pipe in cement stabilized sand for a minimum distance of 9 feet on each side of the crossing. K. Where a gravity sanitary sewer is to be installed under an existing water line with a separation distance of less than 2 feet, install the new sewer using pressure-rated pipe as shown on the Drawings Maintain a minimum 6-inch separation distance. L. Where the length of stubs is not indicated, install one full joint of pipe and seal the free end with an approved plug 3 05 PIPE INSTALLATION OTHER THAN OPEN CUT A. Augering Install pipe by auguring to conform to requirements of Section 02448 - Pipe and Casing Augering for Sewers. 3 06 INSTALLATION OF APPURTENANCES A. Stacks. Construct stacks to conform to requirements of 02534 - Sanitary Sewer Service , Stubs or Reconnections. 030147.010 Section 02531 Page 4 of 5 B Construct manholes to conform to requirements of Section 02082 - Precast Concrete Manholes. Install frames, rings, and covers to conform to requirements of Section 02084 - Frames, Grates, Rings, and Covers. 3 07 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Visual Inspection Check pipe alignment in accordance with Section 02533 -Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers. B Mandrel Testing Use a Mandrel Test to test flexible pipe for deflection. Refer to Section 02533 -Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers. C Pipe Leakage Test. After backfilling a line segment and prior to tie-in of service connections, visually inspect gravity sanitary sewers where feasible, and test for leakage in accordance with Section 02533 -Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers. Maintain piezometer installed to conform with Section 01563- Control of Ground Water and Surface Water, until acceptance testing is completed 3.08 BACKFILL AND SITE CLEANUP A. Backfill and compact soil in accordance with Section 02317- Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B Backfill the trench in specified lifts only after pipe installation is approved by the Engineer III Er C Provide restoration of right-of-way, easements, and adjacent property specified in Section 01740 - Restoration of Site Improvements. END OF SECTION w 030147.010 Section 02531 Page 5 of 5 • SECTION 02533 ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Acceptance testing of sanitary sewers including 1 Visual inspection of sewer pipes 2 Mandrel testing for flexible sewer pipes 3 Leakage testing of sewer pipes 4 Leakage testing of manholes 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate payment will be made for acceptance testing for sanitary sewers. Include in price bid for installation of sewer lines Contractor is responsible for testing under this section. 103 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 828 - Standard Test Method for Low Pressure Air Test of Vitrified Clay Pipe Lines. B ASTM C 924 - Standard Practice for Testing Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines by Low-Pressure Air Test Method. C ASTM D 3034 - Standard Specification for Type PSM Polyethylene (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. D ASTM F 794 - Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride Large-Diameter Ribbed Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter E. ASTM F 1417- Standard Test Method for Installation Acceptance of Plastic Gravity Sewer Lines Using Low Pressure Air F 30 TAC 317.2 - Design Criteria for Sewage Systems. G Uni-Bell UNI-B-3 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe (Complying with AWWA C 900). 1 04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Gravity flow sanitary sewers are required to have a straight alignment and uniform grade between manholes. 030147.010 Section 02533 Page 1 of 12 B Flexible pipe, including "semi-rigid" pipe, is required to show no more than 5 percent deflection. Test pipe no sooner than 30 days after backfilling of a line segment but prior to substantial completion using a standard mandrel to verify that installed pipe is within specified deflection tolerances. C Maximum allowable leakage for Infiltration or Exfiltration 1 The total exfiltration, as determined by a hydrostatic head test, shall not exceed 50 gallons per inch diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours at a minimum test head of 2 feet above the crown of the pipe at the upstream manhole or 2 feet above the groundwater elevation,whichever is greater 2 When pipes are installed more than 2 feet below the groundwater level, an infiltration test shall be used in lieu of the exfiltration test. The total infiltration shall not exceed 50 gallons per inch diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours. Groundwater elevation must be at least 2 feet above the crown of the pipe at the upstream manhole. 3 Refer to Table 02533-1, Water Test Allowable Leakage, at the end of the Section, for measuring leakage in sewers. Perform leakage testing to verify that leakage criteria are met. 105 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall comply with Section 01340 -Shop Drawing, Product Data and Samples B Test Plan Before testing begins and in adequate time to obtain approval through the submittal process, prepare and submit a test plan for approval by the Engineer Include testing procedures, methods, equipment, and tentative schedule. Obtain advance written approval for deviations from the Drawings and Specifications. C Test Reports Submit test reports for each test on each segment of sanitary sewer 1 06 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Repair, correct, and retest manholes or sections of pipe, which fail to meet specified requirements when tested at no additional cost to the owner B Provide testing reports as directed by the Engineer 1 07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Perform testing as work progresses. Schedule testing so that no more than 1000 linear feet of installed sewer remains untested at any one time. B Coordinate testing schedules with the Engineer Perform testing under observation of the Engineer 030147.010 Section 02533 Page 2 of 12 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 DEFLECTION MANDREL A. Mandrel Sizing. The rigid mandrel shall have an outside diameter(0 D ) equal to 95 percent of the inside diameter(I D ) of the pipe. The inside diameter of the pipe, for the purpose of determining the outside diameter of the mandrel, shall be the average outside diameter minus two minimum wall thicknesses for 0 D controlled pipe and the average inside diameter for I D controlled pipe, dimensions shall be per appropriate standard Statistical or other"tolerance packages"shall not be considered in mandrel sizing B Mandrel Design. The rigid mandrel shall be constructed of a metal or a rigid plastic material that can withstand 200 psi without being deformed The mandrel shall have nine or more "runners" or"legs" as long as the total number of legs is an odd number The barrel section of the mandrel shall have a length of at least 75 percent of the inside diameter of the pipe. The rigid mandrel shall not have adjustable or collapsible legs, which would allow a reduction in mandrel diameter during testing A proving ring shall be provided and used for modifying each size mandrel. C Proving Ring Furnish a "proving ring"with each mandrel Fabricate the ring of 2-inch-thick, 3-inch-wide bar steel to a diameter 0 02 inches larger than approved mandrel diameter D Mandrel Dimensions (5 percent allowance) Average inside diameter and minimum mandrel diameter are specified in Table 02533-5, Pipe vs. Mandrel Diameter, at the end of '�' this Section. Mandrels for higher strength, thicker wall pipe or other pipe not listed in the table may be used when approved by the Engineer 2 02 EXFILTRATION TEST A. Water Meter Obtain a transient water meter from the Owner for use when water for testing will be taken from the Owner's system. Conform to Owner's requirements for water meter use. B Test Equipment 1 Pipe plugs. 2. Pipe risers where the manhole cone is less than 2 feet above highest point in pipe or service lead. 2.03 INFILTRATION TEST A. Test Equipment 1 Calibrated 90 degree V-notch weir 2. Pipe plugs 030147.010 Section 02533 Page 3 of 12 2.04 LOW PRESSURE AIR TEST • A. Minimum Requirement for Equipment: 1 Control panel 2. Low-pressure air supply connected to control panel. 3 Pneumatic plugs Acceptable size for diameter of pipe to be tested, capable of withstanding internal test pressure without leaking or requiring external bracing. 4 Air hoses from control panel to: a. Air supply b Pneumatic plugs c. Sealed line for pressuring d Sealed line for monitoring internal pressure 5. Testing Pneumatic Plugs. Place a pneumatic plug in each end of a length of pipe on the ground Pressurize plugs to 25 psig, then pressurize sealed pipe to 5 psig Plugs are acceptable if they remain in place against the test pressure without external aids. 2.05 GROUND WATER DETERMINATION A. Equipment: Pipe probe or small diameter casing for ground water elevation determination. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 PREPARATION A. Provide labor, equipment, tools, test plugs, risers, air compressor, air hose, pressure meters, pipe probe, calibrated weirs, or any other device necessary for proper testing and inspection B The selection of test methods and pressures for gravity sanitary sewers shall be determined based on ground water elevation. Determine ground water elevation using equipment and procedures conforming to Section 01563 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 3 02 VISUAL INSPECTION OF GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS A. Check pipe alignment visually by flashing a light between structures. Verify if alignment is true and no pipes are misplaced In case of misalignment or damaged pipe, remove and re-lay or replace pipe segment. 3 03 MANDREL TESTING FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS A. Perform deflection testing on flexible and semi-rigid pipe to confirm pipe has no more than 5 percent deflection Mandrel testing shall conform to ASTM D 3034 Perform testing no sooner than 30 days after backfilling of line segment, but prior to substantial completion testing of the line segment. 030147 010 Section 02533 Page 4 of 12 B Pull the approved mandrel by hand through sewer sections. Replace any section of sewer not passing the mandrel. Mandrel testing is not required for stubs. C Retest repaired or replaced sewer sections. 3 04 LEAKAGE TESTING FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS A. Test Options: 1 Test gravity sanitary sewer pipes for leakage by either exfiltration or infiltration methods, as appropriate, or with low pressure air testing 2. Test new or rehabilitated sanitary sewer manholes with either vacuum of hydrostatic testing methods. 3 Leakage testing shall be performed after backfilling of a line segment, and prior to tie-in of service connections. 4 If no installed piezometer is within 500 feet of the sewer segment, Contractor shall provide a temporary piezometer for this purpose. B Compensating for Ground Water Pressure: 1 Where ground water exists, install a pipe nipple at the same time sewer line is placed Use a 2-inch capped pipe nipple approximately 10 inches long Make the installation through manhole wall on top of the sewer line where line enters manhole. 2 Immediately before performing line acceptance test, remove cap, clear pipe nipple with air pressure, and connect a clear plastic tube to nipple. Support tube vertically and allow water to rise in the tube. After water stops rising, measure height in feet of water over invert of the pipe. Divide this height by 2 3 feet/psi to determine the ground water pressure to be used in line testing C Exfiltration Test: 1 Determine ground water elevation. 2 Plug sewer in downstream manhole. 3 Plug incoming pipes in upstream manhole. 4 Install riser pipe in outgoing pipe of upstream manhole if highest point in service lead (house service) is less than 2 feet below bottom of manhole cone. 5. Fill sewer pipe and manhole or pipe riser, if used,with water to a point 2-1/2 feet above highest point in sewer pipe, house lead, or ground water table, whichever is highest. S 030147.010 Section 02533 Page 5 of 12 6 Allow water to stabilize for one to two hours. Take water level reading to determine drop of water surface, in inches, over a one-hour period, and calculate water loss (1 inch of water in 4 feet diameter manhole equals 8.22 gallons) or measure the quantity of water required to keep water at same level Loss shall not exceed that calculated from allowable leakage according to Table 02533-1 at the end of this Section D Infiltration test: Ground water elevation must be not less than 2.0 feet above highest point of sewer pipe or service lead (house service). 1 Determine ground water elevation 2. Plug incoming pipes in upstream manhole. 3 Insert calibrated 90 degree V-notch weir in pipe on downstream manhole. 4 Allow water to rise and flow over weir until it stabilizes. 5 Take five readings of accumulated volume over a period of 2 hours and use average for infiltration. The average must not exceed that calculated for 2 hours from allowable leakage according to the Table 02533-1 at the end of this Section E. Low Air Pressure Test: When using this test conform to ASTM C 828,ASTM C 924, or ASTM F 1417, as applicable, with holding time not less than that listed in Table 02533-2. 1 Air testing for sections of pipe shall be limited to lines less than 36-inch average inside diameter 1 2. Lines 36-inch average inside diameter and larger shall be tested at each joint. The minimum time allowable for the pressure to drop from 3 5 pounds per square inch gauge to 2.5 pounds per square inch during a joint test shall be 10 seconds, regardless of pipe size. 3 For pipe sections less than 36-inch average inside diameter a. Determine ground water level. b Plug both ends of pipe. For concrete pipe, flood pipe and allow 2 hours to saturate concrete. Then drain and plug concrete pipe. c. After a manhole-to-manhole section of sanitary sewer main has been sliplined and prior to any service lines being connected to new liner, plug liner at each manhole with pneumatic plugs. d Pressurize pipe to 4 0 psig. Increase pressure 1 0 psi for each 2.3 feet of ground water over highest point in system. Allow pressure to stabilize for 2 to 4 minutes. Adjust pressure to start at 3.5 psig (plus adjustment for ground water table) See Table 02533-2 at the end of this Section e. To determine air loss, measure the time interval for pressure to drop to 2.5 psig. The time must exceed that listed in the Table 02533-2 at the end of this Section for pipe diameter and length For slip-lining, use diameter of carrier pipe. 030147.010 Section 02533 Page 6 of 12 F Retest: Any section of pipe,which fails to meet requirements, shall be repaired and retested. 3 05 TEST CRITERIA TABLES A. Exfiltration and Infiltration Water Tests: Refer to Table 02533-1, Water Test Allowable Leakage, at the end of this Section B Low Pressure Air Test: 1 Times in Table 02533-2, Time Allowed For Pressure Loss From 3 5 psig to 2.5 psig, at the end of this Section, are based on the equation from Texas Natural Resources and Conservation Commission (TNRCC) Design Criteria 317.2(a)(4)(B) T = 0 0850(D)(K)/(Q) where: T = time for pressure to drop 1 0 pounds per square inch gauge in seconds K = 0 000419 DL, but not less than 1 0 D = average inside diameter in inches L = length of line of same pipe size in feet Q = rate of loss, 0 0015 ft3/min./sq ft. internal surface 2 Since a K value of less than 1 0 shall not be used, there are minimum testing times for each pipe diameter as given in Table 02533-3, Minimum Testing Times for Low Pressure Air Test. Notes: 1 When two sizes of pipe are involved, the time shall be computed by the ratio of lengths involved. 2 Lines with a 27-inch average inside diameter and larger may be air tested at each joint. 3 Lines with an average inside diameter greater than 36 inches must be air tested for leakage at each joint. 4 If the joint test is used, a visual inspection of the joint shall be performed immediately after testing 5. For joint test, the pipe is to be pressurized to 3 5 psi greater than the pressure exerted by groundwater above the pipe. Once the pressure has stabilized, the minimum times allowable for the pressure to drop from 3 5 pounds per square inch gauge to 2 5 pounds per square inch gauge shall be 10 seconds. 3 06 LEAKAGE TESTING FOR MANHOLES A. After completion of manhole construction, wall sealing, or rehabilitation, but prior to backfilling, test manholes for water tightness using hydrostatic or vacuum testing procedures. 030147.010 Section 02533 Page 7 of 12 B Plug influent and effluent lines, including service lines, with suitably sized pneumatic or mechanical plugs. Ensure plugs are properly rated for pressures required for test; follow manufacturer's safety and installation recommendations. Place plugs a minimum of 6 inches outside of manhole walls. Brace inverts to prevent lines from being dislodged if lines entering manhole have not been backfilled C Vacuum testing. 1 Install vacuum tester head assembly at top access point of manhole and adjust for proper seal on straight top section of manhole structure. Following manufacturer's instructions and safety precautions, inflate sealing element to the recommended maximum inflation pressure; do not over-inflate. 2 Evacuate manhole with vacuum pump to 10 inches mercury (Hg), disconnect pump, and monitor vacuum for the time period specified in Table 02533-4, Vacuum Test Time Table. 3 If the drop in vacuum exceeds 1 inch Hg over the specified time period tabulated above, locate leaks, complete repairs necessary to seal manhole and repeat test procedure until satisfactory results are obtained D Hydrostatic exfiltration testing shall be performed as follows. 1 Seal wastewater lines coming into the manhole with an internal pipe plug Then fill the manhole with water and maintain it full for at least one hour 2 The maximum leakage for hydrostatic testing shall be 0 025 gallons per foot diameter per foot of manhole depth per hour 3 If water loss exceeds amount tabulated above, locate leaks, complete repairs necessary to seal manhole and repeat test procedure until satisfactory results are obtained. 030147.010 Section 02533 Page 8 of 12 Table 02533-1 WATER TEST ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE VOLUME PER INCH OF DEPTH ALLOWANCE LEAKAGE* DIAMETER OF RISER GALLONS/MINUTE OR STACK IN INCHES INCH GALLONS PIPE SIZE IN INCHES PER 100 FT 1 0 7854 0034 6 0 0039 - 2 3 1416 0136 8 0 0053 2 5 4 9087 0212 13 0 0066 3 7 0686 0306 12 0 0079 4 12 5664 0306 15 0 0099 5 19 6350 0544 18 0 0118 6 28.2743 1224 21 0 0138 8 50.2655 .2176 24 0 0158 27 0 0177 30 0 0197 36 0 0237 42 0 0276 For other diameters, multiply square of diameters by value Equivalent to 50 gallons per inch of inside for 1" diameter diameter per mile per 24 hours. * Allowable leakage rate shall be reduced to 10 gallons per inch of inside diameter per mile per 24 hours, when sewer is identified as located within the 25-year flood plain. 030147.010 Section 02533 Page 9 of 12 Table 02533-2 ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS TIME ALLOWED FOR PRESSURE LOSS FROM 3 5 PSIG TO 2.5 PSIG Pip Min Len Time e Time gth for Specification Time for Length (L)Shown (min sec) Dia (min:s for Long m. ec) Min er (in) Tim Lengt 100 150 200 250 ft 300 ft 350 ft 400 ft 450 ft 500 ft 550 ft 600 ft e (ft) h ft ft ft (sec) 6 5.40 398 0 854 5.40 5.40 5 40 5:40 5.40 5 40 5.42 6:25 7 07 7 50 8 33 8 7 33 8 7 33 7 33 7 33 7 33 7 36 8 52 10.08 11:24 12 40 13 56 15.12 10 9:27 298 1 519 9.27 9:27 9:27 9.54 11 52 13 51 15.50 17 48 19.47 21 46 23.45 12 11:20 6 11:2 11:2 11:2 14 15 17 06 19.57 22.48 25.39 28 30 31:20 34 11 15 14 10 239 2.374 0 0 0 22.16 26 43 31 10 35.37 40.04 44 31 48 58 53:25 18 17 00 3 14 1 14 1 17 4 32 03 38:28 44 52 51 17 57 42 64 06 70.31 76 56 21 19.50 199 3.419 0 0 8 43 38 52:21 61 05 69.48 78.32 87 15 95 59 104 4 24 22 40 0 17 0 19.1 25 3 _ 56 59 68:23 79.47 91,10 102:3 113 5 125:2 2 27 25 30 159 5 342 0 4 9 72.07 86.33 100.5 115:2 4 8 2 136 4 30 28:20 3 19.5 26 1 34 5 89.02 106 5 8 4 129.4 144 1 158 4 6 33 31 10 133 7 692 0 1 4 107 4 1 124 3 142:2 9 4 0 173 0 8 22 4 34 1 45 3 4 129 1 9 8 160.1 178 0 195 5 5 114 10 47 8 1 5 7 150.5 172:2 6 5 3 213.4 08 285 431 574 0 3 1935 215:2 2370 1 99 13 67 1 6 2 5 8 1 258 3 88 62 35:3 53:2 711 4 80 17 30 7 5 4 72 89 43 0 64 3 86 1 21 36 6 8 1 90 25 85 65 030147.010 Section 02533 Page 10 of 12 Table 02533-3 MINIMUM TESTING TIMES FOR LOW PRESSURE AIR TEST PIPE LENGTH FOR MINIMUM TIME FOR LONGER DIAMETER MINIMUM TIME TIME LENGTH (INCHES) (SECONDS) (FEET) (SECONDS) 55 (L) 6 340 398 20 (L) 8 454 298 74 (L) 10 567 239 19 (L) 12 680 199 42 (L) 15 850 159 93 (L) 18 1020 133 .471 (L) 21 1190 114 .676 (L) 24 1360 100 .309 (L) 27 1530 88 .369 (L) 30 1700 80 .856 (L) 33 1870 72 Table 02533-4 VACUUM TEST TIME TABLE ' DEPTH IN FEET E IN SECONDS BY PIPE DIAMETER 48" 60" 72" 4 10 13 16 8 20 26 32 12 30 39 48 16 40 52 64 20 50 65 80 24 60 78 96 * 5.0 6 5 8 0 *Add T times for each additional 2-foot depth (The values listed above have been extrapolated from ASTM C 924-85) 030147.010 Section 02533 Page 11 of 12 Table 02533-5 PIPE VS MANDREL DIAMETER Nominal Average Minimum Mandrel Material and Size I D Diameter Wall Construction (Inches) (Inches) (Inches) PVC-Solid (SDR 26) 6 5 764 5.476 8 7715 7329 10 9 646 9 162 PVC-Solid (SDR 35) 12 11 737 11 150 15 14 374 13.655 18 17 629 16 748 21 20 783 19 744 24 23 381 22.120 27 26.351 25.033 PVC-Truss 8 7 750 7 363 10 9 750 9.263 12 11 790 11.201 15 14 770 14 032 PVC-Profile (ASTM F 794) 12 11 740 11 153 15 14 370 13.652 18 17650 16768 21 20 750 19 713 24 23 500 22.325 27 26 500 25.175 30 29 500 28 025 36 35.500 33 725 42 41 500 39 425 ' 48 47 500 45.125 HDPE-Profile 18 18 000 17 100 21 21 000 19 950 24 24 000 22 800 27 27 000 25.650 30 30 000 28.500 36 36 000 34.200 42 42.000 39 900 48 48 000 45.600 54 54 000 51 300 60 60 000 57 000 Fiberglass-Centrifugally Cast 12 12.85 11 822 (Class SN 46) 18 18 66 17 727 20 20 68 19 646 24 24 72 23 484 30 30 68 29 146 36 36 74 34 903 42 42 70 40 565 48 48 76 46 322 54 54 82 52.079 60 60 38 57 361 END OF SECTION 1 030147 010 Section 02533 Page 12 of 12 SECTION 02551 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE RECONNECTIONS PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Reconnection of existing service connections along parallel, replacement, or rehabilitated sanitary sewers to the edge of right-of-way or easement. 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Payment for sanitary sewer service stubs or service reconnections with stacks located within eight (8)feet of the sanitary sewer main centerline is on a unit price basis for each stub or reconnection. Payment will be made for each service stub or reconnection installed complete in place, including service connections, couplings, adapters disconnecting existing services, reconnecting new service, fittings, excavation, and backfill. B Payment for sanitary sewer service stubs or service reconnections without stacks located within eight (8) feet of the sanitary sewer main is on a unit price basis for each stub or reconnection Payment will be made for each service stub or reconnection installed complete in place, including service connections, couplings, adapters disconnecting existing services, reconnecting new service, fittings, excavation, backfill, and testing C Payment for extra length of sanitary sewer service lines more than eight (8) feet laterally from the sewer main is on a linear foot basis. Payment will be made for each linear foot of pipe installed, complete in place, including sewer pipe, excavation, shoring, bedding, backfill, and accessories based on method of installation. D One or more connections discharging into a common point are considered one service connection The Contractor shall not add service reconnections without approval of the Engineer The Engineer may require connections to be relocated to avoid having more than two service connections per reconnection. E. Protruding service connections, which must be removed to allow for rehabilitation of the main line, are paid as a service reconnection when connected F Payment for the abandonment of service connections shall be on a unit basis. If two (2) dead services are located within four (4)feet from each other only one abandonment of service connection will be paid G No separate payment will be made for field locating service connection that could not be identified by TV inspection 030147.010 Section 02551 Page 1 of 6 103 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 1784 - Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. B ASTM D 3034 - Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. C ASTM D 3212 - Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. 1 04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Accurately locate in the field existing service connections and proposed service stubs along the alignment of the new, parallel, replacement, or sewer line to be rehabilitated 105 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of Section 01340—Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. B Submit product data for each pipe product, fitting, coupling and adapter C Show reconnected services on record drawings. Give the exact distance from each service connection to the nearest downstream manhole. D Submit method of trenchiess construction for service laterals located under roads and/or driveways. PART2 PRODUCTS 2 01 PVC SERVICE CONNECTION A. PVC pipe shall be gasket jointed with gasket conforming to ASTM D 3212. B Provide service connection pipe in sizes shown on the Drawings For reconnection of existing services, select service connection pipe diameter to match existing service diameter C Connect service pipes to parallel or replacement sewer mains with prefabricated, full- bodied tee or wye fittings conforming to specifications for sewer main pipe material as specified in other Sections for sewers up to 18 inches in diameter D Where sewers are installed using pipe augering or tunneling, pipe bursting or where the sewer is greater than 18 inches in diameter, use Fowler"Inserta-Tee"to connect the service to sewer main. 030147.010 Section 02551 Page 2 of 6 2.02 COUPLINGS AND ADAPTERS A. For connections between new PVC pipe stubouts and existing service, 4-, 6-, or 8-inch diameter, use a flexible adapter coupling consisting of a neoprene gasket and stainless steel shear rings with 1/2-inch stainless steel band clamps. 1 Fernco Pipe Connectors, Inc. 2 Band Seal by Mission Rubber Co., Inc. 3 Approved equal. B For connections between new PVC pipe stubout and new service, use rubber-gasketed adapter coupling* 1 GPK Products, Inc. 2 IPS &Sewer Adapter 3. Approved equal 8 2.03 STACKS A. Provide stacks for service connections wherever the crown of the sewer is six (6)feet or more below finished grade. B Construct stacks of the same material as the sanitary sewer and as shown on the Drawings. C Provide stacks of the same nominal diameter at the sanitary service line. 2.04 PLUGS AND CAPS A. Seal the upstream end of unconnected sewer service stubs with rubber gasketed plugs or caps of the same pipe type and size. Provide plugs or caps by GPK Products, Inc., or approved equal PARTS EXECUTION 3 01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide a minimum of 72 hours notice to customers whose sanitary sewer service will potentially be interrupted II B Accurately field locate service connections, whether in service or not, along the rehabilitated sanitary sewer main For parallel and replacement sewers, service connections may be located as pipe laying progresses from downstream to upstream. 030147 010 Section 02551 Page 3 of 6 C Properly disconnect existing connections from the sewer and reconnect to the rehabilitated liner, as described in this Section. D Reconnect service connections, including those that go to unoccupied or abandoned buildings or to vacant lots, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer E. Complete reconnection of service lines no sooner than 24 hours and no later than 72 hours after completion of pipe bursting on a section of pipe. F Reconnect all services by excavation method G Reconnection by the excavation method shall include the stack and fittings and required pipe length to reconnect service line. H Connect services 8 inches in diameter and larger to the sewer by construction of a manhole. Refer to the appropriate Section on manholes for construction and payment. 3.02 PROTECTION A. In traffic areas, provide barricades, warning lights, and signs for excavations. B Cover all excavations with suitable plywood when not occupied or left open overnight. C Do not allow sand, debris, or runoff to enter sewer system. 3 03 PREPARATION A. Determine the existing sewer locations and number of existing service connections from closed-circuit television (CCTV) inspection tapes or from field survey Accurately field locate existing service connections,whether in service or not. Use existing service locations to connect or reconnect service lines or liner B For rehabilitated sanitary sewer mains, allow line to normalize to ambient temperature and recover from imposed stretch. For cured-in-place liners, verify that liner is completely cured. C For new parallel and replacement sanitary sewer mains, complete testing and acceptance of downstream sewers as applicable. 3 04 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Excavate in accordance with Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B Perform work in accordance with OSHA standards. Employ a Trench Safety System as specified in Section 01526 -Trench Safety System for excavations requiring trench safety { C Install and operate necessary ground water and surface water control measures in accordance with requirements of Section 01563 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 030147.010 Section 02551 Page 4 of 6 D Determine locations where limited access, buildings or structure preclude use of mechanical excavation equipment. Obtain approval from the Engineer for hand excavation. 3 05 RECONNECTION BY EXCAVATION METHOD A. Remove a portion of existing sanitary sewer main or carrier pipe to expose the liner pipe. Provide sufficient working space for installing an inserta tee. B Remove and replace cracked, offset, or leaking service line for up to 8 feet, measured horizontally, from the center of the new line. C Make up the connection between line and service line using PVC sewer pipe and approved fittings and couplings. D Encase the entire service connection in cement-stabilized sand as shown on Drawings. E. Visually Inspect the service connections before backfilling 3 06 INSPECTION OF SERVICE CONNECTIONS A. When the service line located within the right-of-way or easement extends beyond 8 feet from the sewer main, perform a TV inspection on the service line in accordance with Section 02558— Cleaning and Television Inspection. B If the television inspection indicates that repairs are required the Engineer will determine if a point repair or the rehabilitation of the entire service line to the edge of right-of-way or easement is required. C Rehabilitation may consist of open cut, remove and replace or an approved trenchless method for lines located under roadways. 3 07 RECONNECTION ON PARALLEL OR REPLACEMENT SEGMENTS A. Install service connections on the sewer main. B Remove and replace cracked, offset or leaking service line for up to eight (8) feet, measured horizontally, from the centerline of the sanitary sewer main C Make up the connection between the main and the existing service line using PVC sewer pipe and approved couplings, as shown on the Drawings. D Test service connections before backfilling E. Embed the service connection and service line as specified for the sanitary sewer main as shown on the Drawings. Place and compact trench zone backfill in compliance with Section 02317- Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 030147 010 Section 02551 Page 5 of 6 3 08 INSTALLATION OF NEW SERVICE STUBS A. Install service connections on sanitary sewer main for each service connection. Provide the length of stub indicated on the Drawings. Install plug or cap on the upstream end of the service stub as needed. B Test service connections before backfilling. C Embed the service connection and service line as specified for sanitary sewer main, and as shown on the Drawings Place and compact trench zone backfill in compliance with Section 02317- Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Install a minimum 2-foot length of magnetic locating tape along the axis of the service stub and 9 inches to 12 inches above the crown of the pipe, at the end of the stub 3 09 TESTING A. Perform a post installation CCTV inspection as specified in Section 02558 - Cleaning and Television Inspection to show locations of service connection 310 CLEANUP A. Backfill the excavation as specified in Section 02317- Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B Replace pavement or sidewalks removed or damaged by excavation in accordance with Section 01740— Restoration of Site Improvements. In unpaved areas, bring surface to grade and slope surrounding the excavation. Replace a minimum of 4 inches of topsoil and seed according to requirements of Section 02921 - Hydromulch Seeding END OF SECTION 030147.010 Section 02551 Page 6 of 6 SECTION 02553 POINT REPAIRS PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Repair of sanitary sewer lines by replacing short lengths of failed pipe with new pipe. 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and Payment for sewer line point repair is on a unit price basis for each repair performed Minimum length of pipe to be replaced for each repair, determined by depth of sewer line measured from natural ground to flow line at point of repair 1 Up to 8-foot depth. 8 feet minimum length. 2 Greater than 8-foot depth. 12 feet minimum length B Measurement and Payment for sewer line extra length point repair is on a linear foot basis in excess of minimum replacement lengths specified above; however, said unit price is not to exceed the price per foot of a standard point repair of a similar size pipe at the applicable depth C Measurement and Payment for sewer line point repair to allow pipebursting is on a unit price basis for each repair performed There is no minimum or maximum length and therefore no separate payment for additional length D The cost of the following items of work are included in the unit prices for point repairs: 1 Excavation, embedment and backfill 2. Hauling away and lawful disposal of excess excavated materials and debris. 3 Pipe, pipe fittings, adapters and concrete collars. 4 Restoration of site improvements, including sodding E. The cost for acceptance testing is to be included in the cost of point repairs. F The cost of post installation cleaning and television inspection is not to be included in the cost of point repairs. These items shall be paid for separately in accordance with the bid proposal form under the cleaning and television inspection line items. G No separate payment will be made for hand excavation H Point repairs which only require the replacement of the tap or service connection shall be paid under section 02551 030147.010 Section 02553 Page 1 of 6 1 03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Locate and replace small lengths of one or more pipe sections where isolated line failure has occurred due to settlement, corrosion, crushing, or separation of joints B The Engineer will identify potential locations for point repair, but the Contractor is responsible for verifying locations at no additional cost. C Perform point repairs only on those portions of service lines which are located in an easement or right-of-way; perform no repairs to service lines on private property, unless Authorized by the City D Replace carrier pipe for point repairs unless otherwise directed by the Engineer 104 DEFINITIONS A. Point Repair Repair of broken or collapsed gravity sanitary sewer lines on public property, including mains, collectors and service lines, by replacing, at the point of failure, the length of failed pipe with new pipe. B Sewer Lines Gravity flow pipe lines in the easement or right-of-way which collect sanitary sewer discharges from commercial or residential service lines and discharge into another sewer line (main or collector), or into a lift station or treatment plant. C Service Lines: Those gravity flow sewer lines from commercial or residential property that discharge into a sewer line. 105 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals: Comply with Section 01340—Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. B Submit product data for each pipe product, fitting and jointing material. 106 SEQUENCING A. Before rehabilitating a sewer line section between adjacent manholes, complete point repair and obstruction removal on that section only as needed to facilitate the rehabilitation. B Clean line and perform post-installation videotape inspection for each point repair on sewer lines not scheduled for other methods of rehabilitation 030147.010 Section 02553 Page 2 of 6 PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SCHEDULE A. Furnish and install point repairs which meet the following specifications under the conditions listed in the following table: Schedule of Point Repairs Up Stream Downstream Approx Dist. Manhole Manhole From Up MH (ft) Type of Repair Required 38-84D 38-84C 37 Hole in Pipe; Replace Pipe Section 38-84F 38-84C 108 Pipe Oval Shape; Replace Pipe Section 38-84F 38-84C 665 Pipe Oval Shape; Replace Pipe Section 38-84F 38-84C 700 Replace Pipe Section and Service Connection 38-84H 38-84B 440 Hole in Pipe; Replace Pipe Section Service Line with concrete build-up, Replace Service 38-88 38-91 31 Line Connection 38-136B 38-136A 167 Heavy Roots, Cracked Pipe; Replace Pipe Section 38-136B 38-136A 416 Cracked Pipe, Offset Joint; Replace Pipe Section 38-136F 38-136E 220 Broken Pipe, Hole in Pipe; Replace Pipe Section 38-136L 38-136K 67 Broken Pipe; Replace Pipe Section Service Line at Tap, Replace Service Line Connection 130C 130B 110 and Pipe Section 130G 130E 193 - -- Bad Connection at Tap, Replace Connection CB 4174 38-84A 3 Main Line Point Repair 3A-30 3A-29 162 Main Line Point Repair 3A-31 3A-30 171, 13 LT Lateral Line point Repair 3A-34 3A-35 270 Main Line Point Repair 3A-36 Service NA Lateral Line Point Repair Alternate Bid -Schedule of Point Repairs Up Stream Downstream Approx Dist. Manhole Manhole From Up MH (ft) Type of Repair Required 3A-1 3A-2 133 Offset Joint; Replace Pipe Section 3A-2 3A-3 278 Offset Joint; Replace Pipe Section 3A-9 3A-45 241 Missing Pipe Section, Install New Pipe Section 3A-11 3A-12 32 Line Obstruction, Replace Line Section 3A-11 3A-12 56, 40 LT Lateral Line point Repair 3A-3 3A-4 148, 38 RT Lateral Line point Repair 3A-50 3A-49 60, 5 RT Lateral Line point Repair 3A-12 3A-49 167 Heavy Grease in Service Line; Replace Service Line 030147.010 Section 02553 Page 3 of 6 2.02 PVC PIPE A. PVC Sewer Pipe and Joints: 4-inch through 24-inch pipe complying with Section 02506 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe. If point repair is located at a service connection, use a full-bodied fitting for the service connection No field fabrication of fittings is allowed 2.03 JOINTING MATERIALS A. Use flexible adapters secured with 1/2-inch stainless steel bands, as manufactured by Fernco, or approved equal. B Form a concrete collar around each joint using concrete complying with Section 03315- Concrete for Utility Construction PART3 EXECUTION 3 01 PROTECTION A. Provide barricades, warning lights and signs for excavations created by point repairs. Comply with Section 01555—Traffic Control, Flagmen and Regulations. B Do not allow soil, sand, debris or runoff to enter sewer system. 3 02 DIVERSION PUMPING A. Install and operate diversion pumping equipment as required to maintain sewage flow and to prevent backup or overflow Comply with Section 01540 - Diversion Pumping 3 03 EXCAVATION A. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 02317- Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B Perform work in accordance with OSHA standards. Employ a trench safety system as required in Section 01526 - Trench Safety Systems. C Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures as required in Section 01563- Control of Ground Water and Surface Water D Remove and lawfully dispose of excess excavated material and debris from the work site daily 030147.010 Section 02553 Page 4 of 6 3.04 TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF POINT REPAIR A. Verify location of sewer line point repairs indicated on the drawings. B After the location of a point repair, excavate the required length for the point repair C Prior to replacing pipe, determine condition of the existing line on both sides of the point repair by lamping the line at least 10 feet in each direction Determine whether additional lengths of line (beyond "minimum length"criteria) need replacement. Report need for additional replacement to the Inspector and obtain authorization before proceeding D Remove the damaged pipe and replace with new pipe, shaping the bottom of the trench and placing the required pipe bedding so that the grade of the replaced pipe matches the grade of the existing line. Establish proper grade for the pipe being replaced using methods acceptable to the Engineer E. Connect the new pipe to existing pipe using flexible adapters. If joints cannot be made watertight using flexible adapters, place waterstop gaskets on each joint. Encase all connections to existing pipe in a concrete collar Place concrete as specified in Section 03315-Concrete for Utility Construction. Reconnect affected service connections or stacks using full-bodied fittings. No field fabrication of fittings allowed. F After completion of point repair, but prior to backfill, perform a smoke test to demonstrate the integrity of the repair, in the presence of the Inspector Test as specified in Section 02533 -Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers. Repair and retest sections that fail until repair passes test. G Encase exposed pipe in cement stabilized sand complying with Section 02321 - Cement Stabilized Sand. H Backfill the excavation as specified in Section 02317- Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Complete site restoration as specified in Section 01740- Restoration of Site Improvements. J Perform a post-installation videotape inspection as specified in Section 02558- Cleaning and Television Inspection. 1 Point repairs that show offset joints, non-uniform grade, incorrect alignment, excessive deflection or similar conditions are considered defective work. 2. Replace pipe and bedding as required to correct defective work at no additional cost. 3. Identify service connections, structural defects and/or potential I/I sources, which were not identified on the survey inspection report. 030147.010 Section 02553 Page 5 of 6 3 05 TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF POINT REPAIR TO ALLOW PIPEBURSTING A. Verify location of sewer line point repair B After the location of a point repair, excavate the required length for the point repair C Remove the damaged pipe that obstructs to passage of the pipebursting equipment and replace with new or used pipe, shaping the bottom of the trench and placing the required pipe bedding so that the grade of the replaced pipe matches the grade of the existing line. Establish proper grade for the pipe being replaced using methods acceptable to the Engineer D Backfill the excavation as specified in Section 02317- Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. E. Complete site restoration as specified in Section 01740- Restoration of Site Improvements. 3 06 ABANDONMENT OF POINT REPAIR A. If a pipe is exposed by excavation and found to be in good condition, not requiring a point repair, that point repair shall be abandoned. Notify the Inspector B Backfill the excavation, replace pavement or sidewalk, and repair and seed or sod unpaved areas, as specified in Section 01740- Restoration of Site Improvements. END OF SECTION 030147.010 Section 02553 Page 6 of 6 SECTION 02555 MANHOLE REHABILITATION PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Repair, rehabilitation or replacement of deteriorated, leaking or structurally unsound manholes and cleanouts. 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for cementitious manhole wall lining is on a vertical foot basis to the nearest tenth of a foot, measured from the bottom of the frame to the top of the bench No separate payment will be made for manhole cleaning when a liner is applied. B Measurement for the adjustment of an existing manhole frame and cover, including raising or lowering the height of the cover within one vertical foot, is on a unit price basis, per manhole. C Measurement for adjustment of manhole frame and cover over one foot is on a vertical foot basis, measured to the nearest tenth of a foot. D Measurement for new manhole insert dishes will be on a unit price-basis,-per manhole. E. Measurement for new frame-and covers will be on a unit price basis, per manhole, to include all surface preparation necessary for proper fit of seals to manhole walls. F Measurement for replacement of manhole covers is on a per unit basis. G Measurement for the reconstruction of manhole invert and/or bench shall be on a per unit basis. H Measurement for manhole cleaning, when a liner is not applied, shall be on a per unit basis. I Measurement for Wastewater Access Chambers will be on a unit price basis, to include installment, backfill material, additional riser pipe, manhole inserts and City of Pearland standard manhole frame and cover J Backfill, including cement-stabilized sand, is included in the unit prices for rehabilitated manholes; no separate payment will be made. K. Measurement for pavement restoration will be in accordance with Section 01740— Restoration of Site Improvements. 030147.010 Section 02555 Page 1 of 11 103 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 1140 - Standard Practice for Preparing and Testing Specimens from Shortcrete Test Panels. B ASTM D 698- Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft) 1 04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Perform work needed to make manholes structurally sound, improve flow, prevent entrance of inflow or groundwater, prevent entrance of soil or debris, and provide protection against hydrogen sulfide gas attack. B Manufacturer's Product Support: When requested by the Engineer, provide a representative employed by the manufacturer having technical training in admixture and manhole wall liner available for consultation on site upon 48 hours notice. 105 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals: Comply with Section 01340—Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. B Product Data. Submit product data, including surface preparation instructions and application instructions, from pre-approved manufacturer of wall repair materials, hydraulic cements, quick-set mortars, specialized sealants, grouts, manhole inserts, manhole frame } covers and frame-to-manhole seals. C Installer Qualifications: Installers of liners and wall repair systems shall submit qualifications to the Engineer List installer's personnel who have satisfactorily completed manufacturer's training in product application within the previous 2 years. Include date of certification for each person. 1 06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Manholes Containing Mechanical or Electrical Equipment: 1 Drawings may not show locations of flow monitoring equipment. If a manhole contains any mechanical hardware or electrical flow monitoring equipment, immediately notify the Engineer 2. Reschedule work in such manholes until equipment has been removed by the City and further instructions are given 3 Do not subject manholes with mechanical hardware or electrical equipment to diversion or bypass pumping. 4 Damage to installed equipment, due to Contractor's failure to adhere to this instruction,will be repaired by the City and cost of repairs charged to the Contractor 030147 010 Section 02555 Page 2 of 11 B Field Location of Manholes, Cleanouts and End of Lines. 1 Contractor is responsible for locating and uncovering all manholes, cleanouts and ends of lines If Contractor is unable to locate manholes, cleanouts or ends of lines, Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing 2. Manholes may be located within project limits which are not part of the system being rehabilitated Properly identify manholes before starting work. 107 SALVAGE A. Manhole covers and frames from abandoned manholes remain the property of the City Unless indicated to be re-used in the work, deliver salvaged items to location(s) designated by the Inspector PART2 PRODUCTS 2 01 WALL CLEANING MATERIAL A. High Pressure Water 3500 psi minimum force. B Cleaners: Detergent or muriatic acid capable of removing dirt, grease, oil and other matter which would interfere with bond of sealing material to wall; refer to sealing material manufacturer's recommendations. 2.02 ALL REPAIR MATERIALS A. Hydraulic Cements: Use a blend of cement powders or hydraulic cement to stop active leaks in the manhole structure. B Quick-set Mortar Use a quick-set mortar to repair wide cracks, holes or disintegrated. mortar 2 03 MANHOLES COVERS, FRAME INSERTS AND FRAME-TO-MANHOLE SEALS A. New Covers/Frames: Comply with Section 02084 - Frames, Grates, Rings, and Covers. B Provide manhole inserts including new dishes, gaskets and relief valves. Select appropriate watertight inserts to fit walls and frames of manholes. C Manhole Dish Inserts for Use in Driving Surfaces: 1 Dish a. Body manufactured of 304 Stainless Steel. b Not less than 18 gage. c. Shall have a straight side design to allow a loose fit into ring for easy removal. The insert manufacture must furnish a"Load Test Verification" showing a load test failure in excess of 3000 lbs. 030147 010 Section 02555 Page 3 of 11 d Permanently stamp dish in a visible place"PROPERTY OF CITY OF PEARLAND— REPLACE AFTER REMOVAL" 2 Gasket: The gasket shall be manufactured of close cell neoprene, and shall have a pressure sensitive adhesive on one side. The gasket shall be installed by the manufacturer and must be compatible with the insert material to form a long lasting bond in wet or dry conditions. 3 Relief Valve: The gas relief valve shall be designed to release at a pressure of 0.5 to 1 5 psi. The valve shall be installed in the insert by means of a hole tapped in the insert by the manufacturer The valve shall be made of Nitrile for prevention of corrosion from contact with hydrogen sulfide, diluted sulfuric acid and other gases associated with wastewater collection systems. 4 Handle: The dish shall have a handle of 3/16" plastic coated stainless steel cable installed on the body of the dish. The handle shall be attached with a#6 high- grade stainless steel rivet. The cable shall be braided in a manner, which resists cutting with common bolt cutters The cable terminal and eye shall be made of stainless steel. 5 Tether Each dish shall have a factory installed five foot long, 3/16"stainless steel cable retaining tether that shall pass through a water tight grommet in the bottom of the dish with a high grade stainless steel adjustable locking device located between the bottom of the dish and lift loop at the top end of tether The cable shall be braided in a manner, which resists cutting with common bolt cutters. The cable terminal and eye end shall be made of stainless steel 6 Acceptable Product: "Rainstopper" manhole insert or approved equal. D Plastic manhole inserts are acceptable when the manhole is not located within a driving surface. E. Frame-to-Manhole Seals: As manufactured by Cretex, or approved equal. F Sealing materials between adjustments rings and manhole frame shall be Adeka Ultraseal P201 or approved equal 2.04 CEMENTITIOUS LINING A. Concrete used in the cementitious lining shall have the following properties. 1 Compressive Strength - ASTM C495/C39 a. 1 day—3,000 psi b. 3 days—3,500 psi c. 7 days—4,000 psi d 28 days— 5,000 psi 2 Tensile Strength. 90 days—500 psi, ASTM C496 3 Flexural Strength. 90 days—680 psi,ASTM C78 4 Sulfate Resistant: No attack in 90 days, ASTM C267 5 Bond— 150 psi, ASTM C321 030147.010 Section 02555 Page 4 of 11 6 Maximum water/cement ratio 0 36 7 Slump—5 inches 8. Fume Silica (Silicon Dioxide)—20% by weight. B The polypropylene fibers used in the cementitious lining shall have the following properties: 1 Material - Polypropylene 2. Size - 3/ inch 3. Specific Gravity - 0 91 4 Absorption - None 5. Tensile Strength - 70-110 ksi 6 Modulus of Elasticity - 500 ksi 7 Melt Point - 160 C 8. Flash Point - 500 C 9 Density - 3 Ib/cy C Acceptable products include: 1 Strong seal MS-2 products as manufactured by Strong Systems, Inc., Pine Bluff, Arkansas. 2 Reliner MSP as manufactured by Standard Cement, Houston, Texas 3. Special Section Products: Chemtron TR-Series or Raven 2.05 WASTEWATER ACCESS CHAMBER A. Use wastewater access chamber as manufactured by Uponor ETI Company, or approved equal. B Physical characteristics shall conform, but is not limited to the following 1 Outlets and inlets shall be male (spigot)type extensions connecting to existing piping system with included eccentric reducing couplings or couplings of standard manufacture. Spigot size shall be in accordance with 12"ASTM D3034, SDFR 35 sewer pipe. 2 Chamber shall be white or cream color for internal visibility 3. Bottom of chamber shall form a channel (invert)with minimal flow disruption. 4 Top of chamber shall have capability of accepting 18"SDR 35 sewer pipe or 18" Ultra-Rib as manufactured by Uponor ETI Company Gasket shall be provided if Ultra-Rib is chosen. 5. Body of chamber shall be a one-piece, rotational molded unit, with no seams or welds. Size shall be sufficient to accommodate insertion of 36" long, standard, tractor type CCTV camera. 6 Included lid of chamber shall act as a watertight plug when inserted into the top of riser pipe with provided gasket. 7 Bell end of SDR 35 riser pipe shall be connected to chamber by inserting over open top of unit. If Ultra-Rib is chosen, provided gasket must be installed in molded groove prior to installation of riser pipe. 030147.010 Section 02555 Page 5 of 11 PART3 EXECUTION M` 3 01 PROTECTION A. Provide barricades, warning lights and signs for manhole or cleanout removal excavations Comply with Section 01555—Traffic Control, Flagmen and Regulations. B Do not allow soil, sand, debris or runoff to enter sewer system. 3 02 EXCAVATION A. Excavate in accordance with Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B Perform work in accordance with OSHA standards. Employ a trench safety system as required in Section 01526-Trench Safety System. C Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures as required in Section 01563 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 3 03 DIVERSION PUMPING A. Install and operate diversion pumping equipment to maintain sewage flow and to prevent backup or overflow as specified in Section 01540 - Diversion Pumping B In the event of accidental spill or overflow, immediately stop the overflow and take action to clean up and disinfect spillage. Promptly notify the Engineer so that required reporting can be made to the Texas Natural Resources Conservation Commission and U S Environmental Protection Agency 3 04 CLEANOUT/END OF LINE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT A. Replace removed cleanouts/ends of lines with wastewater access chambers as indicated on the plans. 3.05 MANHOLE WALL CLEANING A. Clean bench/invert floor and interior walls of manholes by removing deleterious material, including dirt, grease and other debris. Material is to be physically removed from the manhole and not flushed into the sewer Use high-pressure water at a minimum force of 3500 psi. If required, use detergent or muriatic acid to remove grease, oil and other matter, which would interfere with bond between existing manhole wall and approved repair materials B Prepare interior surfaces as recommended by the wall liner material manufacturer 3.06 MANHOLE WALL SEALING A. Seal active leaks in manhole structures with a blend of cement powder or hydraulic cement. 030147.010 Section 02555 Page 6 of 11 B Remove loose or defective wall material Clean manhole in accordance with paragraph 3 05 prior to application of hydraulic cements C Stopping Leaks: Drill weep holes at bottom of manhole walls to relieve hydrostatic pressure. Plug pressure-relief holes after leaks are stopped using hydraulic cement materials Lead wool may also be used to plug large leaks. D Repair wide cracks, holes and disintegrated mortar with quickset mortars following manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. E. Reshape manhole inverts before wall-sealing work. Apply concrete to cleaned manhole benches as specified in Section 03315- Concrete for Utility Construction F After active leaks have been stopped, clean and prepare walls for application of selected liner material G The manhole shall be rehabilitated by the following methods. 1 Cementitious lining with a minimum liner thickness of one (1) inch containing ASTM C150, Type 1 Cement, "fume silica"and polypropylene fibers. H Pursuant to providing the required application thickness, finish the material with a steel trowel to a smooth and even surface. I Prevent foreign material from entering adjoining pipes. Remove droppings of foreign and wall sealant materials before they harden on the bottom of the manhole. J Strictly follow product manufacturers' published instructions and recommendations for surface preparation, application and proportioning 3 07 MANHOLE BENCHES/INVERTS A. Remove obstructions and loose materials from benches prior to shaping inverts. Form smooth, U-shaped inverts having minimum depths of one-half the pipe diameter and channel it across the floor of the manhole using an approved manhole rehabilitation material Control flow to allow sufficient setting time for material used B Make finished benches and inverts smooth and without defects which would allow accumulation of debris. 3.08 MANHOLE COVERS AND FRAMES A. Adjust manhole frames and covers found above or below grade and reset loose frames. Combine precast concrete adjustment rings so that the elevation of the installed frame and cover extends 6 inches above the natural ground in unpaved areas. In paved areas, set flush and smooth with pavement grades. An approved sealant shall be applied between the top adjustment ring and the manhole frame. No less than two beads shall be applied 1/2-inch wide and 3/4-inch high. An approved manhole cementitious lining material shall 030147.010 Section 02555 Page 7 of 11 be applied between the rings and no less than 1-inch of lining material shall be applied to the inside and outside face of the adjustment rings. B Install new watertight manhole covers and frames at locations shown on the Drawings or where instructed by the Engineer Use new frames and covers. C Limit pavement removable to 4'x4'when replacing a manhole frame and cover located in pavement. 3 09 MANHOLE INSERTS A. Inflow Preventors. All manholes in traffic areas shall have a stainless steel inflow preventor installed. Water tight manholes with bolted covers do not require an inflow preventor B Exercise care in selecting the proper insert dish to fit properly with the manhole frame and cover The insert flange should have an outside diameter 3/16 inch less than the inside diameter of the manhole frame. Once proper fit is established, clean manhole frame surface of all dirt, grit and debris with a wire brush Fully seal insert on the manhole frame, providing a watertight seal. C Securely attach retaining tether to the manhole frame following manufacturer's instructions with a tamper-proof anchoring device. D Replace damaged, tight-fitting or missing inserts identified prior to final inspection at no cost to the City ,? E. For new sanitary sewer manholes subject to loading or differential movement at manhole frames, and for rehabilitated manholes, install manhole chimney seals to prevent inflow between manhole frames and masonry chimneys. Refer to Section 02084- Frames, Grates, Rings and Covers. 3 10 FRAME-TO-MANHOLE SEALS A. Surfaces on which the sleeve or extension is to be compressed shall be circular, clean, reasonably smooth and free of loose material and excessive voids. If a surface is rough or irregular and would not provide an effective seal, smooth it with an approved microsilica- enhanced grout. Repair flaws in manhole frames, such as cracks, pits or protrusions, by filling with concrete or grinding smooth. This type of surface work will need to be done on manholes that have not been lined, manholes that have been lined should not need any surface work in order to install the seal B Install seals following manufacturer's installation instructions Arrange for manufacturer's representative to train Installer's personnel in proper methods of installing seals and assist the Installer and Contractor with any problems they might encounter installing the seals. C If internal surfaces of the chimney or corbel section of the manhole exceed a slope of 1 in 3, do not use a frame-to-manhole seal. D Install frame-to-manhole seals so as to prevent water migration between manhole frames and manhole structures. 030147.010 Section 02555 Page 8 of 11 3 11 ADJUST MANHOLE TO GRADE A. Manholes are to be raised to 3" above natural grade when located in yards. Clean fill shall be added and sloped from manhole to ensure positive drainage. B Manholes located in swales shall be set 2"above the centerline at the adjacent roadway 3 12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inform the Engineer immediately if materials being used are not producing required results or need modification. The Engineer has the right to stop the use of any material at any time. 3 13 INSPECTION A. After manhole wall sealing or manhole rehabilitation is complete, visually inspect manholes in the presence of the Engineer Check for cleanliness and for elimination of active leaks. B At completion of manhole rehabilitation, assist the Engineer in verifying installation of minimum coating thickness of concrete liner Test several points on manhole walls Repair verification points prior to final acceptance for payment. 314 TESTING A. Perform leakage testing for manholes, refer to Section 02533 -Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers 315 BACKFILL A. Backfill and compact soil in area of excavation surrounding manholes in accordance with Section 02317- Excavation and Backfill for Utilities B In unpaved areas, grade surface at a uniform slope of 1 to 5 from the manhole frame to natural grade. Provide at least 4 inches of topsoil complying with Section 02911 -Topsoil, and either seed according to Section 02921 - Hydromulch Seeding, or sod according to Section 02922 - Sodding, as required 030147.010 Section 02555 Page 9 of 11 3.16 SCHEDULE A. Furnish and install manhole repairs which meet the following specifications under the conditions listed in the following table: Manhole Repair Schedule Manhole Replace Frame Seal Manhole Clean Manhole Repair Invert Raise Manhole Number & Cover & Bench LW 3A-24 X X LW 3A-26 X LW 3A-30 X LW 3A-31 X LW 3A-37 X LW 3A-38 X X LW 3A-39 X LW 3A-40 X LW 3B-65 X LW 3B-66 X LW 3B-68 X LW 3A-29A X LW 3A-46 X istinl SH 130-A X SH 130-B X SH 130-C X SH 130-D X SH 130-E X SH 130-F X SH 38-113 X SH 38-115 X SH 38-116 X SH 38-120 X X SH 38-121 X SH 38-126 X SH 3B-136A X SH 38-136J X SH 3B-136K X SH 38-112 X SH 38-114 X SH 38-117 X SH 38-124 X SH 38-85 X SH 38-78 X SH 38-72 X SH 38-84A X SH 38-84B X 030147.010 Section 02555 Page 10 of 11 SECTION 02558 • CLEANING AND TELEVISION INSPECTION PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cleaning sewer lines to remove solids, roots, soil, sand, pieces of broken pipe, bricks, grease, grit from sewer lines and manholes and other debris, thus improving flow and facilitating television inspection for sewer evaluation. Cleaning includes initial manhole wall washing by high-pressure water jet. B. Television inspecting the line to obtain quality videotapes and Television Inspection Reports upon which the Engineer can make decisions regarding needed sewer rehabilitation and repair. 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Cleaning Using Normal Equipment: Measurement for cleaning sanitary sewer mains with normal cleaning equipment is on a linear-foot basis. The Contract unit price for cleaning with normal equipment is full payment for sewer line actually cleaned and accepted Cleaning using normal cleaning equipment includes: 1 Charges for transient water meter setup and water usage. 2. Collection, removal, transportation and legal disposal of liquid wastes, soil, sand and other debris. 3 Locating, exposing and opening manholes on sewers to be cleaned 4 Initial manhole wall washing with high-pressure water Payment for additional cleaning and scrubbing of manhole walls, which may be required for manhole rehabilitation, is included in the unit price for manhole wall sealing as specified in Section 02555- Manhole Rehabilitation. 5. Reconstruction of manholes dismantled for cleaning equipment access, and repair of damage caused by dismantling or cleaning equipment. B. Cleaning Using Mechanical Cleaning Equipment: Measurement for cleaning sanitary sewer mains with mechanical cleaning equipment is on a linear-foot basis for the quantity approved by the Engineer The Contract unit price for cleaning sanitary sewer mains with mechanical cleaning equipment is paid in addition to the unit price for cleaning using normal cleaning equipment. Mechanical cleaning is limited to locations approved by the Engineer on a case-by- case basis after normal cleaning methods have failed to produce satisfactory results, as determined by viewing videotapes. 1 Mechanical cleaning prior to normal cleaning does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for fully cleaning the pipe with normal cleaning equipment. 111 2. Reconstruction of manholes dismantled for cleaning equipment access, and repair of damage caused by dismantling or cleaning equipment. 030147.010 Section 02558 Page 1 of 9 3. Unit price for cleaning using mechanical equipment is compensation in full for all collection, removal, transportation and legal disposal of liquid wastes, soil, sand and debris regardless of quantity of material. C Television Inspection: Measurement of survey television inspection for pipe segments selected by the Engineer is on a linear-foot basis from centerline to centerline of manholes. Payment for survey television inspection is made for the actual lengths of television inspection footage, as measured in the field at grade, as submitted for evaluation prior to final recommendations of sewer rehabilitation method. No separate payment will be made for the following. 1 Poor or unacceptable-quality tapes. Hazy, unclear pictures will not qualify for payment. 2. Re-taping any segment without prior approval of the Engineer 3. Portions of sanitary sewer not videotaped No payment will be made for length of sewer through which the camera could not pass. 4 Reverse setups required to bracket an obstruction. 5. Sewer flow control. D Pre-Installation Cleaning and Television Inspection. No separate payment will be made for pre-installation cleaning and television inspection using normal cleaning equipment. Include cost for pre-installation cleaning and television inspection in cost of line work for which the rehabilitation effort is performed. If a line is inspected and, in the opinion of the Engineer, found to require no rehabilitation work, payment of cleaning and television inspection will be made on the basis of survey normal cleaning and television inspection line items. E. Post-Installation Television Inspection. No separate payment will be made for post- installation television inspection, except for line segments which are rehabilitated only with point repairs (See Section 02553 for details). For all other repairs (i.e. Pipebursting, CIPP, Slip lining, etc., include cost of post-installation television inspection in the cost of the repairs. F Footage paid for survey cleaning, under some circumstances, may exceed the footage paid for survey television inspection, as approved by the Engineer 103 DEFINITIONS A. Normal Cleaning Equipment: Cleaning devices such as rods, metal pigs, porcupines, root saws, snakes, scooters, sewer balls, kites, and other approved equipment in conjunction with hand-winching devices and gas or electric rod-propelled devices. Variable-pressure water nozzles (3000 psi) are considered normal cleaning equipment. B. Mechanical Cleaning Equipment: Buckets, scrapers, scooters, porcupines, kites, heavy-duty brushes, metal pigs and other debris-removing equipment and accessories used in conjunction with approved power winching machines. High-to very-high-pressure water nozzles (10,000 psi) are considered mechanical cleaning equipment. 030147.010 Section 02558 Page 2 of 9 C Survey Cleaning and Television Inspection. Video inspection of existing sanitary sewers to evaluate lines and determine whether conditions exist, which would require line rehabilitation. D Pre-Installation Television Inspection: Video inspection by Contractor of sewer lines designated for rehabilitation to confirm cleaning, location of service connections and constructability of line rehabilitation according to Drawings and Specifications. E. Post-Installation Television Inspection. Video inspection to determine whether rehabilitation of a sanitary sewer has been completed according to Drawings and Specifications. F Television Inspection Report: A form that is filled out by each television operator for any television inspection effort that is submitted to the Engineer, on the form provided at the end of this section. 104 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01340—Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. B. Submit videotapes and Television Inspection Reports to the Engineer for review 1 Provide tapes of quality sufficient for the Engineer to evaluate the condition of the sanitary sewer, locate the sewer service connections and verify cleaning. If quality is not sufficient, re-tape the sanitary sewer segment and provide a new tape and report at no additional cost to the City Camera distortion, inadequate lighting, dirty lens and blurred or hazy pictures will be causes fo'r rejection of tape and associated line segment. 2. Videotapes submitted become the property of the City and will be retained by the Department of Public Works. 3. Contractor shall maintain the master originals of all videotapes and Television Inspection Reports submitted, until final acceptance of the Contract. 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: Use experienced personnel to operate cleaning equipment and devices. B. Acceptance of sewer cleaning work is subject to successful completion of the television inspection. If videotape inspection shows solids, sand, grease, grit or other debris remaining in the line, the cleaning is considered unsatisfactory Repeat cleaning, inspection and videotaping of the sewer line until cleaning is acceptable by the Engineer PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CLEANING EQUIPMENT A. Select cleaning equipment and methods based on the condition of the sanitary sewer mains at the time work begins. More than one method or type of equipment may be required on a single project or at a single location. 030147.010 Section 02558 Page 3 of 9 B When requested by the Engineer, demonstrate at the performance capabilities of cleaning equipment and methods proposed for use on the project. If results obtained by demonstration are not satisfactory, provide other equipment that will clean the sewer line. C For high-velocity cleaning use a water jet capable of producing a minimum volume of 50 gpm with a pressure of 1500 psi at the pump Install a gauge to indicate working pressure on the discharge of high-pressure water pumps. In addition to conventional nozzles, use a nozzle, which directs the cleaning force to the bottom of the pipe for sewers 18-inches and larger D When hydraulic or high-velocity cleaning equipment is used, install a suitable sand trap, weir, dam or suction device in the downstream manhole so that solids and debris are trapped for removal. 2.02 CLEANING ACCESSORIES A. When an additional quantity of water from the public water supply is needed to meet the cleaning requirements of the equipment and the sewer, obtain transient water meters from the City for installation on trucks or at fire hydrants. B. All cleaning equipment must be equipped with backflow preventors to prevent contamination to the public water supply 2.03 VIDEO EQUIPMENT A. Video Equipment: Select and use video equipment that will produce color videotape. B Videotape. Provide videotape in VHS format, recorded at Standard Play (SP) Permanently label each tape with the following information Project No. Contractor's Name. Inspection Type: [ ] Survey [ ] Pre-Installation [ ] Post-Installation Tape No Date Taped. Date Submitted Address: UPS: DWN Pipe Diameter Pipe Length: Manhole No. From To: C Pipe Inspection Camera: Produce a color videotape using a pan-and-tilt radial- viewing pipe inspection camera that pans" 275 degrees and rotates 360 degrees. Use a camera with an accurate footage counter which displays on the monitor the exact distance of the camera from the centerline of the starting manhole. Use a camera with camera height adjustment so that the camera lens is always centered at 030147.010 Section 02558 Page 4 of 9 ` one-half the inside diameter, or higher, in the pipe being taped Provide a lighting system that allows the features and condition of the pipe to be clearly seen A reflector in front of the camera may be required to enhance lighting in dark or large diameter pipe. 1 Two labels are required, one on the spine and the other on the face of the videotape. 2. Tapes shall show only one basin. Only line segments from the,same basin shall be included on a single videotape. 3. Up to 5 (maximum) line segments may be included on the same videotape if they are in the same basin. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin cleaning until both upstream and downstream manholes have been checked for flow monitors and other mechanical devices. 3.02 CLEANING PREPARATION A. Take precautions to protect sanitary sewer mains and manholes from damage that might be inflicted by the improper selection of cleaning processes or improper use of equipment. When using hydraulically-propelled devices take precautions to ensure that the water pressure created does not cause damage to or flooding of public or private property Do not surcharge any sanitary sewer to an elevation that could cause overflow of sewage into area waterways, homes or buildings, or onto the surface. B. Do not use or obstruct fire hydrants when there is a fire in the area. Remove water meters, fittings and piping from fire hydrants at the end of each working day C Exercise care to prevent contamination of the potable water system. Use an appropriately sized backflow preventor when drawing water from a public hydrant. 3.03 CLEANING A. Conserve Water Do not waste water from the public water supply through poor connections, hydrants left open, or any other cause. B. Collapsible Dams: Use collapsible dams for hydraulically-propelled devices which require a head of water to operate. Dam shall be easily collapsible to prevent damage to the sewer, public property and private property C. High Velocity Cleaning: Operate high-velocity cleaning equipment so that the pressurized nozzle moves continuously Turn off or reduce the flow to the nozzle to prevent damage to the line any time the nozzle becomes stationary 110 D Mechanical Cleaning: In addition to normal cleaning equipment, perform mechanical cleaning when required and approved using equipment and accessories as defined in this Section. 030147.010 Section 02558 Page 5 of 9 E. Debris Disposal: Remove sludge, soil, sand, rocks, grease, roots and other solid or semi-solid material resulting from the cleaning operation at the downstream manhole of the section being cleaned Passing debris from any sewer section to any other sewer section is not allowed Load debris from the manholes into an enclosed container Remove solids and semi-solids resulting from cleaning operations from the site and dispose them lawfully at the end of each workday Do not accumulate debris, liquid waste, or sludge on the site except in totally enclosed containers. F Disposal Sites: Dispose of waste at a lawfully-permitted disposal site. 3 04 TELEVISION INSPECTION A. Immediately after cleaning or after completion of repair work videotape the sanitary sewer line to document the condition of the line and to locate existing service connections. Notify the Inspector 24 hours in advance of any television inspection so that the Inspector may observe inspection operations. B. Perform television inspection of sanitary sewers as follows. 1 Perform pre-installation television inspection immediately after line cleaning and before line rehabilitation work. Pre-installation videotape is not required for sewer lines designated to be removed and replaced Verify that the line is clean and ready to accept the line rehabilitation Prepare Television Inspection Report forms. Maintain copies of tapes and reports for reference by the Engineer for the duration of the project. 2. Videos shall pan beginning and ending manholes to show that all debris has been removed. Camera operator shall slowly pan each service connection, clamped joint and pipe material transition from one material to another Complete and submit a Television Inspection Report for every sewer segment videotape submitted to the Engineer 3. Perform post-installation television inspection to confirm completion of rehabilitation work, including removal and replacement. Verify that rehabilitation work conforms to the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. Provide a color videotape showing the completed work, including the condition of restored service connections. 4 Prepare and submit Television Inspection Report forms providing location of service connections along with location of any discrepancies. Manhole work, including benches, inverts and pipe penetrations into manhole, should be complete prior to post-installation videotape work. C Survey television inspection tapes shall be continuous for pipe segments between manholes. Do not leave gaps in the videotaping of a segment between manholes and do not show a single segment on more than one videotape, unless specifically allowed by the Engineer 3.05 FLOW CONTROL A. Perform survey television inspection on one manhole section at a time. Adequately control the flow in the section being taped. Do not exceed the depth of wastewater flow shown below 030147.010 Section 02558 Page 6 of 9 Pipe Diameter Depth of Flow (Inches) (Percentage of Pipe Diameter) 6 - 10 10 12-24 15 Over 24 20 1 If during survey television inspection of a manhole section, the wastewater flow depth exceeds the maximum allowable, reduce the flow depth to an acceptable level by performing the survey television inspection during minimum flow hours, by diversion pumping, or by pulling a camera with swab, high-velocity jet nozzle or other acceptable dewatering device. Videotape made while floating the camera is not acceptable unless approved by the Engineer B Minimize flow in the line while performing pre-installation television inspection. Divert the normal flow as specified in Section 01540 - Diversion Pumping, and clean the line to be inspected C. No flow is allowed in the line while performing post-installation videotape inspection 3 06 PASSAGE OF VIDEO CAMERA dP A. Do not pull or propel the video camera through the line at a speed greater than 30 feet per minute. B If during survey television inspection of a manhole section, the camera is unable to pass an obstruction even though flow is unobstructed, televise the manhole section from the other direction (reverse setup) in order to obtain a complete video of the line. Whenever such a condition arises, notify the Engineer to determine whether an obstruction removal or point repair is necessary If a point repair is authorized, repair the pipe at the designated location and then re-televise the manhole section to verify completion of the point repair, unless waived by the Engineer 1 When the camera is being pulled from the other direction in order to survey on either side of an obstruction, and a second obstruction or repair location is encountered away from the first obstruction, notify the Engineer and request a review of the videotape. The Engineer may direct the Contractor to make one or both point repairs. No downtime shall be allowed. 2. If two point repairs are allowed and completed, re-tape the manhole section Generally, up to 20 feet of the sewer pipe from the finished end of the first point repair to the starting end of the second point repair may be tamped or physically inspected to verify the condition of the sewer without further television inspection. 3 The City makes no guarantee that the sanitary sewer designated for survey television after cleaning is clear for the passage of the camera set-up. Select the appropriate equipment, tools and methods for securing safe passage of the camera. C During pre-installation television inspection, camera passage should show the line is ready for rehabilitation. Report to the Engineer any variations between previous reported (existing data) conditions and actual conditions encountered. 030147.010 Section 02558 Page 7 of 9 D For post-installation television inspection, exercise the full capabilities of the camera equipment to document the completion of the rehabilitation work and the conformance of the work to the Drawings and Specifications. Provide a full 360-degree view of pipe,joints and service connections. 3.07 TELEVISION INSPECTION REPORT A. For each television inspection video provide a completed Television Inspection Report. The Report is a written narrative log of pipe defects, sags and service connection locations and conditions, indexed to the footage counter The report is to contain the following information at a minimum: 1 Tape number each tape shall be given a unique identification number 2. Address. Provide the address of both the upstream and down stream manholes 3. Manhole numbers: Provide the manhole numbers for both the upstream and downstream manholes. 4 Manhole Depth: Measure the depth of both the upstream and down stream manholes from the top of the manhole frame to the invert of the manhole. 5 Length of segment: Measure the length from center to center of the manhole. 6 Length of segment inspected. Measure length of segment inspected if different from the overall length of the line segment. 7 Surface Cover Identify the surface cover for the majority of the line segment. 8. Pipe type and size 9 Joint length 10 Direction of inspection 11 For each defect, lateral and/or connection found provide the footage reading and. clock position. B. In addition to the television inspection report, provide a professional looking graphical representation of each segment showing the following. 1 Upstream and down stream manhole numbers 2. Direction of flow 3. Direction of camera during the inspection 4 Footage reading and description of each defect, lateral and/or connection. C For each defect, lateral and/or connection identified, provide a color photograph showing its condition. Each photograph is to be labeled with the same information required in the graphical representation. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Do not under any circumstances, allow sewage or solids removed in the cleaning process to be released onto streets or into ditches, catch basins, cleanouts, storm drains, or sanitary or storm sewer manholes. B Acceptance of sewer cleaning work is subject to successful completion of the television inspection. If the television inspection shows solids, soil, sand, grease, grit, 030147.010 Section 02558 Page 8 of 9 41, or other debris remaining in the line, cleaning will be considered unsatisfactory Repeat cleaning, inspection, and videotaping of the sewer line until cleaning is judged satisfactory by the Engineer 3.09 MANHOLE REPAIR A. Repair manholes dismantled or damaged during the cleaning process, and replace manhole frames and covers damaged during the cleaning process. END OF SECTION a 030147.010 Section 02558 Page 9 of 9 Section 02571 PIPE BURSTING SANITARY SEWERS PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pipe bursting existing sanitary sewers 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for installing replacement pipe using pipe bursting/crushing method is on a linear foot basis for installed liner pipe, measured from centerline of upstream manhole to center line of downstream manhole. B Insertion or access pits, clamp installation, embedment (bedding, haunching and initial backfill), field quality control (testing), sealing liner at manholes, grouting annular space, building up, shaping and reworking manhole inverts and benches, and pre-installation and post-installation cleaning and television inspection of completed work are included in pipe bursting/crushing unit price and not paid for separately C Excavations initially begun as obstruction removals or point repairs, which the Contractor later decides to use as insertion pits are considered as insertion pits and not paid for separately D Trench safety systems, and well pointing, associated with insertion pits will be paid for at their respective contract unit prices. E. Back filling insertion pits with cement stabilized sand or bank sand above the pipe embedment zone will be paid for at the respective contract unit prices. F No Separate payment will be made for excavation of insertion pits and back fill with in situ material. G No separate payment will be made for disposal of excess excavation material H No separate payment will be made for television inspection of line to be rehabilitated by pipe bursting 103 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 1248- Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials. B ASTM D 2122 - Determining Dimensions of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings. C ASTM D 2412 - Determination of External Loading Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel-Plate Loading 030147.010 Section 02571 Page 1 of 9 104 DEFINITIONS A. Pipe bursting. Reconstruction of sanitary sewers by insertion of liner pipe within the bore of the existing pipe, enlarged by breaking and expanding the old pipe. 1 05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Pipe bursting/crushing involves rehabilitation of deteriorated gravity sewer pipe by installing new pipe material within the enlarged bore created by using a static, hydraulic, or pneumatic hammer Amoling@ device, suitably sized, to break old pipe, or by using a modified boring Aknife@ with a flared plug that crushes existing sewer pipe. Forward progress of the Amole@ or Aknife@ may be aided by hydraulic equipment or other apparatus. Replacement pipe is either pulled or pushed into the bore. 1 06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Liner Acceptance: Provide liner material manufactured without defects to standards and dimensions specified. Causes for rejection include physical liner defects such as concentrated ridges, discoloration, excessive spot roughness, pitting, visible cracks, foreign inclusions and varying wall thickness. 1 07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Prevent injury to or abrasion of pipe during loading, transportation and unloading. Do not drop pipe from vehicles, nor allow pipe to roll down skids or slopes without proper restraining ropes. Use suitable pads, strips, skids or blocks for each pipe during transportation and while awaiting installation B Do not use, and remove from construction site, pipe with physical damage such as cuts, gashes, nicks or abrasions which may have occurred during shipping, storage, or handling, which are deeper than 10 percent of wall thickness. C Use wide belly band slings for lifting and moving pipe. Do not use bare chains in contact with pipe. 1 08 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain sewage flow by diversion pumping or other method approved by the Engineer B Clear existing sewers of debris, obstructions and other foreign material and make point repairs to existing sewers as specified in Section 02553 -Point Repairs. C Perform pipe bursting/crushing according to this Section. D Shape manhole inverts as specified in Section 02555- Manhole Rehabilitation. E. Test lines as specified in Section 02533 -Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers. F Inspect lines by videotaping as specified in Section 02558 - Cleaning and Television Inspection 030147.010 Section 02571 Page 2 of 9 109 SUBMITTALS • A. Comply with Section 01340 -Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. B Submit manufacturer's product data with complete information on pipeline materials including physical properties and dimensions pertinent to this job Furnish certificates of compliance with specifications for materials to be supplied C Submit independent testing laboratory test reports certifying that polyethylene pipe conforms to ASTM D 1248 and ASTM D 3350 D Submit manufacturer's product data on clamps. E. Submit videotapes as specified in Section 02558 - Cleaning and Television Inspection. 110 TESTING A. City may have tests performed on field samples by an independent laboratory following applicable ASTM specifications to verify physical properties and characteristics of supplied materials. Provide product samples as requested by the Engineer B City will pay for tests on materials,which meet specification requirements. Contractor shall pay for failed tests and consequent retesting PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE BURSTING/CRUSHING SYSTEMS A. Provide systems of one or more of the following companies. 1 McConnell Pipe Crushing System, Houston, Texas 2. Miller Pipeline Corporation (Xpandit System), Indianapolis, Indiana 3 PIM Corporation (PIM System), Piscataway, New Jersey 4 Trenchless Replacement Systems (TRS), Calgary, Canada 5. TT Technologies (Grundocrack Pipe Replacement System), Aurora, Illinois 6 Eliminator (TTI) 7 TTS Northwest Company 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Liner pipe systems shall be polyethylene manufactured by Performance Pipe or equal. 2 03 POLYETHYLENE LINER PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Provide polyethylene liner pipe, manufactured of solid-wall, high-density, high- molecular- weight polyethylene meeting ASTM D 1248, Type III, Class B, Grade P-34, Category 5, with a PPI rating of PE 3408. Use polyethylene material with a minimum cell classification of 345434D or E (inner wall of light color) under ASTM D3350 Higher- numbered cell classification limits yielding desirably higher primary properties, according to ASTM D 3350, are also acceptable. Dimensions and workmanship Meet ASTM F 714 and ASTM D 2122. 030147.010 Section 02571 Page 3 of 9 B Provide pipe with maximum Standard Dimension Ratio(SDR), and ratio of outside pipe diameter to wall thickness, as specified below Select SDR for the deeper of two manholes in each particular pipeline segment. Existing Minimum Minimum Wall Thickness (Inches) Nominal Outside Diameter Diameter <15' Deep >15' <20' Deep >20' Deep (Inches) (Inches) SDR 19 SDR 17 SDR 11 6-8 8 625 0 454 0 507 0 784 10 12 75 0 671 0 750 1 159 12 14 0 0 737 0 824 1.273 15 16 0 0 842 0 941 1 455 18 20 0 1 053 1 176 1 818 2.04 LINER PIPE SEAL AT MANHOLES A. Sealer for annular space between liner pipes and manhole: Oakum strips soaked in Scotchseal 5600 as manufactured by 3M Corporation, or approved equal. B Non-Shrink Grout: Strong Seal's QSR patching material, or approved equal -' 2 05 CLAMPS AND GASKETS A. Clamps. Stainless steel, including bolts and lugs; Type 108, as manufactured by JCM Industries or equal Furnish full circle, universal clamp couplings with at least 3/16-inch thick neoprene grid-type gaskets. Select clamps to fit outside diameter of liner pipe as follows. Liner Pipe Minimum Outside Diameter Clamp Length (Inches) (Inches) 8 625 18 10 750 or greater 30 2 07 BEDDING MATERIAL A. Bedding Comply with Section 02320 - Utility Backfill Materials, and Section 02321 - Cement Stabilized Sand 030147 010 Section 02571 Page 4 of 9 if PART3 EXECUTION 3 01 SCHEDULE , A. Furnish and install manhole repairs which meet the following specifications under the conditions listed in the following table: Schedule for Pipe Bursting Down Stream Up Stream Type of Pipe Size Length of Manhole Manhole Pipe 1301 130H PVC 8" 365 130H 130F PVC 8" 350 38-129 38-128 URC & PVC 6" 170 WAC 38-129 URC 6" 270 38-126 38-125 URC & PVC 6" 260 WAC 38-126 URC 6" 290 38-119 38-118 URC & PVC 6" 170 38-120 38-119 URC 6" 350 38-121 38-120 URC 6' 60 1 38-122 38-121 URC.& PVC 6" 150 38-123 38-122 URC 6" 400 WAC 38-123 URC 6" 310 38-112 38-111 URC & PVC 6" 200 38-113 38-112 URC 6" 70 _ 38-114 38-113 URC & PVC 6" 340 WAC 38-114 URC 6" 120 38-115 38-113 URC 6" 325 38-116 38-115 URC & PVC 6" 65 38-117 38-116 URC 6" 150 MH (38-117A) 38-117 URC 6" 350 WAC MH (38-117A) URC 6" 330 _ 38-80A 38-80 VCP 6" 170 38-81 38-80A VCP & PVC 6" 220 38-82 38-81 VCP 6" 130 WAC 38-82 VCP 6" 200 38-84E 38-84D PVC 6" 440 WAC 38-84E PVC 6" 260 88-B 38-88 RPM &PVC 8" 340 _ 3B-65 3B-64 VCP 8" 280 3B-66 3B-65 VCP & PVC 6" 150 11 3B-67 3B-66 VCP 6" 240 3B-68 3B-67 VCP 6" 455 WAC 3B-68 VCP 6" 80 _ _ 3A-28 3A-29 URC, PVC &VCP 6" 360 030147 010 Section 02571 Page 5 of 9 Schedule for Pipe Bursting (cont'd.) Down Stream Up Stream Type of Pipe Size Length of .� Manhole Manhole Pipe 3A-28A 3A-28 URC& PVC 6" 270 WAC 3A-28A URC 6" 280 WAC 3A-24 URC 6" 190 3A-24 3A-25 URC& PVC 6" 260 3A-25 3A-26 URC 6" 250 WAC 3A-26 URC 6" 290 3A-26 3A-27 URC 6" 170 3A-27 3A-36 PVC, URC &VCP 6" 270 MH 3A-37 URC& PVC 6" 320 3A37A MH URC & PVC 6" 330 3A-43 3A-44 URC& PVC 6" 300 3A-42 3A-43 URC& PVC 6" 440 3A-41 3A-42 URC& PVC 6" 430 WAC 3A-41 URC& PVC 6" 100 WAC 38-77 VCP& PVC 6" 735 Alternate Bid -Schedule of Pipe Bursting Up Stream Down Length of Manhole Stream Type of Pipe Size Pipe Manhole p 3A-51 3A-51A URC& PVC 6" 385 3 02 OBSTRUCTION REMOVAL AND POINT REPAIR A. Make point repairs and remove obstructions prior to installing liner pipe, only when required for proper installation of the liner 3 03 DIVERSION PUMPING A. Refer to Section 01540 - Diversion Pumping 3 04 INSERTION OR ACCESS PITS A. Locate pits so that total number is minimized and footage of liner pipeiinstalled in a single pull is maximized. Where possible, use excavations at point repair locations for insertion pits. B Before excavating, check with all utility providers, and determine locations of utilities in or near the work area. Costs of utility repairs, temporary service and other costs arising out of damage to or interruption of utilities, resulting from operations under this Contract, shall be borne by Contractor at no additional cost to City C Perform excavation and backfill in accordance with requirements of Section 02317- Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 030147 010 Section 02571 Page 6 of 9 ` D Perform work in accordance with OSHA standards. Comply with Section 01526 -Trench Safety System for excavations requiring trench safety E. Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with Section 01563 -Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 3 05 POLYETHYLENE LINER PIPE INSTALLATION A. Joints. 1 Assemble and join sections of polyethylene liner pipe on site, above ground Make joints by heating and butt-fusion method in strict conformance to manufacturer's instructions. 2. Use operators who are experienced with butt-fusion jointing of pipe. Operators shall be trained in fusing polyethylene pipe with similar equipment using proper jigs and tools in accordance with pipe manufacturer's standard procedures. 3. Form joints with smooth, uniform double-rolled back beads made while applying proper melt, pressure and alignment. Joints must be inspected and approved by the Inspector before insertion. B Preparation After completing insertion pit excavation, remove top of existing sanitary sewer line down to the spring line. Connect power winch cable to end of liner by use of suitable pulling head equal to outside diameter of liner Secure pulling head to liner and attach to power winch cable so that liner can be satisfactorily fed and pulled through sanitary sewer line. Prevent ragged edges of existing pipe from scarring liner pipe. Follow insertion procedures in ASTM F 585. Do not allow sand or other debris to enter liner C Pulling Liner 1 Maximum length of continuous liner assembled above ground and pulled at any one time: Do not exceed length recommended by manufacturer's printed instructions. 2 Limit pulling force exerted on liner to that indicated below for the appropriate outside diameter of the polyethylene liner Provide a suitable pulling force measuring device connected to the winch or pulling mechanism Polyethylene Liner Maximum Pulling O.D. (Inches) Force (Tons) 8625 40 1075 75 140 105 16.0 12 0 18.0 21 5 D Alternate Insertion Techniques: Pushing, or a combination of pulling and pushing, may be used subject to the Engineer's approval Avoid liner buckling or dimpling by limiting 110 stroke of pushing implement. Cut out and remove portions damaged during insertion process. 030147.010 Section 02571 Page 7 of 9 3.06 CLAMP INSTALLATION A. Where excavations for liner pipe insertion are made between two manholes, cut ends of liner pipe smooth, square to pipe axis. Join liner pipes with appropriately sized stainless steel universal clamp couplings. Butt together gaps between ends of liner pipe with space between ends not exceeding one inch B Bedding Install cement-stabilized sand bedding in accordance with Section 02321 - Cement Stabilized Sand. Extend bedding 12 inches above clamp/liner pipe. 3 07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. After liner installation, perform the following tests. 1 Low pressure air test: Perform before sealing liner in place at manholes, and before making service reconnections to liner Check integrity of joints made, and verify that liner has not been damaged. 2 Service lateral connection test: After all service laterals have been completed for a particular sewer section, verify integrity of re-connections at points where they join liners and existing service lines by performing smoke test. 3 Refer to Section 02533.-Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers for applicable test procedures. 3 08 SEALING LINER IN MANHOLES A. Allow liner pipe to normalize to ambient temperatures and recover from imposed stretch before cutting to fit between manholes, sealing at manholes, and shaping manhole inverts Allow at least 24 hours for normalization of polyethylene liners. B Cut liner so it extends 4 inches into manholes. Make smooth, vertical cuts and slope areas over top of exposed liner using non-shrink grout. C Seal annular spaces between liner at each manhole with specified chemical liner pipe seal and nonshrink grout. Place strips of oakum soaked in sealer in a band to form an effective watertight gasket in the annular space between liner and existing pipes in manhole. Make width of the sealing band at least 8 inches. D Finish seal liner pipe to host pipe with non-shrink grout placed around annular space from inside manhole. Apply grout in a band at least 6 inches wide. E. Reshape and smooth manhole inverts as specified in Section 02555 - Manhole Rehabilitation Use approved manhole rehabilitation material to form smooth transitions with reshaped inverts and raised manhole benches to eliminate sharp edges of liner pipe, concrete benches and channeled inverts. Build up and smooth manhole inverts to match flow line of new liner 3 09 POST-INSTALLATION VIDEOTAPE INSPECTION OF COMPLETED WORK A. Provide the Engineer with videotape showing completed work including condition of restored connections. Comply with Section 02533 -Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers, and Section 02558 - Cleaning and Television Inspection 030147.010 Section 02571 Page 8 of 9 3 10 FINAL CLEANUP A. Upon completion of installation, testing and inspection, clean and restore project area affected by work of this Section. Restore site in accordance with Section 01740 - Restoration of Site Improvements. END OF SECTION IP 1110 030147.010 Section 02571 Page 9 of 9 • SECTION 02621 GEOTEXTILE PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Geotextile, also called filter fabric in applications such as pipe embedment wrap, around the exterior of a tunnel liner,around the foundations of pipeline structures, and slope stabilization. 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate payment will be made for geotextile. 103 REFERENCES A. AASHTO M 288 -Standard Specification for Geotextiles. B ASTM D 3776 - Standard Test Methods for Mass per Unit Area (Weight) of Woven Fabric. C ASTM D 3786- Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting Strength of Knitted Goods and Non-Woven Fabrics - Diaphragm Bursting Tester Method. D ASTM D 3787-Test Methods for Bursting Strength of Knitted Good Constant Rate of Traverse (CRT Ball Burst Test) E. ASTM D 4491 -Standard Test Methods for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity F ASTM D 4533 - Standard Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles. G ASTM D 4632-Standard Test Method for Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles(Grab Method) H ASTM D 4751-Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size of Geotextiles. I ASTM D 4833 - Standard Test Method for. Index Puncture Resistance of Geotextiles, Geomembranes, and Related Products. J Corps of Engineers, COE CW- 02215- Geotextiles Used As Filters • 030147.010 Section 02621 Page 1 of 3 { 104 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to Section 01340- Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. B Submit the standard manufacturer's catalog sheets and other pertinent information, for approval, prior to installation C Submit installation methods, as a part of the work plan for tunneling or for excavation and backfill for utilities Obtain approval from Engineer for filter fabric material and the proposed installation method prior to use of the filter fabric. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GEOTEXTILE A. Provide a geotextile(filter fabric)designed for use in geotechnical applications. The filter fabric shall provide a permeable layer or media while retaining the soil matrix. B Use fabric which meets the physical requirements for Class A subsurface drainage installation conditions as defined in AASHTO M 288 and as specified in Paragraph 2.02, Properties Synthetic Industries#701,Amoco Style 4552 of equal are approved for use under this section. 2.02 PROPERTIES A. Material Nonwoven, nonbiodegradable, fabric consisting only of continuous chain polymer filaments or yarns, at least 85 percent by weight polyolefins, polyesters or polyamide,formed into a dimensionally stable network. B Chemical Resistance: Inert to commonly encountered chemicals and hydrocarbons over pH range of3to12 C Physical Resistance: Resistant to mildew and rot, ultraviolet light exposure, insects and rodents. D Minimum Test Values. Property Value (Min.) Test Method Grab Strength 180 lbs. ASTM D 4632 Trapezoidal Tear Strength 50 lbs. ASTM D 4533 Puncture Strength 80 lbs. ASTM D 4833 Mullen Burst Strength 290 psi ASTM D 3786 Apparent Opening Size ) 0.25 mm ASTM D 4751 Permittivity (sec') 0.2 ASTM D 4491 (1) Maximum average roll value. 030147.010 Section 02621 Page 2 of 3 1 ' PART3 EXECUTION 3 01 LINE WORK A. The use of the geotextile with backfill for utilities Shall conform to Section 02317- Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 3 02 TUNNEL WORK A. Use geotextile outside of a tunnel primary liner to prevent the migration of soil fines into the excavated tunnel resulting in voids or settlement. Select a geotextile, subject to the minimum requirements of Paragraph 2 02, meeting tunnel liner design requirements and installation conditions END OF SECTION 030147.010 Section 02621 Page 3 of 3 SECTION 02911 1110 TOPSOIL PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnishing and placing topsoil for finish grading and for seeding, sodding, and planting 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and payment for topsoil is incidental to Section 01740- Restoration of Site Improvements. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TOPSOIL A. Topsoil shall be fertile, friable, natural sandy loam surface soil obtained from excavation or borrow operations having the following characteristics. 1 pH value of between 5.5 and 6 5 2 Liquid limit: topsoil not to exceed 50 3 Plasticity index. 10 or less. 4 Gradation. maximum of 40 percent passing the#280 sieve. B Topsoil shall be reasonably free of subsoil,clay lumps,weeds, non-soil materials and other litter or contamination Topsoil shall not contain roots, stumps, and stones larger than 2 inches C Obtain topsoil from naturally well drained areas where topsoil occurs at a minimum depth of 4 inches and has similar characteristics to that found at the placement site. Do not obtain topsoil from areas infected with a growth of, or reproductive parts of nut grass or other noxious weeds. PART3 EXECUTION 3 01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that excavation and embankment operations have been completed to correct lines and grades. r 030147.010 Section 02911 Page 1 of 2 r 3 02 TOPSOIL EXCAVATION A. Remove and stockpile topsoil for placement upon completion of trenching activities. 3 03 REPLACEMENT A. For areas to be seeded or sodded, scarify or plow existing material to a minimum depth of 4 inches, or as indicated on the Drawings Remove vegetable material and foreign inorganic material Place 2 inches of loose topsoil on the loosened material and roll lightly with an appropriate lawn roller to consolidate the topsoil B Increase depth of topsoil to 6 inches when placed over sand bedding and backfill materials specified in Section 02320 - Utility Backfill Material. C Remove spilled topsoil from curbs, gutters, and paved areas and stockpile excess topsoil as directed by the Engineer 3 04 PROTECTION A. Protect topsoil from wind and water erosion until planting is complete. END OF SECTION 030147.010 Section 02911 Page 2 of 2 SECTION 02921 HYDROMULCH SEEDING PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Seeding, fertilizing, mulching, and maintenance of areas indicated on drawings. 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and payment for hydromuich seeding is incidental to Section 01740- Restoration of Site Improvements. 103 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01340 -Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. B Submit certification from supplier that each type of seed conforms to these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Seed Law Certification shall accompany seed delivery C Submit a certificate stating that fertilizer complies with these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law PART2 PRODUCTS 2 01 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: Conform to material requirements of Section 02911 -Topsoil B Seed. Conform to US Department of Agriculture rules and regulations of the Federal Seed Act and the Texas Seed Law Seed shall be certified 90 percent pure and furnish 80 percent germination and meet the following requirements: 1 Rye. Fresh, clean, Italian rye grass seed (Lolium multi-forum), mixed in labeled proportions. As tested, minimum percentages of impurities and germination must be labeled Deliver in original unopened containers. 2 Bermuda. Extra-fancy6, treated, lawn type common Bermuda (Cynodon dactylon) Deliver in original, unopened container showing weight, analysis, name of vender, and germination test results. 3. Wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged seed will not be accepted 4 Seed requirements, application rates and planting dates are: 030147 010 Section 02921 Page 1 of 3 { Application Type Rate Planting Date ) Pounds/A Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40-40 Jan 1 to March 31 Unhulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Apr 1 to Sept 30 Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Oct 1 to Dec 31 Unhulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Anual Rye Grass(Gulf) 30 C Fertilizer Dry and free flowing, inorganic,water soluble commercial fertilizer, which is uniform in composition. Deliver in unopened containers which bear the manufacturer's guaranteed analysis. Caked, damaged, or otherwise unsuitable fertilizer will not be accepted Fertilizer shall contain minimum percentages of the following elements. Nitrogen: 10 percent Phosphoric Acid 20 percent Potash. 10 percent D Mulch. Virgin wood cellulose fibers from whole wood chips having a minimum of 20 percent fibers 0 42 inches (107 mm) in length and 0 01 inches (0.27 mm) in diameter Mulch shall be dyed green for coverage verification purposes. E. Soil Stabilizer "Terra Tack 1" or approved equal F Weed Control Agent: Pre-emergent herbicide for grass areas, "Benefin" or approved equal. PART3 PREPARATION 3 01 PREPARATION A. Place and compact topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 02911 -Topsoil. B Dispose of Objectionable and Waste materials in accordance with applicable requirements. 3 02 APPLICATION A. Seed: Apply uniformly-at rates given in Paragraph 2 01 B for type of seed and planting date. B Fertilizer Apply uniformly at a rate of 500 pounds per acre. C Mulch. Apply uniformly at a rate of 50 pounds per 1,000 square feet. D Soil stabilizer Apply uniformly at a rate of 40 pounds per acre. E. Weed control agent: Apply at manufacturer's recommended rate prior to hydro mulching. F Suspend operations under conditions of drought, excessive moisture, high winds, or extreme or prolonged cold. Obtain Engineer approval before resuming operations. 030147.010 Section 02921 Page 2 of 3 ® 3 03 MAINTENANCE A. Maintain grassed areas a minimum of 90 days, or as required to establish an acceptable lawn. For areas seeded in the fall, continue maintenance the following spring until an acceptable lawn is established. B Maintain grassed areas by watering, fertilizing,weeding, and trimming C Repair areas damaged by erosion by regrading, rolling, and replanting D Any continuous area greater than 1 ft2 which does not maintain coverage shall be re- seeded. END OF SECTION s S 030147.010 Section 02921 Page 3 of 3 SECTION 02922 SODDING PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Restoration of existing lawn areas disturbed by construction shall be by installation of new sod. B Sod is defined as blocks, squares, strips of turf grass, and adhering soil used for vegetative planting To be placed edge to edge for complete coverage. C Lawn is defined as ground covered with fine textured grass kept neatly mowed. 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate payment is provided—payment to be included in other bid items. 103 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to the requirements of Section 01340- Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 1 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sod only when weather and soil conditions are deemed by Engineer to be suitable for proper placement. B Water and fertilize new sod C Guarantee sod to be growing 30 days after substantial completion D Maintenance Period 1 Begin maintenance immediately after each section of grass sod is installed and continue for a 30-day period from date of substantial completion. 2. Resod unacceptable areas. 3. Water, fertilize, control disease and insect pests, mow, edge, replace unacceptable materials,and perform other procedures consistent with good horticultural practice to ensure normal,vigorous and healthy growth. Disease control shall be installed within guidelines set forth by the Structural Pest Control Board of the State of Texas. E. Notify the Engineer 10 days before end of maintenance period for inspection 030147.010 Section 02922 Page 1 of 4 PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SOD A. Species: Replace sod with some species as was present in the lawn prior to construction. B Contents: 95 percent permanent grass suitable to climate in which it is to be placed;not more than 5 percent weeds and undesirable grasses, good texture, free from obnoxious grasses, roots, stones and foreign materials. C Size: 12 inch wide strips, uniformly 2 inches thick with clean-cut edges. D Sod is to be supplied and maintained in a healthy condition as evidenced by the grass being a normal green color 2.02 FERTILIZER A. Available nutrient percentage by weight: 12 percent nitrogen,4 percent phosphoric acid,and 8 percent potash, or 15 percent nitrogen, 5 percent phosphoric acid, and 10 percent potash. 2.03 WEED AND INSECT TREATMENT A. Provide acceptable treatment to protect sod from weed and insect infestation. Submit treatment method to the Engineer for approval. Insect and disease control shall be installed within guidelines set forth by the Structural Pest Control Board of the State of Texas. 2.04 WATER A. Potable, available on-site through Contractor's water trucks. Do not use private resident's water 2 05 BANK SAND A. Free of clay lumps, roots, grass, salt or other foreign material PART3 EXECUTION 3 01 PREPARATION A. Verify that soil placement and compaction have been satisfactorily completed Verify that soil is within allowable range of moisture content. B Top soil shall be free of weeds and foreign material immediately before sodding C Do not start work until conditions are satisfactory Do not start work during inclement or impending inclement weather D Rake areas to be sodded smooth, free from unsightly variations, bumps, ridges or depressions. _ , 030147.010 Section 02922 Page 2 of 4 E. Spread 2-inch layer of bank sand over areas to be sodded prior to planting of sod F Apply fertilizer at a rate of 25 pounds per 1000 square feet. Apply after raking soil surface and not more than 48 hours prior to laying sod. Mix thoroughly into upper 2 inches of soil. Lightly water to aid in dissipation of fertilizer 3 02 APPLICATION A. Lay sod with closely fitted joints leaving no voids and with ends of sod strips staggered Sod shall be laid within 24 hours of harvesting B After sod is laid, irrigate thoroughly to secure 6-inch minimum penetration into soil below sod. C Tamp and roll sod with approved equipment to eliminate minor irregularities and to form close contact with soil bed immediately after planting and watering Submit type of tamping and rolling equipment to be used to the Engineer for approval, prior to construction. 3 03 MAINTENANCE A. Watering. 1 Water lawn areas once a day with minimum 1/2 inch water for the first 3 weeks after area is sodded. 2 After 3-week period, water twice a week with 3/4 inch of water each time unless comparable amount has been provided by rain. 3 Make weekly inspections to determine moisture content of soil unless soil is in frozen condition. 4 Water in afternoon or at night to enable soil to absorb maximum amount of water with minimum evaporation. B Mowing 1 Mow sod at intervals which will keep grass height from exceeding 3-1/2 inches. 2 Set mower blades at 2-1/2 inches. 3 Do not remove more than one-half of grass leaf surface. 4 Sodded areas requiring mowing within 1 month after installation,shall be mowed with a light-weight rotary type mower The sod shall be mowed only when dry and not in a saturated or soft condition 5. Remove grass clippings during or immediately after mowing. 030147.010 Section 02922 Page 3 of 4 C Fertilizer and Pest Control. 1 Evenly spread fertilizer composite at a rate of 40 pounds per 5000 square feet or as recommended by manufacturer Fertilizer shall not be placed until 2 weeks after placement of sod 2 Restore bare or thin areas by topdressing with a mix of 50percent sharp sand and 50 percent sphagnum peat moss 3 Apply mixture 1/4 to 1/2 inch thick. 4 Treat areas of heavy weed and insect infestation as recommended by treatment manufacturer 3.04 CLEANUP A. During course of planting, remove excess and waste materials; keep lawn areas clean and take precautions to avoid damage to existing structures, plants, grass, and streets B Remove barriers, signs, and other Contractor material and equipment from project site at termination of establishment period. C Dispose of unused materials and rubbish END OF SECTION 030147.010 Section 02922 Page 4 of 4 • SECTION 03315 CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Concrete work for utility construction or rehabilitation,such as precast manhole sections,slabs on grade, small vaults, site-cast bases for precast units, and in-place liners for manhole rehabilitation. 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unit Prices 1 No payment will be made for concrete for utility construction under this Section. Include cost in applicable utility structure. 2. Contractor shall obtain the services of and pay for a certified testing laboratory to prepare design mixes. 103 REFERENCES A. ACI 117- Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. B ACI 211 1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass Concrete. C ACI 302.1 R- Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction D ACI 304R- Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete. E. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. F ACI 309R- Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. G ACI 311 - Batch Plant Inspection and Field Testing of Ready Mixed Concrete. H ACI 315- Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures. I ACI 318- Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. J ACI 544 - Guide for Specifying, Mixing, Placing, and Finishing Steel Fiber Reinforced Concrete. 111 K. ASTM A 82 -Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. L. ASTM A 185 - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 030147.010 Section 03315 Page 1 of 15 M ASTM A 615- Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. N ASTM A 767 - Standard Specifications for Zinc-coated (Galvanized) Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. O ASTM A 775 -Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars P ASTM A 820 -Steel Fibers for Fiber Reinforced Concrete. Q. ASTM A 884 - Specification for Epoxy-coated Steel Wire and Welded Wire Fabric for Reinforcement. R. ASTM C 31 -Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field S ASTM C 33- Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. T ASTM C 39 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens U ASTM C 42- Standard Method of Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. ✓ ASTM C 94- Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. W ASTM C 138- Standard Test Method for Unit Weight Yield and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete. X. ASTM C 143 - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. Y ASTM C 150- Standard Specification for Portland Cement. Z. ASTM C 172 - Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. AA. ASTM C 173-Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by Volumetric Method BB ASTM C 231 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method CC ASTM C 260- Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. ASTM C 309-Standard Specifications for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. DD ASTM C 494-Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. EE. ASTM C 595- Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements. FF ASTM C 685 - Standard Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric Batching and Continuous Mixing 030147 010 Section 03315 Page 2 of 15 GG ASTM C 1017- Chemical Admixtures for Use in Producing Flowing Concrete. HH. ASTM C 1064- Standard Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed Portland Cement Concrete. II ASTM C 1077-Standard Practice for Laboratory Testing of Concrete and Concrete Aggregate for Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation JJ ASTM D 638 -Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. KK. ASTM D 746-Test Method for Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomers by Impact. LL. ASTM D 747 - Test Method for Apparent Bending Modulus of Plastics by Means of a Cantilever Beam MM CRSI MSP-1 - Manual of Standard Practice. NN CRSI - Placing Reinforcing Bars. 00 Federal Specification SS-S-210A - Sealing Compound, Preformed Plastic, for Expansion Joints and Pipe Joints PP NRMCA- Concrete Plant Standards. 104 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to Section 01340 -Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. B Submit proposed mix design and test data for each type and strength of concrete in the Work. C Submit laboratory reports prepared by an independent testing laboratory stating that maerials used comply with requirements of this Section D Submit manufacturer's mill certificates for reinforcing steel Provide specimens for testing when required by the Engineer E. Submit certification from concrete supplier that materials and equipment used to produce and deliver concrete comply with this Specification F When required on Drawings,submit shop drawings showing reinforcement type,quantity,size, length, location, spacing, bending, splicing, support, fabrication details, and other pertinent information G For waterstops, submit product information sufficient to indicate compliance with this Section, including manufacturer's descriptive literature and specifications. 1 05 HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Cement: Store cement off of the ground in a well-ventilated, weatherproof building 11/ B Aggregate. Prevent mixture of foreign o eign materials with aggregate and preserve gradation of aggregate. 030147.010 Section 03315 Page 3 of 15 C Reinforcing Steel Store reinforcing steel to protect it from mechanical injury and formation of rust. Protect epoxy-coated steel from damage to the coating. PART2 PRODUCTS 2 01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material 1 Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II 2 When aggregates are potentially reactive with alkalis in cement,use cement not exceeding 0 6 percent alkali content in the form of Na2O + 0 658K20 B Water Clean, free from harmful amounts of oils, acids, alkalis, or other deleterious substances, and meeting requirements of ASTM C 94 C Aggregate: 1 Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33 Unless otherwise indicated, use the following ASTM standard sizes: No 357 or No. 467, No. 57 or No. 67, No. 7 Maximum size: Not larger than 1/5 of the narrowest dimension between sides of forms, nor larger than 3/4 of minimum clear spacing between reinforcing bars. 2 Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33 3 Determine the potential reactivity of fine and coarse aggregate in accordance with the Appendix to ASTM C 33 D Air Entraining Admixtures ASTM C 260 E. Chemical Admixtures: 1 Water Reducers: ASTM C 494, Type A. 2 Water Reducing Retarders ASTM 494, Type D 3 High Range Water Reducers (Superplasticizers). ASTM C 494, Types F and G F Prohibited Admixtures: Admixtures containing calcium chloride, thiocyanate, or materials that contribute free chloride ions in excess of 0 1 percent by weight of cement. G Reinforcing Steel 1 Use new billet steel bars conforming to ASTM A 615,ASTM A 767,or ASTM A 775,grade 40 or grade 60, as shown.on Drawings. Use deformed bars except where smooth bars are specified When placed in work, keep steel free of dirt,scale, loose or flaky rust, paint, oil or other harmful materials. 030147 010 Section 03315 Page 4 of 15 2 Where shown, use welded wire fabric with wire conforming to ASTM A 185 or ASTM A 884 Supply the gauge and spacing shown, with longitudinal and transverse wires electrically welded together at points of intersection with welds strong enough not to be broken during handling or placing 3 Wire: ASTM A 82 Use 16-1/2 gauge minimum for tie wire, unless otherwise indicated H Curing Compounds. Type 2 white-pigmented liquid membrane-forming compounds conforming to ASTM C 309 2.02 FORMWORK MATERIALS A. Lumber and Plywood Seasoned and of good quality,free from loose or unsound knots, knot holes,twists, shakes, decay and other imperfections which would affecttrength or impair the finished surface of concrete. Use S4S lumber for facing or sheathing Forms for bottoms of caps: At least 2-inch (nominal)lumber,or 3/4-inch form plywood backed adequately to prevent misalignment. For general use, provide lumber of 1-inch nominal thickness orform plywood of approved thickness B Formwork for Exposed Concrete Indicated to Receive Rubbed Finish Form or form-lining surfaces free of irregularities, plywood of 1/4-inch minimum thickness, preferably oiled at the mill. C Chamfer Strips and Similar Moldings: Redwood, cypress,or pine that will not split when nailed and which can be maintained to true line. Use mill-cut molding dressed on all faces. D Form Ties. Metal or fiberglass of approved type with tie holesnot larger than 7/8 inch in diameter Do not use wire ties or snap ties. E. Metal Forms: Clean and in good condition, free from dents and rust,grease, or other foreign materials that tend to disfigure or discolor concrete in a gauge and condition capableof supporting concrete and construction loads without significant distortion Countersink bolt and rivet heads on facing sides Use only metal forms which present a smooth surface and which line up properly 2 03 PRODUCTION METHODS A. Use either ready-mixed concrete conforming to requirements of ASTM C 94, or concrete produced by volumetric batching and continuous mixing in accordance with ASTM C 685 2.04 MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS A. Measure dry materials by weight, except volumetric proportioning may be used when concrete is batched and mixed in accordance with ASTM C 685. B Measure water and liquid admixtures by volume. 111 2 05 DESIGN MIX A. Use design mixes prepared by a certified testing laboratory in accordance with ASTM C 1077 and conforming to requirements of this section 030147.010 Section 03315 Page 5 of 15 B Proportion concrete materials based on ACI 211 1 to comply with durability and strength requirements of ACI 318, Chapters 4 and 5, and this specification. Prepare mix design of Class A concrete so minimum cementitious content is 564 pounds per cubic yard Submit concrete mix designs to the Engineer for review C Proportioning on the basis of field experience or trial mixtures in accordance with requirements at Section 5.3 of ACI 318 may be used, if approved by the Engineer D Classification MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE CONSISTENCY AIR CLASS TYPE STRENGTH MAXIMUM CONTENT RANGE IN (LBS/SQ. 'IN ) W/C RATIO (PERCENT) SLUMP (INCHES) 7-DAY 28-DAY A Structural 3200 4000 0 45 4+ 1 2 to 4* B Pipe Block Fill, ---- 1500 ---- 4+ 1 5 to 7 Thrust Block *When ASTM C 494, Type F or Type G admixture is used to increase workability, this range may be 6 to 9 E. Add steel or polypropylene fibers only when called for on the Drawings or in another section of these Specifications. F Determine air content in accordance with ASTM C 138, ASTM C 173 or ASTM C 231 G Use of Concrete Classes. Use classes of concrete as indicated on the Drawings and other Specifications. Use Class B for unreinforced concrete used for plugging pipes, seal slabs, thrust blocks, trench dams, and concrete fill unless indicated otherwise. Use Class A for all other applications. 2.06 PVC WATERSTOPS A. Extrude from virgin polyvinyl chloride elastomer Use no reclaimed or scrap material Submit waterstop manufacturer's current test reports and manufacturer's written certification that the material furnished meets or exceeds Corps of Engineers Specification CRD-0572 and other specified requirements B Flat Strip and Center-Bulb Waterstops: 1 Thickness not less than 3/8 inch } 2 Acceptable Manufacturers: 030147.010 Section 03315 Page 6 of 15 • a Kirkhill Rubber Co., Brea, California b Water Seals, Inc., Chicago, Illinois c. Progress Unlimited, Inc., New York, New York d Greenstreak Plastic Products Co , St. Louis, Missouri e. Approved equal. 2 07 RESILIENT WATERSTOP A. Resilient Waterstop Where shown on the Drawings; either a bentonite- or adhesive-type material B Bentonite Waterstop 1 Material 75 percent bentonite,mixed with butyl rubber-hydrocarbon containing less than 1 0 percent volatile matter, and free of asbestos fibers or asphaltics. 2 Manufacturer's rated temperature ranges: For application, 5 to 125 degrees F;in service; 40 to 212 degrees F 3 Cross-sectional dimensions, unexpanded waterstop 1 inch by 3/4 inch. 4 Provide with adhesive backing capable of producing excellent adhesion to concrete surfaces. C Adhesive Waterstop. 1 Preformed plastic adhesive waterstop at least 2 inches in diameter 2 Meets or exceeds requirements of Federal Specification SS-S-210A. 3 Supplied wrapped completely by a 2-part protective paper 4 Submit independent laboratory tests verifying that the material seals joints in concrete against leakage when subjected to a minimum of 30 psi water pressure for at least 72 hours. 5. Provide primer, to be used on hardened concrete surfaces, from the same manufacturer who supplies the waterstop material. 6 Acceptable Manufacturer Synko-Flex Preformed Plastic Adhesive Waterstop,SynkeFlex Products, Inc., or approved equal. PART3 EXECUTION 3 01 FORMS AND SHORING 1) A. Provide mortar-tight forms sufficient in strength to prevent bulging between supports. Set and maintain forms to lines designated such that finished dimensions of structures are within the tolerances specified in ACI 117 Construct forms to permit removal without damage to 030147 010 Section 03315 Page 7 of 15 concrete. Forms may be given slight draft to permit ease of removal Provide adequate cleanout openings. Before placing concrete, remove extraneous matter from within forms. B Install rigid shoring having no excessive settlement or deformation Use sound timber in shoring centering Shim to adjust and tighten shoring with hardwood timber wedges. C Design Loads for Horizontal Surfaces of Forms and Shoring Minimum fluid pressure, 175 pounds per cubic foot; live load, 50 pounds per square foot. Maximum unit stresses: 125 percent of allowable stresses used for form materials and for design of support structures. D Back formwork with a sufficient number of studs and wales to prevent deflection E. Re-oil or lacquer the liner on the job before using Facing may be constructed of 3/4-inch plywood made with waterproof adhesive backed by adequate studs and wales. In such cases, form lining will not be required F Unless otherwise indicated, form outside corners and edges with triangular 3/4-inch chamfer strips (measured on sides) G Remove metal form ties to depth of at least 3/4 inch from surface of concrete. Do not burn off ties. Do not use pipe spreaders. Remove spreaders which are separate from forms as concrete is being placed H Treat facing of forms with approved form coating before concrete is placed. When directed by Engineer, treat both sides of face forms with coating. Apply coating before reinforcement is placed Immediately before the concrete is placed, wet surface of forms which will come in contact with concrete. 3 02 PLACING REINFORCEMENT A. Place reinforcing steel accurately in accordance with approved Drawings. Secure steel adequately in position in forms to prevent misalignment. Maintain reinforcing steel in place using approved concrete and hot-dip galvanized metal chairs and spacers. Place reinforcing steel in accordance with CRSI Publication "Placing Reinforcing Bars " Request inspection of reinforcing steel by the Engineer and obtain acceptance before concrete is placed B Minimum spacing center-to-center of parallel bars. 2-1/2 times nominal bar diameter Minimum cover measured from surface of concrete to face of reinforcing bar unless shown otherwise on the Drawings: 3 inches for surfaces cast against soil or subgrade, 2 inches for other surfaces. C Detail bars in accordance with ACI 315 Fabricate reinforcing steel in accordance with CRSI Publication MSP-1, "Manual of Standard Practice." Bend reinforcing steel to required shape while steel is cold. Excessive irregularities in bending will be cause for rejection D Do not splice bars without written approval of the Engineer Approved bar bending schedules. or placing drawings constitute written approval. Splice and development length of bars shall conform to ACI 318, Chapters 7 and 12, and as shown on Drawings Stagger splices or locate at points of low tensile stress. 030147.010 Section 03315 Page 8 of 15 3 03 EMBEDDED ITEMS lip A. Install conduit and piping as shown on Drawings. Accurately locate and securely fasten conduit, piping, and other embedded items in forms. B Install waterstops as specified in other sections and according to manufacturer's instructions. Securely position waterstops at joints as indicated on Drawings. Protect waterstops from damage or displacement during concrete placing operations. 3 04 BATCHING, MIXING AND DELIVERY OF CONCRETE A. Measure, batch, mix, and deliver ready-mixed concrete in accordance with ASTM C 94, Sections 8 through 11 Produce ready-mixed concrete using an automatic batching system as described in NRMCA Concrete Plant Standards, Part 2- Plant Control Systems. B Measure,mix and deliver concrete produced by volumetric batching and continuous mixing in accordance with ASTM C 685, Sections 6 though 8 C Maintain concrete workability without segregation of material and excessive bleeding. Obtain approval of the Engineer before adjustment and change of mix proportions. D Ready-mixed concrete delivered to the site shall be accompanied by batch tickets providing the information required by ASTM C 94,Section 16 Concrete producedby continuous mixing 0 shall be accompanied by batch tickets providing the information required by ASTM C 685, Section 14 E. When adverse weather conditions affect quality of concrete, postpone concrete placement. Do not mix concrete when air temperature isat or below 40 degrees F and falling Concrete may be mixed when temperature is 35 degrees F and rising Take temperature readings in the shade,away from artificial heat. Protect concrete from temperatures below 32 degrees F until the concrete has cured for a minimum of 3 days at 70 degrees F or 5 days at 50 degrees F F Clean, maintain and operate equipment so that it thoroughly mixes material as required G. Hand-mix only when approved by the Engineer 3 05 PLACING CONCRETE A. Give 24 hour notice to the Engineer prior to commencement of operations to permit inspection of forms, reinforcing steel, embedded items and other preparations for placing concrete. Place no concrete prior to the Engineer's approval B Schedule concrete placing to permit completion of finishing operations in daylight hours. However, if necessary to continue after daylight hours, light the site as required. If rainfall occurs after placing operations are started, provide covering to protect the.work. C Use troughs, pipes and chutes lined with approved metal or synthetic material in placing II concrete so that concrete ingredients are not separated Keep chutes, troughs and pipes clean and free from coatings of hardened concrete. Allow no aluminum material to be in contact with concrete. 030147.010 Section 03315 Page 9 of 15 D Limit free fall of concrete to 4 feet. Do not deposit large quantities of concrete at one location so that running or working concrete along forms is required Do not jar forms after concrete has taken an initial set; do not place any strain on projecting reinforcement or anchor bolts. v' E. Use tremies for placing concrete in walls and similar narrow or restricted locations. Use tremies made in sections, or provide in several lengths, so that outlet may be adjusted to proper height during placing operations. F Place concrete in continuous horizontal layers approximately 12 inches thick. Place each layer while layer below is still plastic. G Compact each layer of concrete with concrete spading implements and mechanical vibrators of approved type and adequate number for the size of placement. When immersion vibrators cannot be used, use form vibrators. Apply vibrators to concrete immediately after depositing Move the vibrator vertically through the layer of concrete just placed and several inches into plastic layer below Do not penetrate or disturb layers previously placed which have partially set. Do not use vibrators to aid lateral flow concrete. Closely supervise consolidation to ensure uniform insertion and duration of immersion H Handling and Placing Concrete. Conform to ACI 302 1 R, ACI 304R and ACI 309R. 3 06 WATERSTOPS A. Embed waterstops in concrete across joints as shown. Waterstops shall be continuous forthe extent of the joint; make splices necessary to provide such continuity in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Support and protect waterstops during construction operations, repair or replace waterstops damaged during construction. B Install waterstops in concrete on one side of joints, leaving other side exposed until the next pour When a waterstop will remain exposed for 2 days or more, shade and protect the exposed waterstop from direct rays of the sun during the entire exposure and until the exposed portion of the waterstop is embedded in concrete. C Splicing PVC Waterstops. 1 Splice waterstops by heat-sealing adjacent waterstop sections in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. 2. Butt end-to-end joints of two identical waterstop sections may be made in the forms during placement of waterstop material 3 Prior to placement in formwork,prefabricate waterstop joints involving more than two ends to be joined together, an angle cut, an alignment change, or the joining of two dissimilar waterstop sections, allowing not less than 24-inch long strips of waterstop material beyond the joint. Upon inspection and approval by the Engineer, install prefabricated waterstop joint assemblies in formwork, and butt-weld ends of the 24-inch strips to the straight-run portions of waterstop in the forms. D Setting PVC Waterstops: 030147.010 Section 03315 Page 10 of 15 1 Correctly position waterstops during installation Support and anchor waterstops during IIP progress of the work to ensure proper embedment in concrete and to prevent folding over of the waterstop by concrete placement. Locate symmetrical halves of waterstops equally between concrete pours at joints, with center axis coincident with joint openings. Thoroughly work concrete in joint vicinity for maximum density and imperviousness. 2 Where a waterstop in a vertical wall joint does not connect with any other waterstop,ands not intended to be connected to a waterstop in a future concrete placement,terminate the waterstop 6 inches below the top of the wall E. Replacement of Defective Field Joints: Replace waterstop field joints showing evidence of misalignment,offset,porosity,cracks, bubbles, inadequate bond or other defects with products and joints complying with the Contract Documents F Resilient Waterstop• 1 Install resilient waterstop in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 2. When requested by the Engineer, provide technical assistance by manufacturer's representative in the field at no additional cost to the Owner 3 Use resilient waterstop only where complete confinement by concrete is provided, do not use in expansion or contraction joints. 4 Where resilient waterstop is used in combination with PVC waterstop, lap resilient waterstop over PVC waterstop a minimum of 6 inches and place in contact with the PVC waterstop Where crossing PVC at right angles, melt PVC ribs to form a smooth joining surface. 5. At the free top of walls without connecting slabs, stop the resilient waterstop and grooves (where used) 6 inches from the top in vertical wall joints. G Bentonite Waterstop 1 Locate bentonite waterstop as near as possible to the center of the joint and extend continuous around the entire joint. Minimum distance from edge of waterstop to face of member 5 inches. 2 Where thickness of concrete member to be placed on bentonite waterstop is less than 12 inches, place waterstop in grooves at least 3/4 inch deep and 1-1/4 inches wide formed or ground into concrete. Minimum distance from edge of waterstop placed in groove to face of member 2 5 inches. 3 Do not place bentonite waterstop when waterstop material temperature is below 40 degrees F Waterstop material may be warmed so that it remains above 40 degrees F during placement but means used to warm it shall in no way harm the material or its properties. Do not install waterstop where air temperature falls outside manufacturer's recommended range. 030147 010 Section 03315 Page 11 of 15 4 Place bentonite waterstop only on smooth and uniform surfaces,grind concrete smooth if necessary to produce satisfactory substrate,or bond waterstop to irregular surfaces using fs an epoxy grout which completely fills voids and irregularities beneath the waterstop material Prior to installation,wire brush the concrete surface to remove laitance and other substances that may interfere with bonding of epoxy 5 In addition to the adhesive backing provided with the waterstop, secure bentonite waterstop in place with concrete nails and washers at 12-inch maximum spacing H Adhesive Waterstop• 1 With a wire brush thoroughly clean the concrete surface on which the waterstop is to be placed and then coat with primer 2 If the surface is too rough to allow the waterstop to form a complete contact, grind to form an adequately smooth surface. 3 Install the waterstop with the top protective paper left in place. Overlap joints between strips a minimum of 1 inch and cover back over with protective paper 4 Do not remove protective paper until just before final formwork completion Concrete shall be placed immediately The time that the waterstop material is uncovered prior to concrete placement shall be minimized and shall not exceed 24 hours. 3 07 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS I yf A. Definitions: 1 Construction joint: Contact surface between plastic(fresh)concrete and concrete that has attained initial set. 2 Monolithic: Manner of concrete placement to reduce or eliminate construction joints; joints other than those indicated on Drawings will not be permitted without written approval of Engineer Where so approved, make additional construction joints with details equivalent to those indicated for joints in similar locations. 3 Preparation for Construction Joints Roughen surface of concrete previously placed, leaving some aggregate particles exposed Remove laitance and loose materials by sandblasting or high-pressure water blasting Keep surface wet for several hours prior to placing of plastic concrete. 3 07 CURING A. Comply with ACI 308. Cure by preventing loss of moisture, rapid temperature change and mechanical injury for a period of 7 curing days when Type II or IP cement has been used and for 3 curing days when Type III cement has been used. Start curing as soon as free water has disappeared from the concrete surface after placing and finishing A curing day is any calendar day in which the temperature is above 50 degrees F for at least 19 hours. Colder days may be counted if air temperature adjacent to concrete is maintained above 50 degrees F In continued cold weather,when artificial heat is not provided, removal of forms and shoring �-- may be permitted at the end of calendar days equal to twice the required number of curing 030147.010 Section 03315 Page 12 of 15 days. However,leave soffit forms and shores in place until concrete has reached the specified 28-day strength, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer B Cure formed surfaces not requiring rubbed-finished surface by leaving forms in place for the full curing period Keep wood forms wet during the curing period Add water as needed for other types of forms Or, at Contractor's option,forms may be removed after 2 days and curing compound applied C Rubbed Finish 1 At formed surfaces exposed to view remove forms as soon as practicable without damaging the surface. 2. After rubbed-finish operations are complete, continue curing formed surfaces by using either approved curing/sealing compounds or moist cotton mats until normal curing period is complete. D Unformed Surfaces. Cure by membrane curing compound method. 1 After concrete has received a final finish and surplus water sheen has disappeared, immediately seal surface with a uniform coating of approved curing compound, applied at the rate of coverage recommended by manufacturer or as directed by the Engineer Do not apply less than 1 gallon per 180 square feet of area. Provide satisfactory means to properly control and check rate of application of the compound 2 Thoroughly agitate the compound during use and apply by means of approved marhanical power pressure sprayers equipped with atomizing nozzles. For application on small miscellaneous items, hand-powered spray equipment may be used Prevent loss of compound between nozzle and concrete surface during spraying operations. 3. Do not apply compound to a dry surface. If concrete surface has become dry,thoroughly moisten surface immediately prior to application. At locations where coating shows discontinuities, pinholes or other defects, or if rain falls on a newly coated surface before film has dried sufficiently to resist damage, apply an additional coat of compound at the specified rate of coverage. 3 08 REMOVAL OF FORMS AND SHORING A. Remove forms from surfaces requiring rubbing only as rapidly as rubbing operation progresses. Remove forms from vertical surfaces not requiring rubbed-finish when concrete has aged for the required number of curing days. When curing compound is used, do not remove forms before 2 days after concrete placement. B Leave soffit forms and shores in place until concrete has reached the specified 28-day strength, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer 3.09 DEFECTIVE WORK A. Immediately repair any defective work discovered after forms have been removed If concrete surface is bulged, uneven, or shows excess honeycombing or form marks which cannot be repaired satisfactorily through patching, remove and replace the entire section 030147.010 Section 03315 Page 13 of 15 3.10 FINISHING A. Patch honeycomb, minor defects and form tie holes in concrete surfaces with cement mortar mixed one part cement to two parts fine aggregate. Repair defects by cutting out unsatisfactory material and replacing with new concrete, securely keyed and bonded to existing concrete. Finish to make junctures between patches and existing concrete as inconspicuous as possible. Use a stiff mixture and thoroughly tamp into place. After each patch has stiffened sufficiently to allow for greatest portion of shrinkage, strike off mortar flush with the surface. B Apply a rubbed finish to all exposed surfaces of formed concrete structures. After pinting has set sufficiently, wet the surface with a brush and perform first surface rubbing with No. 16 carborundum stone, or approved equal Rub sufficiently to bring surface to paste,to remove form marks and projections, and to produce a smooth, dense surface. Add cement to form surface paste as necessary Spread or brush material, which has been ground to paste, uniformly over surface and allow to reset. In preparation for final acceptance, clean surfaces and perform final finish rubbing with No. 30 carborundum stone or approved equal. After rubbing, allow paste on the surface to reset; then wash surface with clean water Leave structure with a clean, neat and uniform-appearing finish C Apply a wood float finish to concrete slabs 3 11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL i A. Testing shall be performed under provisions of Section 01410-Testing Laboratory Services. B Unless otherwise directed by Engineer,the following minimum testing of concrete is required. Testing shall be performed by qualified individuals employed by an approved independent testing agency, and conform to the requirements of ASTM C 1077 C Take concrete samples in accordance with ASTM C 172. D Make one set of four compression test specimens for each mix design at least once per day and for each 150 cubic yards or fraction thereof Make, cure and test the specimens in accordance with ASTM C 31 and ASTM C 39 E. When taking compression test specimens, test each sample for slump according to ASTM C 143,for temperature according to ASTM C 1064,for air content according to ASTM C 231,and for unit weight according to ASTM C 138 F Inspect,sample and test concrete in accordance with ASTM C 94,Section 13, 14, and 15,and ACI 311-5R. G Test Cores: Conform to ASTM C 42 H Testing High Early Strength Concrete: When Type III cement is used in concrete,the specified 7-day and 28-day compressive strengths shall be applicable at 3 and 7 days, respectively 030147.010 Section 03315 Page 14 of 15 I If 7-day or 3-day test strengths (as applicable for type of cement being used) fail to meet dik.411 established strength requirements, extended curing or resumed curing on those portions of structure represented by test specimens may be required If additional curing fails to produce the required strength, strengthening or replacement of portions of structure which fail to develop required strength may be required by the Owner, at no additional cost to the Owner 312 PROTECTION A. Protect concrete against damage until final acceptance by the Owner B Protect fresh concrete from damage due to rain, hail,sleet, or snow Provide such protection while the concrete is still plastic, and whenever such precipitation is imminent or occurring. C Do not backfill around concrete structures or subject them to design loadings until components of the structure needed to resist the loading are complete and have reached the specified 28- day compressive strength, except as authorized otherwise by the Engineer END OF SECTION • 030147.010 Section 03315 Page 15 of 15 SECTION 13442 FIELD INSTRUMENTATION PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Field instrumentation and devices as specified under this Section. 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and Payment for open channel flow meters shall be on a per unit bast complete with mounting hardware and installation. B Measurement and Payment for the portable calibration flow meter will be on a per unit basis. C Measurement and Payment for the data collection device will be on a per unit basis. D Measurement and Payment for the software and training shall be on a lump sum basis. E. Measurement and Payment for the lift station flow meter will be on a per unit basis. 103 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Comply as a minimum with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following 1 American Society for Testing & Materials (ASTM) 2 Hydraulic Institute 3 Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 4 National Electric Code (NEC) 5. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) 6 Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) 7 American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 104 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data in accordance with Section 01340 B Submit Operation and Maintenance Manual in accordance with Section 01730,Operation and Maintenance Data. C For each mechanical and electrical product include manufacturer's descriptive literature, specifications,and cut sheets in sufficient detail (cross-sectional view of equipment,materials of construction,weights,and principal dimensions)to allow for review of conformance to each paragraph of this specification. D Contractor shall be required to furnish calibration information for each item of equipment furnished under this Section,and such information shall be submitted to the Owner for record. 030147.010 Section 13442 Page 1 of 7 . E. Submit nearest permanent service location headquarters for equipment. 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer shall have been making similar equipment for a period of at least 5 years. B All equipment furnished under this Section including its component parts shall be current standard parts of the manufacturer and shall be of new manufacture and shall not be used or reconditioned equipment. C Level/velocity accuracy certification must be provided from an indoor tow tank facility of at least 120 feet in length Written procedures for calculating flow in circular conduits and rectangular conduits using the cross-sectional area times mean velocity method shall be provided. D The flow monitoring system provider shall submit laboratory tests from a nationally recognized testing laboratory,which validates accuracy specifications of proposed flow monitoring system. 106 WARRANTY A. The manufacturer shall warrant, in writing, that all equipment supplied by them shall be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of 12 months from the date of Owner's beneficial use. • PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 OPEN CHANNEL FLOW METER A. General: 1 The flowmeter shall consist of three components; a sensor, an electronic unit and software package. The sensor shall be capable of operating in pipe diameters from 6 to 138 inches. The flowmeter shall determine the volumetric flow rate by means of the Continuity Equation where flow rate"Q" equals mean velocity"V"times cross sectional area "A" (Q =V x A) The sensor must take level and velocity measurements in the same cross sectional area to ensure the validity of flow data derived from the Continuity Equation The velocity measurement must be taken at a known location, then, through empirically established equations; the sensed velocity will be converted to a mean velocity The electromagnetic flowmeter shall be of assured quality and provided by an ISO 9002 certified manufacturer The meter shall be equivalent to the Model 2601ICR Electromagnetic Flowmeter as manufactured by Marsh-McBirney, Inc. in Frederick, Maryland or approved equal. 2 The flow monitoring system provider shall have a minimum of five (5) years of successful experience in the assembly and manufacture of electromagnetic area/velocity flow monitoring equipment. 030147.010 Section 13442 Page 2 of 7 B Electronics: 1 The flowmeter electronic unit shall consist of solid-state electronics in a durable PVC enclosure. The electronics enclosure shall be positive pressure tested and be able to withstand submersion for indefinite periods of time. The electronic unit shall be made to mount easily in a manhole with data retrieval being accomplished without entering the manhole. 2 The electronic unit shall be suitable for portable or permanent applications and operate on a 6-volt lantern battery The solid-state memory shall be able to store date, time, unit serial number, site location, application data, flow data and data recorded from peripheral sensing devices. Data storage shall be user selectable in either fixed or wrap-around mode with immediate or delayed start. A lithium back- up battery shall protect data stored in memory The electronic unit shall log a minimum of 21,000 data cycles of both level and velocity An upgrade to 86,520 data cycles shall be available as an option. Data collection shall be accomplished using any PC compatible WindowsTM based system and the data logging software. 3 The electronic unit shall have two dedicated channels and five extra input channels. There shall also be two programmable relay closure outputs. The two dedicated channels shall record velocity and level information from the electromagnetic sensor The five extra input channels shall be user-selectable and consist of one pulse input and four voltage channels. The pulse input channel requires 3-15 VDC external pulse at a maximum rate not to exceed 4,095 pulses per cycle. The relay output closures can be programmed for flow proportional output with user- , r selectable flow volumes from a minimum of 1 gallon to a maximum of 99,000,000 gallons of accumulated flow The contact closures shall be field programmable for other types of closures (i.e., high/low alarms, and control signals for storm water sampling devices) When an optional modem is installed, readings can be automatically transmitted via modem to a designated location. The electronic unit shall have the capability of self-diagnostics with running total self-system checks (one time daily and with every data cycle) and logging any errors. C Sensor 1 The flow-sensing element shall be of a single housing type design and is factory calibrated to traceable standards, such as NIST The electromagnetic velocity/ level sensor shall be made of a polyurethane single housing exposed to flow The sensor shall be shaped to have minimum effect of fluid dynamics with three raised, pyramid shaped stainless steel electrodes that shed the type of debris found in sanitary sewers. The flow-sensing element shall measure reverse flows and surcharges. 2. The level portion of the flow-sensing element shall be of the submerged pressure transducer type. The depth transducer shall interface with the fluid through a port which is immune to fouling by silt, sludge, bacterial growth and not be affected by velocity changes, surface foam or air bubbles. Bubbler or ultrasonic type depth transducers shall not be acceptable. 030147.010 Section 13442 Page 3 of 7 r 3 The velocity portion of the flow-sensing element shall be electromagnetic. 111) Temperature, density or percent of solids shall not affect the velocity portion of the flow-sensing element. Doppler sensors are not acceptable. D Sensor Probe Cable: 1 The sensor cable is 30 feet of multi-conductor; abrasive resistant, polyurethane jacketed cable flexible to -40°F The sensor cable shall be permanently bonded to the sensor Additional sensor cable, 60 feet total shall be furnished when required for proper installation. E. Site Calibration: 1 For the most accurate results, the flowmeter shall allow for site calibration. A site calibration is determined by a velocity profile and site characteristics that are used in the flowmeter equations. The system shall also allow automatic site calibration based on data the system measures and patented MMI algorithms. G The flow meter shall meet the following specifications. 1 Local Velocity Measurement: a. Method. Electromagnetic(Faraday's Law) b Range: -5 to +20 fps (-1 5 to +6 1 m/s) c. Accuracy' ±2% of reading ±zero stability at-3 to+10 fps (-0 9 to +3 m/s) d. Zero Stability ±0 05 fps (±15.2 mm/s) 4110 e. Resolution: 0 01 fps (3.05 mm/s) 2. Level Measurement: a Method. Submerged pressure transducer b Standard Range: 0 4 to 138 inches (1 0 to 350 cm) c. Accuracy Includes non-linearity, hysteresis and velocity effects: ±0 004 ft/°F maximum error per degree of change d. Resolution. 0 1 inch (.25 cm) e. Over Range Protection 2X range 3 Flow Calculation. a. Method. Conversion of water level and pipe size to fluid area; Conversion of local velocity to mean velocity; Multiplication of fluid area by mean velocity to equal flow rate. b Conversion Accuracy ±2% of reading (assumes pipe is 10 to 90%full and level is greater than 2 inches) H The Electronics unit shall meet the following specifications. 1 Material Sealed, watertight PVC 2. Weight: 15 lbs. or less with battery 3. Power Requirements: 6 Volt rechargeable battery (1 battery charger to be furnished with flow meters) 030147.010 Section 13442 Page 4 of 7 4 Data Logging Channels: (Qty 4) a. Voltage Range: -5 to +5 volts b. Voltage Resolution 2.5 mV 5. Pulse Input Channel. (Qty 1) a. Input Voltage: +3 to +15 VDC b Input Rate: Not to exceed 4095 pulses per data cycle. 6 Flow Proportional Contact Closures. (Qty 2) a. Contact closes each time flow total exceeds a preset value (limit 1 closure per cycle) b Minimum Value: 1 Gallon c. Maximum Value: 99,000,000 Gallons d Contact Closure: 1 amp @ 28 volts, non-inductive e. Closure Period: 100-300 milliseconds 7 External Start: +5 to +15 VDC, duration 1 second 8. Power Consumption. <110mA @ 6 volts 9. Memory Standard Size: 21,000 cycles divided by active channels 10 Environmental (Sensor and Electronics) 32°to 113°F (0° to 45°C) 2 02 SOFTWARE A. General 1 A windows based software program designed for data management and instrument communications shall be furnished The software shall consist of the Flo-Ware main package and a Flo-Tote instrument module. The main package shall include Chart Reports, Text Reports, Data Editing Text Report Designer and Language Designer The Flo-Tote instrument module shall run in conjunction with the main package and shall include Site Setup, Data Collection/Retrieval, Real Time, and Flo-Tote calibration 2 The Text Report Designer and Language Designer shall be separate programs that can run as independent programs without Flo-Ware. The Text Report Designer shall allow the user to create or modify custom text reports. The Language Designer shall allow for creation or modification of the spelling of words used within the programs. B Communications Section The communications program shall be used to perform site setup function, retrieve collected data from the instrument, display real time flow data, and perform site calibration and profiling. C Report Section. The reports section of the program shall use the raw data from the instrument to create"projects"that can be viewed, adjusted, and then printed. Reports shall consist of chart and text formats. D The software shall be installed on a desktop PC to be furnished by the owner 030147.010 Section 13442 Page 5 of 7 2 03 MOUNTING HARDWARE FOR OPEN CHANNEL FLOW METER A. Mounting bands shall be ten inches wide and made of 304 stainless steel. The bands shall be available for pipe sizes of six inches to sixty-one inches The ten inch wide band allows minimal flow disruption and easy sensor installation. 2 04 PORTABLE CALIBRATION FLOWMETER A. General_The velocity meter shall consist of two components. A sensing probe that measures velocity and solid-state electronics. The sensing probe shall be capable of operating in any open channel. The velocity meter must use the electromagnetic (Faraday's Law) method of measuring velocity Sensor shall have true cosine response (+2%)to 45° off heading of flow for both horizontal and vertical axis. 1 Electronics: The velocity meter electronics shall be housed in a high impact molded plastic case that is water resistant and submersible in up to 1 foot of water for 30 seconds. The unit shall not weigh more than four(4 lbs.) pounds including twenty (20) feet of sensor cable and sensing probe. The electronics shall be portable and powered by two (2) standard off-the-shelf D cell batteries. The digital display shall consist of three and one half digit LCD and shall be user-selectable in either feet per second or meters per second. The meter shall have data storage and recall capability for logging up to 19 data points with the ability to average data by fixed period averaging or time constant mode. The system shall allow for self-check of battery life, electrical noise, and conductivity lost. The system will automatically shut-off if conductivity is lost. 2. Velocity Sensor The electromagnetic velocity sensor is polyurethane encapsulated in a single housing exposed to flow The sensor shall be shaped to have minimum effect of fluid dynamics that shed the type of debris found in sanitary sewers. The velocity sensor must not be affected by temperature, density or percent of solids. Doppler or mechanical sensors are not acceptable. The velocity range shall be from-0.5 to +20 fps (- 015 to 6 m/s)with an accuracy of±2% of reading, plus zero stability Zero stability shall be ±0 05 fps (±15.2 mm/s) The sensor size shall be 2- 1/2"L x 1-5/8"W x 3"D 3. Sensor Probe Cable: The sensor cable is 20 feet of multi-conductor, abrasive resistant, polyurethane jacketed cable flexible to-40°F The cable shall be permanently bonded to the sensor Additional sensor cable, up to 100 feet total, shall be available as an option. B The flow meter shall meet the following specifications 1 Velocity Measurement: a. Method. Electromagnetic (Faraday's Law) b. Accuracy +2% of reading +zero stability c. Zero Stability. +0 05 fps d. Range: -0 5 to +20 fps (-0 15 to +6 m/s) "fl 2. Outputs. Display. 31/2 digit 030147.010 Section 13442 Page 6 of 7 ` 3 Power Requirements: Two D-cells with a battery life of 20 continuous on hours. 4 Environmental: a. Sensor 32°to 160°F(0°to 72°C) b. Electronics: 32°to 122° F (0°to 50°C) 5. Mounting Hardware: The sensing probe shall be capable of mounting directly to standard USGS type wading rods and suspension cable kits. 2 05 DATA COLLECTION DEVICE (DCD) A. The DCD shall be a palm-sized PC furnished by the same supplier as the flow meter and flow meter software. B The DCD shall be furnished complete with all software, cables and accessories required to down load the flow meter data for the flow meters and transfer the data to a deck top PC. C The DCD shall be capable of down loading and storing 10 months worth of data for 10 flow meters based on a 15 min sample interval D The DCD shall have a minimum battery life of 30 hours of use. The batteries shall be rechargeable and each DCD shall be furnished complete with batteries and charger E. The DCD shall be furnished with the Windows CE operating system. IMO 2.06 LIFT STATION FLOW METER A. The lift station flow meter shall be a model 7000 portable flow meter as manufactured by Badger meter B The meter shall be capable of measuring the flow rate in pipes flowing full from 4" to 24" diameter C The flow meter shall in clued a programmable data logger for storage and retrieval ofhistoric flow data. D The flow meter shall be furnished with a 12VDC rechargeable battery E. The meter shall have a LCD display and keypad. PART3 EXECUTION 3 01 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation and as shown on drawings and as specified. B Provide operation and maintenance data as specified in Section 01730, Operations and Maintenance Data. 030147.010 Section 13442 Page 7 of 7 C Calibrate all equipment to provide a complete working system. 3 02 TRAINING A. A minimum of 4 hours of operation and maintenance training shall be provided. END OF SECTION 030147.010 Section 13442 Page 8 of 7